You are on page 1of 456

The Best Query Tool Works on all Systems

When you possess a tool like Nexus, you have access to every system in your enterprise! The Nexus Query
Chameleon is the only tool that works on all systems. Its Super Join Builder allows for the ERwin Logical Model
to be loaded, and then Nexus shows tables and views visually. It then guides users to show what joins to what. As
users choose the tables and columns they want in their report, Nexus builds the SQL for them with each click of the
mouse. Nexus was designed for Teradata and Hadoop, but works on all platforms. Nexus even converts table
structures between vendors, so querying and managing multi-vendor platforms is transparent. Even if you only
work with one system, you will find that the Nexus is the best query tool you have ever used. If you work with
multiple systems, you will be even more amazed. Download a free trial at www.CoffingDW.com.
The Tera-Tom Video Series

Lessons with Tera-Tom


Teradata Architecture and SQL Video Series
These exciting videos make learning and certification much easier

Four ways to view them:


1. Safari (look up Coffing Studios)
2. CoffingDW.com (sign-up on our website)
3. Your company can buy them all for everyone to see (contact
Leslie.Nolander@CoffingDW.com)
4. YouTube – Search for CoffingDW or Tera-Tom.
The Tera-Tom Genius Series

The Tera-Tom Genius Series consists of ten books. Each book is designed for a specific audience, and Teradata is
explained to the level best suited for that audience. The books take a building block approach; always starting out
simple, then each page builds upon the previous point. Order them all at www.CoffingDW.com.
Tera-Tom- Author of over 50 Books

Tera-Tom books have been the primary source of Teradata learning for over 20 years. They have helped to teach
millions of people all aspects of Teradata. What people love the most about the Tera-Tom books is how easy they
are to understand. They are so easy that a seven-year-old boy (raised by wolves) can understand them!
Trademarks and Copyrights
Microsoft Windows, Windows 2003 Server, SQL Server 2012, SQL Server Compact Edition, .NET, PDW, SQL
Server, T-SQL, Azure SQL Data Warehouse and Azure Cloud are trademarks of Microsoft. Teradata, NCR,
BYNET and SQL Assistant are registered trademarks of Teradata Corporation, Dayton, Ohio, U.S.A., IBM, DB2
and Netezza are registered trademarks of IBM Corporation, ANSI is a registered trademark of the American
National Standards Institute. Ethernet is a trademark of Xerox. UNIX is a trademark of The Open Group. Linux is
a trademark of Linus Torvalds. Java and Oracle is a trademark of Oracle. ParAccel is a trademark of ParAccel.
Kognitio is a trademark of Kognitio. Greenplum is a trademark of EMC and Dell Corporation. Vertica is a
trademark of HP Corporation. Nexus Query Chameleon is a trademark of Coffing Data Warehousing.

Coffing Data Warehousing shall have neither liability nor responsibility to any person or entity with respect to any
loss or damages arising from the information contained in this book or from the use of programs or program
segments that are included. The manual is not a publication of HP Corporation, nor was it produced in conjunction
with HP Corporation.

Copyright © September 2016 by Coffing Publishing

All rights reserved. No part of this book shall be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted by any
means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise, without written permission from the
publisher. No patent liability is assumed with respect to the use of information contained herein. Although every
precaution has been taken in the preparation of this book, the publisher and author assume no responsibility for
errors or omissions, neither is any liability assumed for damages resulting from the use of information contained
herein.
About Tom Coffing

Tom Coffing, better known as Tera-Tom, is the founder of Coffing Data Warehousing where he has been CEO for the past 20 years.
Tom has written over 50 books on all aspects of Teradata, Netezza, Kognitio, Redshift, ParAccel, Vertica, SQL Server, and
Greenplum. Tom has taught over 1,000 Teradata classes in places such as India, Africa, Europe, China, Malaysia, and throughout
North America.

Tom is also the owner and designer of the Nexus Query Chameleon, the most sophisticated enterprise query tool in the industry. The
Nexus works on all platforms, including Hadoop, converts table structures between all systems, and allows companies to load their
ERwin logical model inside Nexus. The Nexus guides users like a GPS system. Users point and click on any table or view from any
system, and they are guided to what joins to what. As users choose the columns they want on their report, the SQL is built
automatically.

In High School, Tom was the first athlete from his school to ever place at state. He was selected by his school to represent them at
Buckeye Boys State, and Tom was inducted into the first class of the Lakota High School Hall of Fame.

At the University of Arizona and University of Nevada Las Vegas, Tom was a two-time All-American wrestler, Sophomore Athlete of
the year, and a two-time winner of the 1980 Olympic wrestling trials. Tom graduated with a Bachelor’s degree in Speech
Communications.

After college, Tom became a state and national champion speech winner for Toastmasters and won two orchid awards as an actor.
Tom is the proud father of three wonderful children and has been married for the past 35 years.

You can contact Tom at 513 300-0341 or at Tom.Coffing@CoffingDW.com.


Table of Contents

Contents
Chapter 1 – Why is Nexus the Best Enterprise BI Tool in the World? ........................................................................ 2
Nexus Queries all Systems ......................................................................................................................................... 3
Nexus Can Export Result Sets to Tableau ................................................................................................................. 4
Nexus Visualizes Tables and Views .......................................................................................................................... 5
Nexus will Automatically Write the SQL for you ..................................................................................................... 6
Nexus performs Cross-System Joins.......................................................................................................................... 7
The Hub is where the Query will be Processed ......................................................................................................... 8
Save Answer Sets as Tables on any System .............................................................................................................. 9
Queries can be Saved to and Loaded from a Menu ................................................................................................. 10
Excel Spreadsheets can be Imported or Joined ........................................................................................................ 11
Nexus Converts DDL and Moves Data So Easily ................................................................................................... 12
Nexus Data Movement Across Systems Goes in Over 50 Different Directions ..................................................... 13
Nexus makes the Servers Talk Directly ................................................................................................................... 14
The Garden of Analysis Queries Answer Sets Inside Your Nexus ......................................................................... 15
Nexus has Hound Dog Compression for your Teradata Systems ............................................................................ 16
Nexus can Compare and Synchronize Entire Databases ......................................................................................... 17
Nexus Schedules Operations to Run Daily, Weekly, Monthly................................................................................ 18

Chapter 2 – How to Use Nexus................................................................................................................................... 20


Make Sure You Are Connected to a System ........................................................................................................... 21
Running a Query ...................................................................................................................................................... 22
The Important Stuff .................................................................................................................................................. 23
Setting Your Default Database ................................................................................................................................ 24
Get Rid or Your History........................................................................................................................................... 25

Page 1
Table of Contents

Using the History Button at the Top of Nexus ........................................................................................................ 26


Check Out Your System Tree .................................................................................................................................. 27
Set Up Your Tree to See Only the Databases You Want to See ............................................................................. 28
Use Quick Select to Quickly Create a Query ........................................................................................................... 29
View the Table Structures for a Table (View DDL) (Page 1-2).............................................................................. 30
View the Table Structures for a Table (View DDL) (Page 2-2).............................................................................. 31
Drag Columns into the Query Window ................................................................................................................... 32
Drag Table Names into the Query Window ............................................................................................................ 33
Move Columns Around After the Answer Set Returns ........................................................................................... 34
Group Rows in an Answer Set (1 of 2) .................................................................................................................... 35
Group Rows in an Answer Set (2 of 2) .................................................................................................................... 36
How to Refresh the Tables in a Database ................................................................................................................ 37
The Table’s Menu .................................................................................................................................................... 38
The Databases' Menu ............................................................................................................................................... 39
Converting Table Structures DDL (1 of 4) .............................................................................................................. 40
Converting Table Structures DDL (2 of 4) .............................................................................................................. 41
Converting Table Structures DDL (3 of 4) .............................................................................................................. 42
Converting Table Structures DDL (4 of 4) .............................................................................................................. 43

Chapter 3 – The Garden of Analysis........................................................................................................................... 45


How to Get to the Garden of Analysis? ................................................................................................................... 46
The Welcome Screen of the Garden of Analysis ..................................................................................................... 47
Setting the Active Result Set ................................................................................................................................... 48
The Garden of Analysis – Aggregate Tab (1 of 3) .................................................................................................. 49
The Garden of Analysis – Aggregate Tab (2 of 3) .................................................................................................. 50
The Garden of Analysis – Aggregate Tab (3 of 3) .................................................................................................. 51
The Garden of Analysis – OLAP Tab (1 of 4)......................................................................................................... 52
The Garden of Analysis – OLAP Tab (2 of 4)......................................................................................................... 53
Page 2
Table of Contents

The Garden of Analysis – OLAP Tab (3 of 4)......................................................................................................... 54


The Garden of Analysis – OLAP Tab (4 of 4)......................................................................................................... 55
The Garden of Analysis – Rank Tab (1 of 4)........................................................................................................... 56
The Garden of Analysis – Rank Tab (2 of 4)........................................................................................................... 57
The Garden of Analysis – Rank Tab (3 of 4)........................................................................................................... 58
The Garden of Analysis – Rank Tab (4 of 4)........................................................................................................... 59
The Garden of Analysis – Grouping Sets Tab (1 of 4) ............................................................................................ 60
The Garden of Analysis – Grouping Sets Tab (2 of 4) ............................................................................................ 61
The Garden of Analysis – Grouping Sets Tab (3 of 4) ............................................................................................ 62
The Garden of Analysis – Grouping Sets Tab (4 of 4) ............................................................................................ 63
The Garden of Analysis – Quantiles Tab (1 of 4).................................................................................................... 64
The Garden of Analysis – Quantiles Tab (2 of 4).................................................................................................... 65
The Garden of Analysis – Quantiles Tab (3 of 4).................................................................................................... 66
The Garden of Analysis – Quantiles Tab (4 of 4).................................................................................................... 67
The Garden of Analysis – Top Tab (1 of 4)............................................................................................................. 68
The Garden of Analysis – Top Tab (2 of 4)............................................................................................................. 69
The Garden of Analysis – Top Tab (3 of 4)............................................................................................................. 70
The Garden of Analysis – Top Tab (4 of 4)............................................................................................................. 71
The Garden of Analysis – Sort Tab (1 of 4) ............................................................................................................ 72
The Garden of Analysis – Sort Tab (2 of 4) ............................................................................................................ 73
The Garden of Analysis – Sort Tab (3 of 4) ............................................................................................................ 74
The Garden of Analysis – Sort Tab (4 of 4) ............................................................................................................ 75
The Garden of Analysis – Join Tab (1 of 4) ............................................................................................................ 76
The Garden of Analysis – Join Tab (2 of 4) ............................................................................................................ 77
The Garden of Analysis – Join Tab (3 of 4) ............................................................................................................ 78
The Garden of Analysis – Join Tab (4 of 4) ............................................................................................................ 79
The Garden of Analysis – Charts/Graphs Tab (1 of 4) ............................................................................................ 80
The Garden of Analysis – Charts/Graphs Tab (2 of 4) ............................................................................................ 81
Page 3
Table of Contents

The Garden of Analysis – Charts/Graphs Tab (3 of 4) ............................................................................................ 82


The Garden of Analysis – Charts/Graphs Tab (4 of 4) ............................................................................................ 83
The Garden of Analysis – Dynamic Charts Tab (1 of 4) ......................................................................................... 84
The Garden of Analysis – Dynamic Charts Tab (2 of 4) ......................................................................................... 85
The Garden of Analysis – Dynamic Charts Tab (3 of 4) ......................................................................................... 86
The Garden of Analysis – Dynamic Charts Tab (4 of 4) ......................................................................................... 87
The Garden of Analysis – Dashboard Tab (1 of 5).................................................................................................. 88
The Garden of Analysis – Dynamic Charts Tab (2 of 5) ......................................................................................... 89
The Garden of Analysis – Dynamic Charts Tab (3 of 5) ......................................................................................... 90
The Garden of Analysis – Dynamic Charts Tab (4 of 5) ......................................................................................... 91
The Garden of Analysis – Dynamic Charts Tab (5 of 5) ......................................................................................... 92

Chapter 4 – Super Join Builder ................................................................................................................................... 94


Getting to the Super Join Builder ............................................................................................................................. 95
The Super Join Builder is the First Entry in the Menu ............................................................................................ 96
Getting to the Super Join Builder ............................................................................................................................. 97
Using the Add Join Button ....................................................................................................................................... 98
What Do You Do When No Tables Are Joinable? .................................................................................................. 99
Drag a Joinable Object into the Super Join Builder ............................................................................................... 100
You Will See the Add Custom Join Window ........................................................................................................ 101
Defining the Join Columns .................................................................................................................................... 102
Your Tables Will Appear Together ....................................................................................................................... 103
Select the Columns You Want on the Report ........................................................................................................ 104
Check Out the SQL Tab to See the SQL that has been Built ................................................................................ 105
SQL Tab ................................................................................................................................................................. 106
Hit Execute to get the Report Inside the Super Join Builder ................................................................................. 107
The Report is Delivered Inside the Super Join Builder ......................................................................................... 108
Let's Join Two Tables Again (1 of 6)..................................................................................................................... 109
Page 4
Table of Contents

Let's Join Two Tables Again (2 of 6)..................................................................................................................... 110


Let's Join Two Tables Again (3 of 6)..................................................................................................................... 111
Let's Join Two Tables Again (4 of 6)..................................................................................................................... 112
Let's Join Two Tables Again (5 of 6)..................................................................................................................... 113
Let's Join Two Tables Again (6 of 6)..................................................................................................................... 114
The Tabs of the Super Join Builder Philosophy – One Query............................................................................... 115
The Tabs of the Super Join Builder – Objects Tab ................................................................................................ 116
The Tabs of the Super Join Builder – Columns Tab .............................................................................................. 117
The Tabs of the Super Join Builder – Sorting Tab ................................................................................................ 118
The Tabs of the Super Join Builder – Joins Tab .................................................................................................... 119
The Tabs of the Super Join Builder – WHERE Tab .............................................................................................. 120
The Tabs of the Super Join Builder – SQL Tab..................................................................................................... 121
The Tabs of the Super Join Builder – Metadata Tab ............................................................................................. 122
The Tabs of the Super Join Builder – Analytics Tab ............................................................................................. 123
The Tabs of the Super Join Builder – Analytics Sub-Tabs.................................................................................... 124
The Tabs of the SJB – Analytics Tab – OLAP Screen .......................................................................................... 125
Getting a Simple CSUM in the Analytics Tab - OLAP ......................................................................................... 126
Getting a Simple CSUM – The SQL Automatically Generated ............................................................................ 127
The Answer Set of the CSUM ............................................................................................................................... 128
Getting all of the OLAP functions in the Analytics Tab ....................................................................................... 129
The SQL Automatically Generated from the Previous Screen .............................................................................. 130
The Tabs of the SJB – Analytics Tab – Grouping Sets Screen ............................................................................. 131
Analytics Tab – Getting All of the Grouping Sets ................................................................................................. 132
Sending All Three Reports to the Nexus Main Screen .......................................................................................... 133
The SQL Automatically Generated from the Previous Screen .............................................................................. 134
The Tabs of the SJB – Analytics Tab – Rank Screen ............................................................................................ 135
The Tabs of the SJB – Analytics Tab – Rank Example......................................................................................... 136
The SQL Automatically Generated from the Previous Screen .............................................................................. 137
Page 5
Table of Contents

Use the Preview SQL in Nexus Drop Down ......................................................................................................... 138


Use the Preview SQL in Nexus Drop Down ......................................................................................................... 139
Preview SQL in Nexus Drop Down and as SELECT Option................................................................................ 140
The SQL is Delivered Inside Your Main Nexus Screen ........................................................................................ 141
Just Hit Execute and Get Your Results .................................................................................................................. 142
A Five Table Join Using the Menu ........................................................................................................................ 143
The First Table is Placed in the Super Join Builder .............................................................................................. 144
Using the Add Join Cascading Menu ..................................................................................................................... 145
All Five Tables Are in the Super Join Builder ....................................................................................................... 146
A Five Table Join Done in Two Steps (Cube) ....................................................................................................... 147
Choose Cube with Columns from the Left Top of the Table ................................................................................ 148
All Tables Are Cubed (Joined Together Instantly) ................................................................................................ 149
Choose Cube and then Choose Your Columns ...................................................................................................... 150
Create Cube - Tables Are Joined Without Columns Selected ............................................................................... 151
Create Cube – Select the Columns You Want on the Report ................................................................................ 152
How to join Tables from Different Systems Together .......................................................................................... 153
The Teradata Table is Now in the Super Join Builder ........................................................................................... 154
Drag the Joining Oracle Table to the Super Join Builder ...................................................................................... 155
Options For Moving the Oracle Table to Teradata Temporarily ........................................................................... 156
Defining the Join Columns .................................................................................................................................... 157
Choose the Columns You Want on Your Report................................................................................................... 158
Let's Add a SQL Server Table to our Teradata and Oracle Join ........................................................................... 159
Defining the Join Columns .................................................................................................................................... 160
All Three Tables Are Now in the Super Join Builder............................................................................................ 161
Change the Hub and Run the Join on Oracle ......................................................................................................... 162
Change the Hub and Run the Join on SQL Server................................................................................................. 163
Simply Amazing - Change the Hub to the Garden of Analysis ............................................................................. 164
Have the Answer Set Saved Automatically to any System You Choose .............................................................. 165
Page 6
Table of Contents

Saving the Answer Set to an Oracle or SQL Server System ................................................................................. 166
Saving the Answer Set to Teradata System ........................................................................................................... 167
Joining Excel Spreadsheets to Tables in the Super Join Builder ........................................................................... 168
Press the Select Workbook Button and Choose Your Worksheet ......................................................................... 169
Find Your Excel Spreadsheet on your PC ............................................................................................................. 170
You Will See the SELECT Excel Worksheet Interface ........................................................................................ 171
Checkmark the Box if the First Row has Column Names ..................................................................................... 172
You Will Be Given Choices on Data Movement Options ..................................................................................... 173
You Will See the Add Custom Join Window ........................................................................................................ 174
Defining the Join Columns .................................................................................................................................... 175
Place a Checkmark on the Columns You Want Selected ...................................................................................... 176
Saving Joins in the Super Join Builder to a Menu ................................................................................................. 177
The Save Join User Interface ................................................................................................................................. 178
Example of a Name Change and Description of Saved Joins................................................................................ 179
Loading a Join from the Load Join Menu .............................................................................................................. 180
The Load Join Menu Will Ask You to SELECT a Saved Join.............................................................................. 181

Chapter 5 – Data Movement ..................................................................................................................................... 183


Nexus Data Movement Across Systems Goes in Over 50 Different Directions ................................................... 184
How to Move a Single Table from Oracle to Teradata.......................................................................................... 185
The ODBC Stream Loader from Oracle to Teradata ............................................................................................. 186
How to Move a Single Table from SQL Server to Teradata ................................................................................. 187
The ODBC Stream Loader from SQL Server to Teradata..................................................................................... 188
Details of the ODBC Stream Loader ..................................................................................................................... 189
ODBC Stream Loader - Lite Speed vs. Warp Speed ............................................................................................. 190
More Details About ODBC Stream Loader - Teradata TDPID............................................................................ 191
More Details About ODBC Stream Loader - Table Options................................................................................ 192
Checking the Table Size in the ODBC Stream Loader ......................................................................................... 193
Page 7
Table of Contents

Table Information in the ODBC Stream Loader.................................................................................................... 194


How to Move a Single Table from Oracle to SQL Server..................................................................................... 195
The Data Mover from Oracle to SQL Server......................................................................................................... 196
How to Move a Single Table from SQL Server to Oracle..................................................................................... 197
The Data Mover from SQL Server to Oracle......................................................................................................... 198
How to Move an Entire Database .......................................................................................................................... 199
The Database Movement Screen............................................................................................................................ 200
The Data Mover Options Menu for Moves to Teradata ........................................................................................ 201
The Data Mover - Log for Moves to Teradata ....................................................................................................... 202
Scheduling a Move Data Operation ....................................................................................................................... 203
Add the Data Movement Batches .......................................................................................................................... 204
Fill in the Data Movement Information ................................................................................................................. 205
Add Additional Batches or Choose Next to Schedule ........................................................................................... 206
Schedule the Movement Once, Daily, Weekly or Monthly ................................................................................... 207

Chapter 6 – Comparing and Synchronizing Entire Databases ................................................................................. 209


Comparing and Synchronizing Databases ............................................................................................................. 210
The Compare/Sync Database User Interface ......................................................................................................... 211
The Columns Tab ................................................................................................................................................... 212
The Columns Tab Aligns the Columns for Comparison ....................................................................................... 213
Comparison Results ............................................................................................................................................... 214
The Table Compare Results Tab – Full Differences Tab ...................................................................................... 215
The Table Compare Results Tab – In Source, Not Target Tab ............................................................................. 216
The Table Compare Results Tab – In Target, Not Source Tab ............................................................................. 217
Synchronizing the Results ...................................................................................................................................... 218
The Final Perform Synchronization Screen ........................................................................................................... 219
Scheduling a Compare Data Operation .................................................................................................................. 220
Add the Compare Data Batches ............................................................................................................................. 221
Page 8
Table of Contents

Fill in the Compare Objects Information ............................................................................................................... 222

Chapter 7 – Teradata Multi-Value Compression ...................................................................................................... 224


Compressing the Tables in a Teradata Database ................................................................................................... 225
Place a Checkmark on the Tables You Want to Compress ................................................................................... 226
The Tables Selected for Compression Appear on the Right .................................................................................. 227
What Appears When the Compression Job Begins? ............................................................................................. 228
Tables will Turn Green When Successfully Compressed ..................................................................................... 229
The Compression Dashboard ................................................................................................................................. 230
Scheduling a Teradata Multi-Value Compression Job .......................................................................................... 231
Add the Compress Multi-Value Batches ............................................................................................................... 232
Choose the Teradata System and Database Tables to Compress........................................................................... 233
Add Another Batch or Hit the Next Button ........................................................................................................... 234
Schedule the Compression Job .............................................................................................................................. 235

Chapter 8 – Using the Scheduler .............................................................................................................................. 237


Using the Scheduler ............................................................................................................................................... 238
The Schedule Builder User Interface ..................................................................................................................... 239
Nexus Operations You Can Schedule .................................................................................................................... 240
Scheduling a Query and the Available Options ..................................................................................................... 241
Scheduling a Query Once....................................................................................................................................... 242
Scheduling a Saved Super Join Builder Query ...................................................................................................... 243
Choose Your Super Saved Join and Output Type ................................................................................................. 244
Scheduling the Query Daily ................................................................................................................................... 245
Scheduling a Move Data Operation ....................................................................................................................... 246
Add the Data Movement Batches .......................................................................................................................... 247
Fill in the Data Movement Information ................................................................................................................. 248
Add the Data Movement Batches .......................................................................................................................... 249
Page 9
Table of Contents

Schedule the Query Once, Daily, Weekly or Monthly .......................................................................................... 250


Scheduling a Compare Data Operation .................................................................................................................. 251
Add the Compare Data Batches ............................................................................................................................. 252
Fill in the Compare Objects Information ............................................................................................................... 253
Scheduling a Teradata Multi-Value Compression Job .......................................................................................... 254
Add the Compress Multi-Value Batches ............................................................................................................... 255
Choose the Teradata System and Database Tables to Compress........................................................................... 256
Add Another Batch or Hit the Next Button ........................................................................................................... 257
Schedule the Compression Job .............................................................................................................................. 258

Chapter 9 – Connecting Nexus to Different Systems ............................................................................................... 260


Connecting to Teradata - Step (1-13)..................................................................................................................... 261
Connecting to Teradata - Step (2-13)..................................................................................................................... 262
Connecting to Teradata - Step (3-13)..................................................................................................................... 263
Connecting to Teradata - Step (4-13)..................................................................................................................... 264
Connecting to Teradata - Step (5-13)..................................................................................................................... 265
Connecting to Teradata - Step (6-13)..................................................................................................................... 266
Connecting to Teradata - Step (7-13)..................................................................................................................... 267
Connecting to Teradata - Step (8-13)..................................................................................................................... 268
Connecting to Teradata - Step (9-13)..................................................................................................................... 269
Connecting to Teradata - Step (10-13)................................................................................................................... 270
Connecting to Teradata - Step (11-13)................................................................................................................... 271
Connecting to Teradata - Step (12-13)................................................................................................................... 272
Connecting to Teradata - Step (13-13)................................................................................................................... 273
Connecting to a SQL Server System – Step (1-12) ............................................................................................... 274
Connecting to a SQL Server System – Step (2-12) ............................................................................................... 275
Connecting to a SQL Server System – Step (3-12) ............................................................................................... 276
Connecting to a SQL Server System – Step (4-12) ............................................................................................... 277
Page 10
Table of Contents

Connecting to a SQL Server System – Step (5-12) ............................................................................................... 278


Connecting to a SQL Server System – Step (6-12) ............................................................................................... 279
Connecting to a SQL Server System – Step (7-12) ............................................................................................... 280
Connecting to a SQL Server System – Step (8-12) ............................................................................................... 281
Connecting to a SQL Server System – Step (9-12) ............................................................................................... 282
Connecting to a SQL Server System – Step (10-12) ............................................................................................. 283
Connecting to a SQL Server System – Step (11-12) ............................................................................................. 284
Connecting to a SQL Server System – Step (12-12) ............................................................................................. 285
Connecting to Azure SQL Data Warehouse – Step (1-16) .................................................................................... 286
Connecting to Azure SQL Data Warehouse – Step (2-16) .................................................................................... 287
Connecting to Azure SQL Data Warehouse – Step (3-16) .................................................................................... 288
Connecting to Azure SQL Data Warehouse – Step (4-16) .................................................................................... 289
Connecting to Azure SQL Data Warehouse – Step (5-16) .................................................................................... 290
Connecting to Azure SQL Data Warehouse – Step (6-16) .................................................................................... 291
Connecting to Azure SQL Data Warehouse – Step (7-16) .................................................................................... 292
Connecting to Azure SQL Data Warehouse – Step (8-16) .................................................................................... 293
Connecting to Azure SQL Data Warehouse – Step (9-16) .................................................................................... 294
Connecting to Azure SQL Data Warehouse – Step (10-16) .................................................................................. 295
Connecting to Azure SQL Data Warehouse – Step (11-16) .................................................................................. 296
Connecting to Azure SQL Data Warehouse – Step (12-16) .................................................................................. 297
Connecting to Azure SQL Data Warehouse – Step (13-16) .................................................................................. 298
Connecting to Azure SQL Data Warehouse – Step (14-16) .................................................................................. 299
Connecting to Azure SQL Data Warehouse – Step (15-16) .................................................................................. 300
Connecting to Azure SQL Data Warehouse – Step (16-16) .................................................................................. 301
Connecting to an Oracle System – Step (1-12)...................................................................................................... 302
Connecting to an Oracle System – Step (2-12)...................................................................................................... 303
Connecting to an Oracle System – Step (3-12)...................................................................................................... 304
Connecting to an Oracle System – Step (4-12)...................................................................................................... 305
Page 11
Table of Contents

Connecting to an Oracle System – Step (5-12)...................................................................................................... 306


Connecting to an Oracle System – Step (6-12)...................................................................................................... 307
Connecting to an Oracle System – Step (7-12)...................................................................................................... 308
Connecting to an Oracle System – Step (8-12)...................................................................................................... 309
Connecting to an Oracle System – Step (9-12)...................................................................................................... 310
Connecting to an Oracle System – Step (10-12).................................................................................................... 311
Connecting to an Oracle System – Step (11-12).................................................................................................... 312
Connecting to an Oracle System – Step (12-12).................................................................................................... 313
Connecting to Hadoop – Step (1-12) ..................................................................................................................... 314
Connecting to Hadoop – Step (2-12) ..................................................................................................................... 315
Connecting to Hadoop – Step (3-12) ..................................................................................................................... 316
Connecting to Hadoop – Step (4-12) ..................................................................................................................... 317
Connecting to Hadoop – Step (5-12) ..................................................................................................................... 318
Connecting to Hadoop – Step (6-12) ..................................................................................................................... 319
Connecting to Hadoop – Step (7-12) ..................................................................................................................... 320
Connecting to Hadoop – Step (8-12) ..................................................................................................................... 321
Connecting to Hadoop – Step (9-12) ..................................................................................................................... 322
Connecting to Hadoop – Step (10-12) ................................................................................................................... 323
Connecting to Hadoop – Step (11-12) ................................................................................................................... 324
Connecting to Hadoop – Step (12-12) ................................................................................................................... 325
Connecting to Aster Data – Step (1-12) ................................................................................................................. 326
Connecting to Aster Data – Step (2-12) ................................................................................................................. 327
Connecting to Aster Data – Step (3-12) ................................................................................................................. 328
Connecting to Aster Data – Step (4-12) ................................................................................................................. 329
Connecting to Aster Data – Step (5-12) ................................................................................................................. 330
Connecting to Aster Data – Step (6-12) ................................................................................................................. 331
Connecting to Aster Data – Step (7-12) ................................................................................................................. 332
Connecting to Aster Data – Step (8-12) ................................................................................................................. 333
Page 12
Table of Contents

Connecting to Aster Data – Step (9-12) ................................................................................................................. 334


Connecting to Aster Data – Step (10-12) ............................................................................................................... 335
Connecting to Aster Data – Step (11-12) ............................................................................................................... 336
Connecting to Aster Data – Step (12-12) ............................................................................................................... 337
Connecting to Greenplum – Step (1-12) ................................................................................................................ 338
Connecting to Greenplum – Step (2-12) ................................................................................................................ 339
Connecting to Greenplum – Step (3-12) ................................................................................................................ 340
Connecting to Greenplum – Step (4-12) ................................................................................................................ 341
Connecting to Greenplum – Step (5-12) ................................................................................................................ 342
Connecting to Greenplum – Step (6-12) ................................................................................................................ 343
Connecting to Greenplum – Step (7-12) ................................................................................................................ 344
Connecting to Greenplum – Step (8-12) ................................................................................................................ 345
Connecting to Greenplum – Step (9-12) ................................................................................................................ 346
Connecting to Greenplum – Step (10-12) .............................................................................................................. 347
Connecting to Greenplum – Step (11-12) .............................................................................................................. 348
Connecting to Greenplum – Step (12-12) .............................................................................................................. 349
Connecting to Netezza – Step (1-12) ..................................................................................................................... 350
Connecting to Netezza – Step (2-12) ..................................................................................................................... 351
Connecting to Netezza – Step (3-12) ..................................................................................................................... 352
Connecting to Netezza – Step (4-12) ..................................................................................................................... 353
Connecting to Netezza – Step (5-12) ..................................................................................................................... 354
Connecting to Netezza – Step (6-12) ..................................................................................................................... 355
Connecting to Netezza – Step (7-12) ..................................................................................................................... 356
Connecting to Netezza – Step (8-12) ..................................................................................................................... 357
Connecting to Netezza – Step (9-12) ..................................................................................................................... 358
Connecting to Netezza – Step (10-12) ................................................................................................................... 359
Connecting to Netezza – Step (11-12) ................................................................................................................... 360
Connecting to Netezza – Step (12-12) ................................................................................................................... 361
Page 13
Table of Contents

Connecting to Vertica – Step (1-12) ...................................................................................................................... 362


Connecting to Vertica – Step (2-12) ...................................................................................................................... 363
Connecting to Vertica – Step (3-12) ...................................................................................................................... 364
Connecting to Vertica – Step (4-12) ...................................................................................................................... 365
Connecting to Vertica – Step (5-12) ...................................................................................................................... 366
Connecting to Vertica – Step (6-12) ...................................................................................................................... 367
Connecting to Vertica – Step (7-12) ...................................................................................................................... 368
Connecting to Vertica – Step (8-12) ...................................................................................................................... 369
Connecting to Vertica – Step (9-12) ...................................................................................................................... 370
Connecting to Vertica – Step (10-12) .................................................................................................................... 371
Connecting to Vertica – Step (11-12) .................................................................................................................... 372
Connecting to Vertica – Step (12-12) .................................................................................................................... 373
Connecting to Kognitio – Step (1-12) .................................................................................................................... 374
Connecting to Kognitio – Step (2-12) .................................................................................................................... 375
Connecting to Kognitio – Step (3-12) .................................................................................................................... 376
Connecting to Kognitio – Step (4-12) .................................................................................................................... 377
Connecting to Kognitio – Step (5-12) .................................................................................................................... 378
Connecting to Kognitio – Step (6-12) .................................................................................................................... 379
Connecting to Kognitio – Step (7-12) .................................................................................................................... 380
Connecting to Kognitio – Step (8-12) .................................................................................................................... 381
Connecting to Kognitio – Step (9-12) .................................................................................................................... 382
Connecting to Kognitio – Step (10-12) .................................................................................................................. 383
Connecting to Kognitio – Step (11-12) .................................................................................................................. 384
Connecting to Kognitio – Step (12-12) .................................................................................................................. 385
Connecting to Amazon Redshift – Step (1-12) ...................................................................................................... 386
Connecting to Amazon Redshift – Step (2-12) ...................................................................................................... 387
Connecting to Amazon Redshift – Step (3-12) ...................................................................................................... 388
Connecting to Amazon Redshift – Step (4-12) ...................................................................................................... 389
Page 14
Table of Contents

Connecting to Amazon Redshift – Step (5-12) ...................................................................................................... 390


Connecting to Amazon Redshift – Step (6-12) ...................................................................................................... 391
Connecting to Amazon Redshift – Step (7-12) ...................................................................................................... 392
Connecting to Amazon Redshift – Step (8-12) ...................................................................................................... 393
Connecting to Amazon Redshift – Step (9-12) ...................................................................................................... 394
Connecting to Amazon Redshift – Step (10-12) .................................................................................................... 395
Connecting to Amazon Redshift – Step (11-12) .................................................................................................... 396
Connecting to Amazon Redshift – Step (12-12) .................................................................................................... 397
Connecting to SAP HANA – Step (1-12) .............................................................................................................. 398
Connecting to SAP HANA – Step (2-12) .............................................................................................................. 399
Connecting to SAP HANA – Step (3-12) .............................................................................................................. 400
Connecting to SAP HANA – Step (4-12) .............................................................................................................. 401
Connecting to SAP HANA – Step (5-12) .............................................................................................................. 402
Connecting to SAP HANA – Step (6-12) .............................................................................................................. 403
Connecting to SAP HANA – Step (7-12) .............................................................................................................. 404
Connecting to SAP HANA – Step (8-12) .............................................................................................................. 405
Connecting to SAP HANA – Step (9-12) .............................................................................................................. 406
Connecting to SAP HANA – Step (10-12) ............................................................................................................ 407
Connecting to SAP HANA – Step (11-12) ............................................................................................................ 408
Connecting to SAP HANA – Step (12-12) ............................................................................................................ 409
Connecting to a Postgres System – Step (1-12) ..................................................................................................... 410
Connecting to a Postgres System – Step (2-12) ..................................................................................................... 411
Connecting to a Postgres System – Step (3-12) ..................................................................................................... 412
Connecting to a Postgres System – Step (4-12) ..................................................................................................... 413
Connecting to a Postgres System – Step (5-12) ..................................................................................................... 414
Connecting to a Postgres System – Step (6-12) ..................................................................................................... 415
Connecting to a Postgres System – Step (7-12) ..................................................................................................... 416
Connecting to a Postgres System – Step (8-12) ..................................................................................................... 417
Page 15
Table of Contents

Connecting to a Postgres System – Step (9-12) ..................................................................................................... 418


Connecting to a Postgres System – Step (10-12) ................................................................................................... 419
Connecting to a Postgres System – Step (11-12) ................................................................................................... 420
Connecting to a Postgres System – Step (12-12) ................................................................................................... 421
Connecting to a DB2 System – Step (1-12) ........................................................................................................... 422
Connecting to a DB2 System – Step (2-12) ........................................................................................................... 423
Connecting to a DB2 System – Step (3-12) ........................................................................................................... 424
Connecting to a DB2 System – Step (4-12) ........................................................................................................... 425
Connecting to a DB2 System – Step (5-12) ........................................................................................................... 426
Connecting to a DB2 System – Step (6-12) ........................................................................................................... 427
Connecting to a DB2 System – Step (7-12) ........................................................................................................... 428
Connecting to a DB2 System – Step (8-12) ........................................................................................................... 429
Connecting to a DB2 System – Step (9-12) ........................................................................................................... 430
Connecting to a DB2 System – Step (10-12) ......................................................................................................... 431
Connecting to a DB2 System – Step (11-12) ......................................................................................................... 432
Connecting to a DB2 System – Step (12-12) ......................................................................................................... 433

Page 16
Chapter 1 Why is Nexus the Best Enterprise BI Tool in the World?

Page 1
Chapter 1 Why is Nexus the Best Enterprise BI Tool in the World?

Chapter 1 – Why is Nexus the Best Enterprise BI Tool in the World?

“I saw the angel in the marble and carved until I set him free.”
-Michelangelo

Page 2
Chapter 1 Why is Nexus the Best Enterprise BI Tool in the World?

Nexus Queries all Systems

Nexus Chameleon
File Edit View Query Tools Help Web Windows History Sandbox
System: Oracle Database: SQL Class EXECUTE ? New Query
Systems Query 1 Query 2 Query 3
+ Aster Data
+ Azure Cloud SELECT * Nexus is designed to work with
+ DB2 FROM Employee_table every system in your enterprise,
+ Excel Where Dept_No = 400 ; whether on-premises or in the cloud
+ Greenplum
+ Hadoop
+ Kognitio Messages Garden of Analysis Result 1
+ Netezza
Employee_No Dept_No Last_Name First_Name Salary
+ Oracle
+ Matrix 1 1256349 400 Harrison Herbert 54500.00
+ Redshift 2 1121334 400 Strickling Cletus 54500.00
+ SQL Server 3 2341218 400 Reilly William 36000.00
+ Sybase
+ Teradata And you can query
+ Vertica them all simultaneously

Nexus is designed to work with every system in your enterprise, on-premises systems and cloud systems. Nexus
works with traditional systems, such as DB2, Oracle, SQL Server and Teradata. Nexus also works with newer
systems, such as Netezza, Greenplum, Kognitio, Hana, Matrix, Aster Data and Vertica. Nexus also works with
your top cloud systems, such as Amazon Redshift, Microsoft Azure SQL Data Warehouse and all flavors of
Hadoop.

Page 3
Chapter 1 Why is Nexus the Best Enterprise BI Tool in the World?

Nexus Can Export Result Sets to Tableau

Nexus Chameleon
File Edit View Query Tools Help Web Windows History Sandbox
System: Oracle Database: SQL Class EXECUTE ? New Query
Systems Query 1 Query 2 Query 3
+ Aster Data Right click on a Save as Type
+ Azure Cloud SELECT * “Result Set” tab and Microsoft Excel (*.xlsx)
+ DB2 FROM Employee_table choose Microsoft Excel (97-2003) (*.xls)
+ Excel Where Dept_No = 400 ; “Export/Save As” Comma Separated Values (*.CSV)
+ Greenplum User Delimited Text (*.txt)
+ Hadoop XML File (*.xml)
+ Kognitio Messages Garden of Analysis Result 1
Tableau Data Extract (*.tde)
+ Netezza
Employee_No Dept_No Last_Name First_Name Salary
+ Oracle
+ Matrix 1 1256349 400 Harrison Herbert 54500.00
+ Redshift 2 1121334 400 Strickling Cletus 54500.00
+ SQL Server 3 2341218 400 Reilly William 36000.00
+ Sybase
+ Teradata
+ Vertica

Nexus is excellent at providing graphs and charts, including dynamic charts, but if you enjoy using Tableau then
you can export Nexus result sets directly to Tableau. Just right click on an answer set result tab and choose
“Export/Save As”. Then change the “Save as Type” to Tableau Data Extract (TDE). A TDE file will be created
with the name you give it.
Page 4
Chapter 1 Why is Nexus the Best Enterprise BI Tool in the World?

Nexus Visualizes Tables and Views

Nexus Chameleon
File Edit View Query Tools Help Web Windows History Sandbox
System: Oracle Database: SQL Class EXECUTE ? New Query

Execute Create Table Preview SQL in Nexus Join Hub System Teradata

Objects Columns Sorting Joins WHERE SQL Metadata Analytics

Customer_Table T Order_Table T
Add Join Add Join
Select * Select *
Customer_Number Integer Order_Number Integer
Customer_Name Varchar(20) Customer_Number Integer
Phone_Number Char(8) Order_Date Date
Order_Total Decimal (10,2)

Right click on any table or view in your Nexus system tree and choose "Super Join Builder". Your table, or view,
will be shown visually, along with its columns and their data types. Press the "Add Join" drop down menu and see
what other tables or views can be joined. Click on the columns you want on your report and a checkmark appears.
Nexus automatically writes the SQL for you. You now have the ability to develop much quicker because Nexus is
doing the hard work for you.
Page 5
Chapter 1 Why is Nexus the Best Enterprise BI Tool in the World?

Nexus will Automatically Write the SQL for you

Nexus Chameleon
File Edit View Query Tools Help Web Windows History Sandbox
System: Teradata Database: SQL Class EXECUTE ? New Query

Execute Create Table Preview SQL in Nexus x Import From Excel Save Join Load Join Join Hub System Teradata

Objects Columns Sorting Joins WHERE SQL Metadata Analytics

ADDRESSES T SUBSCRIBERS T CLAIMS T


Add Join Add Join Add Join

Select * Select * Select *


Street Varchar(30) Last_Name Varchar(20) Claim_Id Integer
City Varchar(20) First_Name Varchar(20) Claim_Date Date
State Char(2) Gender Char(1) Subscriber_No Integer
Zip Integer SSN Integer Member_No Smallint
AreaCode Smallint Member_No Smallint Claim_Amt Decimal(12,2)
Phone Char(15)
Just checkmarkSubscriber_No
the columnsInteger
you want on your Provider_No Integer
report and Nexus will build the SQL
Subscriber_No Integer Claim_Service Integer
automatically for you!

When you use the Super Join Builder of Nexus you will see your tables and views visually. Just place a checkmark
on the columns you want on your report and Nexus will automatically build the SQL for you. Above, we have
joined three tables together and we have placed a checkmark on eight of the columns. The SQL has been built
instantly by Nexus.
Page 6
Chapter 1 Why is Nexus the Best Enterprise BI Tool in the World?

Nexus performs Cross-System Joins

Nexus Chameleon
File Edit View Query Tools Help Web Windows History Sandbox
System: Teradata Database: SQL Class EXECUTE ? New Query

Execute Create Table Preview SQL in Nexus x Import From Excel Save Join Load Join Join Hub System Teradata

Objects Columns Sorting Joins WHERE SQL Metadata Analytics

ADDRESSES T SUBSCRIBERS O CLAIMS Sql


Add Join Add Join Add Join

Select * Select * Select *


Street Varchar(30) Last_Name Varchar(20) Claim_Id Integer
City Varchar(20) First_Name Varchar(20) Claim_Date Date
State Char(2) Gender Char(1) Subscriber_No Integer
Zip Integer SSN Integer Member_No Smallint
AreaCode Smallint Member_No Smallint Claim_Amt Decimal(12,2)
Phone Char(15) Subscriber_No Integer Provider_No Integer
Subscriber_No Integer Claim_Service Integer

Did you ever even imagine that you would be able to join tables from different systems? Above, we are joining a
Teradata table to an Oracle table to a SQL Server table. Just checkmark the columns you want on your report and
Nexus handles everything behind the scenes. Nexus builds the SQL, converts the table structures and moves the
tables to the Hub system. The report comes flying back with no intervention from the user. That is just another
amazing feature of Nexus.
Page 7
Chapter 1 Why is Nexus the Best Enterprise BI Tool in the World?

The Hub is where the Query will be Processed


Nexus Chameleon
File Edit View Query Tools Help Web Windows History Sandbox
System: Teradata Database: SQL Class EXECUTE ? New Query

Execute Create Table Preview SQL in Nexus x Import From Excel Save Join Load Join Join Hub System SQL Server

Objects Columns Sorting Joins WHERE SQL Metadata Analytics

ADDRESSES T SUBSCRIBERS O CLAIMS Sql


Add Join Add Join Add Join

Select * Select * Select *


Street Varchar(30) Last_Name Varchar(20) Claim_Id Integer
City Varchar(20) First_Name Varchar(20) Claim_Date Date
State Char(2) Gender Char(1) Subscriber_No Integer
Zip Integer SSN Integer Member_No Smallint
AreaCode Smallint Member_No Smallint Claim_Amt Decimal(12,2)
Phone Char(15) Subscriber_No Integer Provider_No Integer
Subscriber_No Integer Claim_Service Integer

People who see this next feature can't believe their eyes. Nexus allows the user to select which system they want to
process the data. In our last example, the Hub was Teradata. We just changed the Hub to SQL Server (above).
Now, the tables from the three systems will be converted, moved and joined on the SQL Server system. Nexus
allows you to join tables from any system in your enterprise (both on-premises and cloud), but then tops it off by
allowing you to process the joins on any system in your enterprise. Need extra processing power? Spin up a server
on the cloud and make it the hub.
Page 8
Chapter 1 Why is Nexus the Best Enterprise BI Tool in the World?

Save Answer Sets as Tables on any System

Nexus Chameleon
File Edit View Query Tools Help Web Windows History Sandbox
System: Teradata Database: SQL Class EXECUTE ? New Query

Execute Create Table Preview SQL in Nexus x Import From Excel Save Join Load Join Join Hub System SQL Server

Objects Columns Sorting Joins WHERE SQL Metadata Analytics

ADDRESSES T SUBSCRIBERS O CLAIMS Sql


Add Join Add Join Add Join

Select * Select * Select *


Street Varchar(30) Last_Name Varchar(20) Claim_Id Integer
City Varchar(20) First_Name Varchar(20) Claim_Date Date
State Char(2) Gender Char(1) Subscriber_No Integer
Zip Integer SSN Integer Member_No Smallint
AreaCode Smallint Member_No Smallint Claim_Amt Decimal(12,2)
Phone Char(15) Subscriber_No Integer Provider_No Integer
Subscriber_No Integer Claim_Service Integer

Nexus allows you to run a join or any query in the Super Join Builder and save the answer set as a table on any
system in your enterprise (on-premises or cloud). This is a fantastic way to create a data mart or to save data to
your sandbox. It is also great for building a test system. And Nexus makes it so easy. Just click on the "Create
Table" button and tell Nexus the system and the table name you desire, and that new table and its data will be there
when the query is finished.

Page 9
Chapter 1 Why is Nexus the Best Enterprise BI Tool in the World?

Queries can be Saved to and Loaded from a Menu

Nexus Chameleon
File Edit View Query Tools Help Web Windows History Sandbox
System: Teradata Database: SQL Class EXECUTE ? New Query

Execute Create Table Preview SQL in Nexus x Import From Excel Save Join Load Join Join Hub System SQL Server

Objects Columns Sorting Joins WHERE SQL Metadata Analytics

ADDRESSES T SUBSCRIBERS O CLAIMS Sql


Add Join Add Join Add Join

Select * Select * Select *


Street Varchar(30) Last_Name Varchar(20) Claim_Id Integer
City Varchar(20) First_Name Varchar(20) Claim_Date Date
State Char(2) Gender Char(1) Subscriber_No Integer
Zip Integer SSN Integer Member_No Smallint
AreaCode Smallint Member_No Smallint Claim_Amt Decimal(12,2)
Phone Char(15) Subscriber_No Integer Provider_No Integer
Subscriber_No Integer Claim_Service Integer

Nexus allows you to run a join or any query in the Super Join Builder and then save the query in the “Save Join”
menu. The user can then pull up the exact same query in the Super Join Builder with the “Load Join” menu. A
user can also create many different Super Join Builder queries and pass them to other Nexus users in their
enterprise. This allows for the experienced individuals to take care of the less experienced.

Page 10
Chapter 1 Why is Nexus the Best Enterprise BI Tool in the World?

Excel Spreadsheets can be Imported or Joined

Nexus Chameleon
File Edit View Query Tools Help Web Windows History Sandbox
System: Teradata Database: SQL Class EXECUTE ? New Query

Execute Create Table Preview SQL in Nexus x Import From Excel Save Join Load Join Join Hub System Oracle

Objects Columns Sorting Joins WHERE SQL Metadata Analytics

ADDRESSES T SUBSCRIBERS O CLAIMS$ x

Add Join Add Join Add Join

Select * Select * Select *


Street Varchar(30) Last_Name Varchar(20) Claim_Id Float
City Varchar(20) First_Name Varchar(20) Claim_Date Varchar(255)
State Char(2) Gender Char(1) Subscriber_No Float
Zip Integer SSN Integer Member_No Float
AreaCode Smallint Member_No Smallint Claim_Amt Float
Phone Char(15) Subscriber_No Integer Provider_No Float
Subscriber_No Integer Claim_Service Float

Nexus allows you to run a join or any query in the Super Join Builder and Import an Excel Spreadsheet(s) that can
be joined with production tables. Users can also import Excel Spreadsheets directly to any system as a table. With
the ability to load an Excel Spreadsheet or to join an Excel Spreadsheet with other tables in the Super Join Builder
the Nexus is going to Excel with business users! In the example above we are joining a Teradata table, Oracle table
and an Excel Spreadsheet.

Page 11
Chapter 1 Why is Nexus the Best Enterprise BI Tool in the World?

Nexus Converts DDL and Moves Data So Easily


Database Movement

Execute

Table Movement Options Log


System Database System Database
Teradata V15 SQL_Class Oracle Cloud SQL_Sandbox
Source Tables Target Tables

SQL_Class SQL_Sandbox
Tables Tables
Addresses Addresses OK
Claims X Claims OK
Course_Table Course_Table OK
Customer_Table Customer_Table
Employee_Table Employee_Table
Order_Table Order_Table
Providers Providers
Sales_Table Sales_Table

Do you know how long it normally takes to convert the table structures and move data between systems?
Sometimes this is a month long project, but not with Nexus. Just right click on any database in your systems tree
and choose "Move Data". Pick the target system in which you want the tables and data to move and then
checkmark the tables you want to move. Press the blue arrow and the tables with a checkmark move to the Target
system. Press Execute and watch the tables light up in green with every successful move. If there is a problem, the
table(s) will light up in red.
Page 12
Chapter 1 Why is Nexus the Best Enterprise BI Tool in the World?

Nexus Data Movement Across Systems Goes in Over 50 Different Directions


TO
Teradata Oracle SQL Server SQL DW DB2 SAP Hana Hadoop Greenplum Redshift
Teradata

Oracle

SQL Server
FROM

Azure
SQL DW
DB2

SAP Hana

Hadoop

Greenplum

Redshift
Single-Table mover and Database mover Conversion, but no movement Not supported

Nexus converts between systems and moves a single-table or entire database in over 40 different ways.

Page 13
Chapter 1 Why is Nexus the Best Enterprise BI Tool in the World?

Nexus makes the Servers Talk Directly

SQL Server
Teradata Hadoop

Oracle Redshift

Whenever Nexus converts and moves data from one system to another the data never lands in a landing zone.
When Nexus performs cross-system joins between systems the data moves directly from server to server. Whether
you install Nexus on your desktop, laptop, Citrix server or access Nexus via a remote desktop on the cloud, there is
no data passing through the Nexus. All data movement, conversions and cross-system joins are done directly
between the big systems. Nexus uses Progress Data Direct drivers to establish a connection between systems and
this allows the big systems to talk directly. This is the secret sauce that allows Nexus to move billions of rows from
one system to another!
Page 14
Chapter 1 Why is Nexus the Best Enterprise BI Tool in the World?

The Garden of Analysis Queries Answer Sets Inside Your Nexus


Welcome Aggregate OLAP Rank Grouping Sets Quantiles Top Sort Join Charts/Graphs Dynamic Charts Dashboard

Result 1 Result 2 Result 3 Result 4


Product_ID Sale_Date Daily_Sales

3000 09/28/2000 61301.77


1000 09/28/2000 48850.40
3000 09/29/2000 34509.13
1000 09/29/2000 54500.22
3000 09/30/2000 43868.86
1000 09/30/2000 36000.07

Nexus can query all of systems in your enterprise and each answer set is automatically present in the Garden of
Analysis. This is a unique concept because any and all answer sets can be re-queried by Nexus inside your
desktop. Above, we have four answer sets. We right clicked on answer set 4 (Result 4 – in red). Now, we can
click on any tab above and get Aggregates, OLAP, Rank, Grouping Sets, Quantiles, Top, Sort, Join, Charts/Graphs,
Dynamic Charts or a Dashboard. All you have to do is press on a table and drag columns in the answer set to the
templates and you immediately see the new data.
Page 15
Chapter 1 Why is Nexus the Best Enterprise BI Tool in the World?

Nexus has Hound Dog Compression for your Teradata Systems


Hound dog Compress - Database

Execute

Table Compression Log Dashboard When the job is finished


the dashboard shows the
System Database table sizes before and after
Teradata V15 SQL_Class
Available Tables Target Tables

SQL_Class SQL_Sandbox
Tables Tables
Addresses Addresses Done
Claims X Claims Done
Course_Table Course_Table Done
Customer_Table Customer_Table Done
Employee_Table Employee_Table
Order_Table Order_Table
Providers Providers
Sales_Table Sales_Table

Just right click on any Teradata database and choose "Hound Dog Compression". Pick the tables you want
compressed and move them over by hitting the blue arrow. Hit Execute. Nexus evaluates Teradata tables and
applies the perfect algorithm to attain the maximum compression savings. This feature alone has saved hundreds
of companies millions of dollars over the past 10 years. Nexus usually gains about 35% space savings on average.
There are even more savings on larger tables. There is no down side to Multi-Value compression because the
tables are about 35% smaller, they don't need to be decompressed, they move faster into memory and they save
about 35% of your entire system's space. Nexus auto-compresses tables when they move from other systems, for
example when Oracle or SQL Server tables are moved to Teradata.
Page 16
Chapter 1 Why is Nexus the Best Enterprise BI Tool in the World?

Nexus can Compare and Synchronize Entire Databases


Compare and Synchronize Databases

Execute

Objects Columns Options Results


System Database System Database
Teradata Prod SQL_Class Oracle Dev SQL_Class

Source Tables Target Tables

Addresses Addresses
Claims Claims
Course_Table Course_Table
Customer_Table Customer_Table
Employee_Table Employee_Table
Order_Table Order_Table
Providers Providers
Sales_Table Sales_Table

Just right click on any database and choose “Compare and Synchronize”. This will be the source system. Then
choose the system and database you want to compare and synchronize with as your Target system. The Nexus will
attempt to line-up the tables based on their name. The user can drag and drop to align the tables perfectly if
needed. Checkmark the tables you want compared and synched and hit Execute. The Nexus will show the results
of the comparison and allow the user to synchronize the data.

Page 17
Chapter 1 Why is Nexus the Best Enterprise BI Tool in the World?

Nexus Schedules Operations to Run Daily, Weekly, Monthly


Nexus Chameleon
File Edit View Query Tools Help Web Windows
Open the
Schedule Builder dropdown
History Sandbox

Operation
System: Teradata TypeDatabase: SQL Class EXECUTE ? New Query
Systems Query 1 v
+ Teradata
Query
Press on the
Saved Super Join
Move Data calendar icon
and your
Compare Data
Compress Teradata Multi-Value scheduling
options
will appear.

Back Next Cancel

Press on the Calendar icon in the main Nexus screen toolbar (circled above in red) and your scheduling options
will appear. You will then see the Schedule Builder User Interface. Press on the dropdown menu and choose the
Operation Type

Page 18
Chapter 2 How to Use Nexus

Page 19
Chapter 2 How to Use Nexus

Chapter 2 – How to Use Nexus

“Design is not just what it looks like and feels like. Design is how it works.”
- Steve Jobs

Page 20
Chapter 2 How to Use Nexus

Make Sure You Are Connected to a System

Nexus Chameleon
File Edit View Query Tools Help Web Windows History Sandbox
System: Teradata Database: SQL Class EXECUTE ? New Query
Systems Query 1
+ Teradata
The System must have an entry
before you can begin. Press the
drop down and select the system
you want to query.

You must have an entry in the System box before Nexus will respond. Check to see that it is not empty. If so,
press the drop down arrow and select the system that you want to query.

Page 21
Chapter 2 How to Use Nexus

Running a Query

Nexus Chameleon
File Edit View Query Tools Help Web Windows History Sandbox
System: Teradata Database: SQL Class EXECUTE ? New Query
Systems Query 1
+ Teradata To run a command press the green button
SELECT * for EXECUTE or hit F5 (Function Key)
FROM SQL_Class.Employee_table
Where Dept_No = 400 ;

Messages Garden of Analysis Result 1


Employee_No Dept_No Last_Name First_Name Salary
1 1256349 400 Harrison Herbert 55000.00
2 1121334 400 Strickling Cletus 55000.00
3 2341218 400 Reilly William 72000.00

To run a query just press the green button next to EXECUTE. You can also hit function key F5.

Page 22
Chapter 2 How to Use Nexus

The Important Stuff


Your query history
Nexus Chameleon
File Edit View Query Tools Help Web Windows History Sandbox
System: Teradata Database: SQL Class EXECUTE ? New Query
Systems Query 1
+ Teradata
System your Your current Runs a Clears Provides Opens
connected to database Query, The the Up
or press SQL EXPLAIN another
Click on F5 from Plan, Query
the plus sign your or hit Window
and see all screen F6 for
the databases any
and objects system
for this you
particular Hit F2 to see SQL Syntax have in
system your systems
tree

The important buttons and function keys you need to know about are listed above.

Page 23
Chapter 2 How to Use Nexus

Setting Your Default Database


Once you set your default database
It will appear in the drop down

Nexus Chameleon
File Edit View Query Tools Help Web Windows History Sandbox
System: Teradata Database: SQL Class EXECUTE ? New Query
Systems Query 1
+ Teradata
DATABASE SQL_Class ;

This is how you set your


default database in Teradata

USE SQL_Class ; This is how you set your default


database in SQL Server

ALTER SESSION SET CURRENT_SCHEMA = SQL_CLASS;

Here is how you could


do it in Oracle

When you set your default database you won't need to include the database in your SQL. It will assume you mean
the default database.

Page 24
Chapter 2 How to Use Nexus

Get Rid or Your History


If you want to see your history
Click the History button.
Nexus Chameleon
File Edit View Query Tools Help Web Windows History Sandbox
System: Teradata Database: SQL Class EXECUTE ? New Query
Systems Query 1
+ Teradata
SELECT *
FROM SQL_Class.Employee_table
Where Dept_No = 400 ;
Messages Garden of Analysis Result 1
Employee_No Dept_No Last_Name First_Name Salary
1 1256349 400 Harrison Herbert 55000.00
2 1121334 400 Strickling Cletus 55000.00
3 2341218 400 Reilly William 72000.00
Query History X
Run Date Duration System Rows SQL
11/15/2015 10:58:28 00.00.00.417 Teradata 3 Select * FROM Emloyee_Table…
11/15/2015 10:56:28 00.00.00.337 Teradata 0 Database SQL_Class

Click on the X and get rid of your history.


It takes up too much real-estate.

Get rid of the history at the bottom of the Nexus. It takes up a bunch of space and you will only use it
occasionally. A better choice when history is needed is to press the History button at the top of the Nexus.

Page 25
Chapter 2 How to Use Nexus

Using the History Button at the Top of Nexus


Click the History button and the
history screen below will appear
Nexus Chameleon
File Edit View Query Tools Help Web Windows History Sandbox
System: Teradata Database: SQL Class EXECUTE ? New Query

Query Date MultiLineSQL


Double click on a
1 09/01/2016 12:00:10 PM Select * FROM Sales_Table; query to copy it to
your clipboard. Then
2 09/01/2016 12:01:14 PM Select * FROM Claims; paste the query to
your query window.
3 09/01/2016 12:01:14 PM Select E.*, Mgr_No
FROM Employee_Table E
Double-Click on any SQL and
the SQL will be copied. You will
INNER JOIN
be returned to the main Nexus Department_Table D Search
screen where you can paste. ON E.Dept_No = D.Dept_No ;

Keep History Window open after query copy Yes Turn on single-line SQL? Yes

‘Query Copied’ Message Off? Yes Max Number of Rows 50

When you press on the History button at the top of Nexus you will get the History screen. Just double-click on any
query in the history window and Nexus will automatically copy the query and return you to the main Nexus screen.
You can simply hit the paste button or CTRL V and the copied query will be pasted inside your query window.
You can also use the History window to search for keywords to find specific SQL from your History.

Page 26
Chapter 2 How to Use Nexus

Check Out Your System Tree

Nexus Chameleon
File Edit View Query Tools Help Web Windows History Sandbox
System: Teradata Database: SQL Class EXECUTE ? New Query
Systems Query 1
- Teradata
- SQL_Class
- Tables
+ Addresses
+ Claims
- Customer_Table
Columns The column color blue
Customer_Number (Integer) means the column
is the Primary Index
Customer_Name (Varchar(20))
or Distribution Key
Phone_Number (Char(8))

+ Employee_Table
+ Department_Table

The Nexus has been developed for over 10 years. It is good at putting out a nice system tree. You can see a lot of
objects in the tree, including the columns and their data types. Open up your tree and check out all of the objects
and features.

Page 27
Chapter 2 How to Use Nexus

Set Up Your Tree to See Only the Databases You Want to See

Nexus Chameleon
File Edit View Query Tools Help Web Windows History Sandbox
System: Teradata Database: SQL Class EXECUTE ? New Query
Systems Query 1
- Teradata
Connect Tree to Server
Disconnect Tree from Server
View Tree Hierarchy
No Hierarchy
My Databases
All Databases and Users
1) Right click on your Teradata system All Databases and Users with Perm Space
2) Scroll down to View Tree All Databases
3) Make sure No Hierarchy is checked All Users
4) Make sure My Databases is checked
5) Scroll down to Edit My Databases Hit the X
Edit My Databases
6) Hit the Add button and add databases when you
7) Hit the X to leave when you are done are done
Edit My Databases X Adding
8) Open Your Systems Tree up now!
databases
Add SQL01 or users
SQL_Class
Remove SQL_Views

Follow the 8 steps above and your tree will be perfectly customized to see only the databases or users you want to
see. We have Added the user SQL01 and the databases SQL_Class and SQL_Views. These will be the only
databases we will see in our tree. This is how you customize your Nexus tree.

Page 28
Chapter 2 How to Use Nexus

Use Quick Select to Quickly Create a Query

Nexus Chameleon
File Edit View Query Tools Help Web Windows History Sandbox
System: Teradata Database: SQL Class EXECUTE ? New Query
Systems Query 1
- Teradata
SELECT
- SQL_Class Customer_Number
- Tables , Customer_Name
+ Addresses , Phone_Number
FROM SQL_CLASS.Customer_table ;
+ Claims Right
+ Customer_Table Click
Super Join Builder Choose
+ Employee_Table on any
Table Quick Select Quick Select
+ Department_Table View DDL and Nexus will
+ Order_Table automatically
Move data to Oracle SELECT all
+ Providers Move data to SQL Server columns
+ Sales_Table Move data to Teradata for you
Move data to Azure SQL Data Warehouse
+ Services

Right click on any table from any system and from the menu choose Quick Select. The Nexus will SELECT all of
the columns from the table and write the SQL for you. Notice the SQL above in the query window. That is a
Quick Select.

Page 29
Chapter 2 How to Use Nexus

View the Table Structures for a Table (View DDL) (Page 1-2)

Nexus Chameleon
File Edit View Query Tools Help Web Windows History Sandbox
System: Teradata Database: SQL Class EXECUTE ? New Query
Systems Query 1
- Teradata
- SQL_Class
- Tables
+ Addresses
+ Claims Right
+ Customer_Table Click
+ Employee_Table on any Super Join Builder
Table
+ Department_Table Quick Select Choose
+ Order_Table View DDL View DDL
and Nexus will
+ Providers Move data to Oracle place the DDL
Move data to SQL Server
in another Tab
+ Sales_Table
Move data to Teradata
+ Services Move data to Azure SQL Data Warehouse

To see the table structure for any table from any system just right click on the table. From the menu choose View
DDL. Nexus will display the table structure (DDL) in a separate tab. The next page will show you an example.

Page 30
Chapter 2 How to Use Nexus

View the Table Structures for a Table (View DDL) (Page 2-2)

Nexus Chameleon
File Edit View Query Tools Help Web Windows History Sandbox
System: Teradata Database: SQL Class EXECUTE ? New Query
Query 1 DDL – Teradata.SQL_Class.Cust… X Press here
(X)
CREATE SET TABLE SQL_CLASS.Customer_table ,NO FALLBACK , to drop the
NO BEFORE JOURNAL, DDL Tab
NO AFTER JOURNAL, The table structure (DDL)
CHECKSUM = DEFAULT is now displayed and includes
( any indexing
Customer_Number INTEGER,
Customer_Name VARCHAR(20) CHARACTER SET LATIN NOT CASESPECIFIC,
Phone_Number CHAR(8) CHARACTER SET LATIN NOT CASESPECIFIC)
UNIQUE PRIMARY INDEX ( Customer_Number )
INDEX ( Customer_Name )
INDEX ( Phone_Number );

You will now see the table structure (DDL) in a new tab. You can move between your query tab and your DDL
tab or you can drop the DDL tab by pressing on the tab’s X.

Page 31
Chapter 2 How to Use Nexus

Drag Columns into the Query Window

Nexus Chameleon
File Edit View Query Tools Help Web Windows History Sandbox
System: Teradata Database: SQL Class EXECUTE ? New Query
Systems Query 1
- Teradata SELECT Customer_Number
- SQL_Class
- Tables
+ Addresses
+ Claims
- Customer_Table Drag
Columns all columns or
individual columns
Customer_Number (Integer)
into the Query Window
Customer_Name (Varchar(20))
Phone_Number (Char(8))

+ Employee_Table
+ Department_Table

In the example above we already had the keyword SELECT typed in our query window. We then opened up our
systems tree and pressed on the plus sign to open up the Customer_Table. We dragged and dropped the column
named Customer_Number to the query window (where the cursor already was) and the column name appeared.
You can even drop and drag the Columns keyword (shown in Pink above) and all columns will appear.

Page 32
Chapter 2 How to Use Nexus

Drag Table Names into the Query Window


Nexus Chameleon
File Edit View Query Tools Help Web Windows History Sandbox
System: Teradata Database: SQL Class EXECUTE ? New Query
Systems Query 1
- Teradata SELECT *
- SQL_Class FROM SQL_CLASS.Customer_table
- Tables
+ Addresses
+ Claims Drag the
- Customer_Table Table Name
Inside the Query Window
Columns
Customer_Number (Integer)
Customer_Name (Varchar(20))
Phone_Number (Char(8))

+ Employee_Table
+ Department_Table

In the example above we already had the keywords SELECT * FROM typed in our query window. We then
opened up our systems tree and pressed on the plus sign to open up the SQL_Class database. We dragged and
dropped the table name (Customer_Table) to the query window (where the cursor already was) and Nexus placed
the database/tablename in our query.

Page 33
Chapter 2 How to Use Nexus

Move Columns Around After the Answer Set Returns


Nexus Chameleon
File Edit View Query Tools Help Web Windows History Sandbox
System: Vertica Database: SQL Class EXECUTE ? New Query
Systems Query 1 Query 2 Query 3 To change columns
+ Aster Data around just click
+ Azure Cloud SELECT *
on a column header
+ DB2 FROM Student_Table
and drag it to a
+ Excel WHERE Grade_Pt NOT IN (2.0, 3.0, 4.0) ; new position
+ Greenplum
+ Hadoop Messages Garden of Analysis Result 1
+ Kognitio
+ Netezza Student_ID Last_Name First_Name Class_Code Grade_Pt
+ Oracle 1 125634 Hanson Henry FR 2.88
+ Matrix 2 231222 Wilson Susie SO 3.80
+ Redshift
3 280023 McRoberts Richard JR 1.90
+ SQL Server
+ Sybase 4 322133 Bond Jimmy JR 3.95
+ Teradata 5 324652 Delaney Danny SR 3.35
+ Vertica 6 423400 Larkins Michael FR 0.00

You can move columns in your answer sets by dragging the column header to a new position. For example,
imagine that you wanted to change the positions of Last_Name and First_Name in your report. Just take your
mouse and click on the First_Name column and drag it in front of the Last_Name column. The report column
First_Name changes position.
Page 34
Chapter 2 How to Use Nexus

Group Rows in an Answer Set (1 of 2)

Nexus Chameleon
File Edit View Query Tools Help Web Windows History Sandbox
System: Vertica Database: SQL Class EXECUTE ? New Query
Systems Query 1 Query 2 Query 3 To Group rows
+ Aster Data drag the column
SELECT *
+ Azure Cloud header to the
FROM Student_Table ; Group Area
+ DB2
+ Excel
+ Greenplum
Messages Garden of Analysis Result 1
+ Hadoop Drag a column header here to group by that column.
+ Kognitio
+ Netezza Student_ID Last_Name First_Name Class_Code Grade_Pt
+ Oracle 1 125634 Hanson Henry FR 2.88
+ Matrix 2 231222 Wilson Susie SO 3.80
+ Redshift
3 280023 McRoberts Richard JR 1.90
+ SQL Server
+ Sybase 4 322133 Bond Jimmy JR 3.95
+ Teradata 5 324652 Delaney Danny SR 3.35
+ Vertica 6 423400 Larkins Michael FR 0.00

To group rows all you have to do is drag the column header to the “Grouping Area”. In the example above, we are
dragging the column header Class_Code to the Grouping Area. Turn the page to see what happens.

Page 35
Chapter 2 How to Use Nexus

Group Rows in an Answer Set (2 of 2)

Nexus Chameleon
File Edit View Query Tools Help Web Windows History Sandbox
System: Vertica Database: SQL Class EXECUTE ? New Query
Systems Query 1 Query 2 Query 3 To leave the
+ Aster Data SELECT * Grouping View
+ Azure Cloud merely drag the
FROM Student_Table ;
+ DB2 column header
+ Excel Messages Garden of Analysis Result 1 (Class_Code)
+ Greenplum off of the
+ Hadoop Class_Code Grouping Area
+ Kognitio
The Groups are + Class_Code : FR (3 Items)
+ Netezza
now listed.
+ Oracle
Toggle the plus
- Class_Code : JR (2 Items)
+ Matrix Student_ID Last_Name First_Name Class_Code Grade_Pt
and minus sign 1 280023 McRoberts Richard JR 1.90
+ Redshift
to 3.95
+ SQL Server 2 322133 Bond Jimmy JR
display the
+ Sybase + Class_Code : SO (2 Items)
detailed
+ Teradata
grouping rows + Class_Code : SR (2 Items)
+ Vertica

Once we drag the column header Class_Code to the Grouping Area the groups are established (in gray). Hit the
plus sign and the individual rows in the group are displayed. To leave the grouping views merely drag the column
(Class_Code) in the Grouping Area off of the Grouping Area and the original detailed rows return.

Page 36
Chapter 2 How to Use Nexus

How to Refresh the Tables in a Database


Nexus Chameleon
File Edit View Query Tools Help Web Windows History Sandbox
System: Teradata Database: SQL Class EXECUTE ? New Query
Systems Query 1
- Teradata Right Click on either the
- SQL_Class Database or the
- Tables Tables keyword
and choose
+ Addresses Super Join Builder
REFRESH Database
+ Claims or Quick Select
+ Customer_Table REFRESH Tables View DDL
+ Employee_Table Move data to Oracle
+ Department_Table Move data to SQL Server
Move data to Teradata
+ Order_Table SmartScript
+ Providers Hound Dog Compression
Compare/Sync Data
+ Sales_Table
Refresh Database
+ Services

Sometimes you will create a new table and it won’t show up in your systems tree. You just need to refresh your
tree. You can right click on the database and from the menu choose REFRESH DATABASE or you can right click
on the systems tree keyword TABLES and choose REFRESH TABLES. Either way, all your tables and objects
will now appear.

Page 37
Chapter 2 How to Use Nexus

The Table’s Menu


Nexus Chameleon Super Join Builder

File Edit View Query Tools Help Web WindowsQuick SelectHistory Sandbox
View DDL
System: Teradata Database: SQL Class EXECUTE ? New Query
Move data to DB2
Not all
Systems Query 1 Move data to Oracle systems are
- Teradata Move data to SQL Server
shown here
- SQL_Class Move data to Teradata

- Tables SmartScript
SmartCompress Table…
+ Addresses Right Click
on a table Compare/Sync Data…
+ Claims SmartSync object
+ Customer_Table Query Templates
+ Employee_Table Data Cleanser
+ Department_Table Open – All Rows
Open – Selection
+ Order_Table
Drop Table
+ Providers Rename Table
+ Sales_Table Refresh Table
+ Services Properties

Right click on any table in your systems tree and you can expect to see the Table Menu. An example of this is
shown above. Not all “Move Data” options have been shown here and not all options are available on all systems.

Page 38
Chapter 2 How to Use Nexus

The Databases' Menu


Nexus Chameleon Show all objects…
Set as active database
File Edit View Query Tools Help Web Windows History
Create database… Sandbox
Create user…
System: Teradata Database: SQL Class EXECUTE New Query
Drop Database
Systems Query 1
Remove from My Databases
- Teradata Right Click
- SQL_Class on a
Hound Dog Compress Database
- Tables Database
Compare/Sync Database Data…
SmartSync objects…
+ Addresses SmartScript
+ Claims SmartDBAdmin…
+ Customer_Table Convert Table Structures
+ Employee_Table Move Data to Azure SQL Data Warehouse
+ Department_Table Move Data to DB2…
Not all
Move Data to Hadoop
+ Order_Table systems are
Move Data to Oracle shown here
+ Providers Move Data to SQL Server
+ Sales_Table Refresh Database
+ Services Properties

Right click on any database in your systems tree and you can expect to see the Database Menu. An example of this
is shown above for a Teradata system. Not all “Move Data” options have been shown here and not all options are
available on all systems.
Page 39
Chapter 2 How to Use Nexus

Converting Table Structures DDL (1 of 4)


Nexus Chameleon
Show all objects…
Set as active database
File Edit View Query Tools
CreateHelp Web Windows
database… History Sandbox
Create user…SQL Class
System: Teradata Database: EXECUTE New Query
Drop Database
Systems Query 1
Remove from My Databases
Right Click - Teradata
on a - SQL_Class Hound Dog Compress Database
Convert to Azure SQL Data Warehouse….
Database - Tables Compare/Sync Database Data…
SmartSync objects… Convert to DB2…
+ Addresses SmartScript Convert to Greenplum…
+ Claims SmartDBAdmin… Convert to Hadoop…
Convert to Kognitio…
+ Customer_Table
Convert Table Structures Convert to Netezza…
+ Employee_Table
Move Data to Azure SAP HANA Convert to Oracle…
Move Data to DB2… Convert to ParAccel…
+ Department_Table
Move Data to Hadoop Convert to Matrix….
+ Order_Table Convert to Redshift…
Move Data to Oracle
+ Providers Move Data to SQL Server Convert to SAP HANA…
Convert to SQL Server…
+ Sales_TableRefresh Database Convert to Vertica…
+ Services Properties

Right click on any database in your systems tree and choose “Convert Table Structures” from the menu and then
choose the database you want to convert to in the submenu. We have chosen to convert our Teradata SQL_Class
database to a SQL Server database in the above example. Turn the page and see your options.
Page 40
Chapter 2 How to Use Nexus

Converting Table Structures DDL (2 of 4)


Convert Tables From Teradata

Convert to SQL Server Convert


General Converted DDL Options
1. Select the tables you would like to convert on the left
2. Click the blue arrow to send them into the conversion queue on the right
3. Finally, click the “Execute” button to convert
Tables
Source Tables To Be Converted
Tables (9)
Addresses
Place a Claims
checkmark
on the
Course_Table
tables you Customer_Table
want to Department_Table X
convert
and then
Employee_Table
hit the Job_Table
blue arrow. Order_Table
Sales_Table

Place a checkmark on the tables you want to convert and then hit the blue arrow. To checkmark all tables, place a
checkmark on the Tables box. You can deselect any tables you want to exclude. Either way, once you have a
checkmark in the box for the tables you want to convert you merely need to click on the blue arrow. See what
happens on the next page.

Page 41
Chapter 2 How to Use Nexus

Converting Table Structures DDL (3 of 4)


Convert Tables From Teradata

Convert to SQL Server Convert


General Converted DDL Options
1. Select the tables you would like to convert on the left
2. Click the blue arrow to send them into the conversion queue on the right
3. Finally, click the “Execute” button to convert
Tables
Source Tables To Be Converted
Tables (9) Tables (9)
Addresses Addresses
Place a Claims Claims
checkmark
on the
Course_Table Course_Table
tables you Customer_Table Customer_Table
want to Department_Table X Department_Table
convert
and then
Employee_Table Employee_Table
hit the Job_Table Job_Table
blue arrow. Order_Table Order_Table
Sales_Table Sales_Table

After pressing on the blue arrow, the tables you have selected to be compressed now appear in the “To Be
Converted” window on the right. You can now hit the EXECUTE button at the top of the form to begin the DDL
Conversion.

Page 42
Chapter 2 How to Use Nexus

Converting Table Structures DDL (4 of 4)


Convert Tables From Teradata

Convert to SQL Server Convert


General Converted DDL Options
Send to Nexus
CREATE TABLE [SQL_CLASS].[dbo].[Addresses]
([Subscriber_No] INTEGER,
[Street] VARCHAR (30),
The Teradata table structures (DDL)
[City] VARCHAR (20),
have been converted to DDL for a
[State] CHAR (2),
SQL Server system.
[Zip] INTEGER,
[AreaCode] SMALLINT,
[Phone] INTEGER,
PRIMARY KEY NONCLUSTERED ([Subscriber_No]) ;

CREATE TABLE [SQL_CLASS].[dbo].[Course_table]


([Course_ID] SMALLINT,
[Course_name] VARCHAR (30),
[Credits] TINYINT,
[Seats] TINYINT,
PRIMARY KEY NONCLUSTERED ([Course_ID])

The table structures (DDL) has been converted from Teradata to SQL Server. The user can press the “Send to
Nexus” blue arrow and the new DDL will be placed inside the Nexus query window. The user can then run it to
create these table structures on their SQL Server system.

Page 43
Chapter 3 The Garden of Analysis

Page 44
Chapter 3 The Garden of Analysis

Chapter 3 – The Garden of Analysis

"In giving advice, seek to help, not please, your friend."


- Solon (638 BC - 559 BC)

Page 45
Chapter 3 The Garden of Analysis

How to Get to the Garden of Analysis?

Nexus Chameleon
File Edit View Query Tools Help Web Windows History Sandbox
System: Oracle Database: SQL Class EXECUTE ? New Query
Systems Query 1 Query 2 Query 3
+ Aster Data
+ Azure Cloud SELECT *
FROM Employee_table The Result Set of every query has a
+ DB2
+ Excel Where Dept_No = 400 ; "Garden of Analysis" button.
+ Greenplum
+ Hadoop
+ Kognitio Messages Garden of Analysis Result 1
+ Netezza
Employee_No Dept_No Last_Name First_Name Salary
+ Oracle
+ Matrix 1 1256349 400 Harrison Herbert 54500.00
+ Redshift 2 1121334 400 Strickling Cletus 54500.00
+ SQL Server 3 2341218 400 Reilly William 36000.00
+ Sybase
+ Teradata
+ Vertica

With every result set there is a "Garden of Analysis" button right next to the result tab of the answer set. If you
press the Garden of Analysis tab you will be placed in the garden. It is there that you will discover that all of your
answer sets have been saved. In the Garden of Analysis, you can get a abundant of additional analytics, reports,
graphs, charts, dashboards and you can also join answer sets together. The brilliance is that all additional analysis
is done by Nexus inside your PC.
Page 46
Chapter 3 The Garden of Analysis

The Welcome Screen of the Garden of Analysis


Toggle Garden Docking
Welcome Aggregate OLAP Rank Grouping Sets Quantiles Top Sort Join Charts/Graphs Dynamic Charts Dashboard

If you hit the


blue button you
will leave the
Garden and be
back to your main
Nexus screen

Result 1 Result 2 Result 3 Result 4


Product_ID Sale_Date Daily_Sales
3000 09/28/2000 61301.77
1000 09/28/2000 48850.40
3000 09/29/2000 34509.13
1000 09/29/2000 54500.22
3000 09/30/2000 43868.86
1000 09/30/2000 36000.07

Nexus can query all of systems in your enterprise and each answer set is automatically present in the Garden of
Analysis. This is a unique concept because any and all answer sets can be re-queried by Nexus inside your
desktop. Above, we have four answer sets. You must set the result set you want to work with as the "Active
Result Set". Turn the page and see how to do just that.

Page 47
Chapter 3 The Garden of Analysis

Setting the Active Result Set


Toggle Garden Docking
Welcome Aggregate OLAP Rank Grouping Sets Quantiles Top Sort Join Charts/Graphs Dynamic Charts Dashboard

If you hit the


blue button you
will leave the
Garden and be
back to your main
Nexus screen

Result 1 Result 2 Result 3 Result 4


Right click on any Result
> Set as Active Result Set
Product_ID Sale_Date Daily_Sales Rename Tab
tab and choose
Print Result Set
"Set as Active Result Set" 3000 09/28/2000 61301.77
Save Result Set to Garden
1000 09/28/2000 48850.40
Remove Result Set
3000 09/29/2000 34509.13
Export Result Set
1000 09/29/2000 54500.22
3000 09/30/2000 43868.86
1000 09/30/2000 36000.07

Before the Garden of Analysis will work you must right click on any result tab and click "Set as Active Result
Set". Above, we right clicked on the Result 4 tab and made it the "Active Result Set". Now, whenever the tabs at
the top are selected, such as Aggregate, OLAP, Rank, Grouping Sets etc., it will know what result set and the
columns to put in the drop down menus to get the new reports. We will run an example of the Aggregate tab next.
Page 48
Chapter 3 The Garden of Analysis

The Garden of Analysis – Aggregate Tab (1 of 3)


Toggle Garden Docking
Welcome Aggregate OLAP Rank Grouping Sets Quantiles Top Sort Join Charts/Graphs Dynamic Charts Dashboard

If you hit the


Left click on the
Aggregate Tab blue button you
will leave the
2 Garden and be
back to your main
Nexus screen

Result 1 Result 2 Result 3 Result 4


1 > Set as Active Result Set
Product_ID Sale_Date Daily_Sales Rename Tab
Right click on any Result Print Result Set
3000 09/28/2000 61301.77
tab you want to work with Save Result Set to Garden
1000 09/28/2000 48850.40
and choose Remove Result Set
3000 09/29/2000 34509.13
"Set as Active Result Set" Export Result Set
1000 09/29/2000 54500.22
3000 09/30/2000 43868.86
1000 09/30/2000 36000.07

To get ready to get additional aggregate reports on an answer set do the following two steps. 1) Right click on the
answer set you want to work with and choose "Set as Active Result Set". That answer set is now ready to be re-
queried. 2) Click on the Aggregate Tab (at the top). Turn the page and see what happens next.
Page 49
Chapter 3 The Garden of Analysis

The Garden of Analysis – Aggregate Tab (2 of 3)


2 Toggle Garden Docking
Welcome Aggregate OLAP Rank Grouping Sets Quantiles Top Sort Join Charts/Graphs Dynamic Charts Dashboard
Aggregate By Group By (Optional) Options
> Product_Id
… > Product_ID
… Aggregate Functions
Sale_Date
Daily_Sales 4 Where Clauses …
Choose the
3 Product_ID
Choose the column
Daily_Sales from the
from the drop down Clear Create 5
drop down

Result 1 Result 2 Result 3 Result 4 Right click on a Result tab and choose
Product_ID Sale_Date Daily_Sales Set as active Result Set

3000 09/28/2000 61301.77


1000 09/28/2000 48850.40
1
3000 09/29/2000 34509.13
1000 09/29/2000 54500.22
3000 09/30/2000 43868.86
1000 09/30/2000 36000.07

In five easy steps we got all the aggregates. 1) We made Result 4 the active result set by right clicking on the
Result 4 tab and choosing "Set as active Result Set". 2) We then chose the Aggregate tab at the top (red circle). 3)
We clicked on the Aggregate By drop down menu and chose the column Daily_Sales. 4) We clicked on the Group
By column drop down menu and chose Product_ID. 5) We then clicked on the CREATE button. Watch what
happens on the next page!

Page 50
Chapter 3 The Garden of Analysis

The Garden of Analysis – Aggregate Tab (3 of 3)


2 Toggle Garden Docking
Welcome Aggregate OLAP Rank Grouping Sets Quantiles Top Sort Join Charts/Graphs Dynamic Charts Dashboard
Aggregate By Group By (Optional) Options
>
… >
… Aggregate Functions

Daily_Sales Product_ID
Where Clauses …
3
Clear Create

Result 1 Result 2 Result 3 Result 4 Aggregate

Product_ID Count (*) Sum Average Minimum Maximum


3000 7 22458 32083.9 15675.33 61301.77
A new aggregate 1000 7 33120 47314.9 32800.50 64300.00
report appears 2000 7 30661 43801.6 32800.50 54850.29

The Garden of Analysis allows you to get additional reports, analytics, charts, graphs and also has the ability to sort
or join answer sets. Above, we see that we have a new report on Aggregates. All calculations in the Garden of
Analysis are done inside Nexus. There is no network movement or work done on the data warehouse. This is as
efficient as it gets!

Page 51
Chapter 3 The Garden of Analysis

The Garden of Analysis – OLAP Tab (1 of 4)


Toggle Garden Docking
Welcome Aggregate OLAP Rank Grouping Sets Quantiles Top Sort Join Charts/Graphs Dynamic Charts Dashboard

If you hit the


Left click on the
OLAP Tab blue button you
will leave the
2 Garden and be
back to your main
Nexus screen

Result 1 Result 2 Result 3 Result 4


1 > Set as Active Result Set
Product_ID Sale_Date Daily_Sales Rename Tab
Right click on any Result Print Result Set
3000 09/28/2000 61301.77
tab you want to work with Save Result Set to Garden
1000 09/28/2000 48850.40
and choose Remove Result Set
3000 09/29/2000 34509.13
"Set as Active Result Set" Export Result Set
1000 09/29/2000 54500.22
3000 09/30/2000 43868.86
1000 09/30/2000 36000.07

To get ready to get OLAP reports on an answer set do the following two steps. 1) Right click on the answer set
you want to work with and choose "Set as Active Result Set". That answer set is now ready to be re-queried. 2)
Click on the OLAP Tab (at the top). Turn the page and see what happens next.

Page 52
Chapter 3 The Garden of Analysis

The Garden of Analysis – OLAP Tab (2 of 4)


Toggle Garden Docking
Welcome Aggregate OLAP Rank Grouping Sets Quantiles Top Sort Join Charts/Graphs Dynamic Charts Dashboard

OLAP By Sort By Partition By (Optional) Options

>
… 3 >
… 4 >
… 5 OLAP Functions…

Moving Window 6 6

Display Columns…

Clear Create 7

Result 1 Result 2 Result 3 Result 4 Right click on a Result tab and choose
Product_ID Sale_Date Daily_Sales Set as active Result Set

3000 09/28/2000 61301.77


1000 09/28/2000 48850.40
1
3000 09/29/2000 34509.13
1000 09/29/2000 54500.22
3000 09/30/2000 43868.86
1000 09/30/2000 36000.07

In seven easy steps we can get all the aggregates. 1) Make Result 4 the active result set by right clicking on the
Result 4 tab and choosing "Set as active Result Set". 2) Choose the OLAP tab at the top (red circle). 3) Click on
the OLAP By drop down menu and choose the column you want to calculate. 4) Click on the Sort By column drop
down and chose the column(s) you want to sort on. 5) Optionally click on the drop down menu for the column you
want to Partition By (Reset or Group By). 6) Change the moving window. 7) Hit the Create button. Turn the page
to see the actual choices we made.
Page 53
Chapter 3 The Garden of Analysis

The Garden of Analysis – OLAP Tab (3 of 4)


Toggle Garden Docking
Welcome Aggregate OLAP Rank Grouping Sets Quantiles Top Sort Join Charts/Graphs Dynamic Charts Dashboard

OLAP By Sort By Partition By (Optional) Options

>
… >
… >
… OLAP Functions…

Daily_Sales Product_Id Product_Id Moving Window 3


Sale_Date Display Columns…

Clear Create

Result 1 Result 2 Result 3 Result 4


Product_ID Sale_Date Daily_Sales
3000 09/28/2000 61301.77
1000 09/28/2000 48850.40
3000 09/29/2000 34509.13
1000 09/29/2000 54500.22
3000 09/30/2000 43868.86
1000 09/30/2000 36000.07

From the OLAP By dropdown menu we chose the Daily_Sales column. From the Sort By dropdown menu we
chose Product_ID first and then Sale_Date (minor sort). From the optional Partition By dropdown menu we chose
to reset the calculations on Product_ID. Next we chose the moving window to be 3. Then we just needed to hit the
create button. Watch what happens on the following page.
Page 54
Chapter 3 The Garden of Analysis

The Garden of Analysis – OLAP Tab (4 of 4)


Toggle Garden Docking
Welcome Aggregate OLAP Rank Grouping Sets Quantiles Top Sort Join Charts/Graphs Dynamic Charts Dashboard

OLAP By Sort By Partition By (Optional) Options

>
… >
… >
… OLAP Functions…

Daily_Sales Product_Id Product_Id Moving Window 3


Sale_Date Display Columns…

Result 1 Result 2 Result 3 Result 4 OLAP


Product_ID Sale_Date Daily_Sales CSUM MSUM MAVG MDIFF COUNT MIN

1000 09/28/2000 48850.40 48850.40 48850.40 48850.4 ? 1 15675.33


1000 09/29/2000 54500.22 103350.62 103350.62 51675.31 ? 2 15675.33
1000 09/30/2000 36000.07 139350.69 139350.69 46450.23 -12850.33 3 15675.33
1000 10/01/2000 40200.43 179551.12 130700.72 43566.91 -14299.79 4 15675.33
1000 10/02/2000 32800.50 212351.62 109001.00 36333.67 -3199.57 5 15675.33
1000 10/03/2000 64300.00 276651.62 137300.93 45766.98 24099.57 6 15675.33
1000 10/04/2000 54553.10 331204.72 151653.60 50551.2 21752.60 7 15675.33
2000 09/28/2000 41888.88 373093.60 160741.98 53580.66 -22411.12 8 15675.33

Not all results could fit on the screen. You will be able to get cumulative sums, moving sums, moving averages,
moving differences, counts, max and min values plus each calculation again as they reset on Product_ID (end of
report). All calculations are done by Nexus inside your PC.

Page 55
Chapter 3 The Garden of Analysis

The Garden of Analysis – Rank Tab (1 of 4)


Toggle Garden Docking
Welcome Aggregate OLAP Rank Grouping Sets Quantiles Top Sort Join Charts/Graphs Dynamic Charts Dashboard

If you hit the


Left click on the
Rank Tab blue button you
will leave the
2 Garden and be
back to your main
Nexus screen

Result 1 Result 2 Result 3 Result 4


1 > Set as Active Result Set
Product_ID Sale_Date Daily_Sales Rename Tab
Right click on any Result Print Result Set
3000 09/28/2000 61301.77
tab you want to work with Save Result Set to Garden
1000 09/28/2000 48850.40
and choose Remove Result Set
3000 09/29/2000 34509.13
"Set as Active Result Set" Export Result Set
1000 09/29/2000 54500.22
3000 09/30/2000 43868.86
1000 09/30/2000 36000.07

To get ready to get Rank reports on an answer set do the following two steps. 1) Right click on the answer set you
want to work with and choose "Set as Active Result Set". That answer set is now ready to be re-queried. 2) Click
on the Rank Tab (at the top). Turn the page and see what happens next.
Page 56
Chapter 3 The Garden of Analysis

The Garden of Analysis – Rank Tab (2 of 4)


2 Toggle Garden Docking
Welcome Aggregate OLAP Rank Grouping Sets Quantiles Top Sort Join Charts/Graphs Dynamic Charts Dashboard

Rank By Partition By (Optional) Rank Options


> > 5 Dense Rank
… 3 … 4 Percent Rank
Qualify…

Alias Rank Rank

Where Columns…

Display Columns…

Clear Create 6
Result 1 Result 2 Result 3 Result 4 Right click on a Result tab and choose
Product_ID Sale_Date Daily_Sales Set as active Result Set 1
3000 09/28/2000 61301.77
1000 09/28/2000 48850.40
3000 09/29/2000 34509.13

In six easy steps you can get three different Rank Functions. 1) Make Result 4 the active result set by right
clicking on the Result 4 tab and choosing "Set as active Result Set". 2) Choose the Rank tab at the top (red circle).
3) Click on the Rank By drop down and chose the column you want to Rank. 4) Click on the Partition By column
drop down and choose the column(s) you want to optionally Partition By (Reset or Group By). 5) Leave the three
ranks you want by not unchecking any of them. 6) Hit create. Turn the page to see the actual choices that we
made.
Page 57
Chapter 3 The Garden of Analysis

The Garden of Analysis – Rank Tab (3 of 4)


Toggle Garden Docking
Welcome Aggregate OLAP Rank Grouping Sets Quantiles Top Sort Join Charts/Graphs Dynamic Charts Dashboard

Rank By Partition By (Optional) Rank Options


> > Dense Rank
… … Percent Rank
Daily_Sales DESC Product_Id Qualify…

Alias Rank Rank


Once we selected Daily_Sales The rankings will be
it defaulted to ASC, but when grouped and start over Where Columns…
we click on Daily_Sales again with each
again, it toggles to DESC Product_Id break Display Columns…

Clear Create

From the Rank by dropdown menu we chose the Daily_Sales column. We needed to click on the Daily_Sales ASC
to toggle it to Daily_Sales DESC. From the optional Partition By dropdown menu we chose to reset the
calculations on Product_ID. We chose to keep the options of Rank, Dense Rank and Percent Rank. Then we just
needed to hit the Create button. Watch what happens.

Page 58
Chapter 3 The Garden of Analysis

The Garden of Analysis – Rank Tab (4 of 4)


Toggle Garden Docking
Welcome Aggregate OLAP Rank Grouping Sets Quantiles Top Sort Join Charts/Graphs Dynamic Charts Dashboard

Rank By Partition By (Optional) Rank Options


> > Dense Rank
… … Percent Rank
Daily_Sales DESC Product_Id Qualify…

Alias Rank Rank

Result 1 Result 2 Result 3 Result 4 Percent Rank Dense Rank Rank


Product_ID Sale_Date Daily_Sales Rank Percent Rank Dense Rank
1000 10/03/2000 64300.00 1 0.0000 1
1000 10/04/2000 64300.00 1 0.0000 1
1000 09/29/2000 54500.22 3 0.3333 2
1000 09/28/2000 48850.40 4 0.5000 3
1000 10/01/2000 40200.43 5 0.6666 4
1000 09/30/2000 36000.07 6 0.8333 5
1000 10/02/2000 32800.50 7 1.0000 6
2000 10/01/2000 54850.29 1 0.0000 1

Not all results could fit on the screen. You actually get three different reports (one for Rank, Dense Rank and
Percent Rank). The difference between a Rank and Dense Rank is how they handle ties. The Percent Rank will
rank the rows in a percentage. For example, in row 3 (0.333) means only 33% of the rows did better than that row
for Product_ID 1000. We partitioned by Product_ID so all three ranks start over on Product_ID breaks.

Page 59
Chapter 3 The Garden of Analysis

The Garden of Analysis – Grouping Sets Tab (1 of 4)

Nexus Chameleon
File Edit View Query Tools Help Web Windows History Sandbox
System: Oracle Database: SQL Class EXECUTE ? New Query
Systems Query 1 Query 2 Query 3
+ Aster Data
+ Azure Cloud SELECT *
FROM Employee_table The Result Set of every query has a
+ DB2
+ Excel Where Dept_No = 400 ; "Garden of Analysis" button.
+ Greenplum
+ Hadoop
+ Kognitio Messages Garden of Analysis Result 1
+ Netezza
Employee_No Dept_No Last_Name First_Name Salary
+ Oracle
+ Matrix 1 1256349 400 Harrison Herbert 54500.00
+ Redshift 2 1121334 400 Strickling Cletus 54500.00
+ SQL Server 3 2341218 400 Reilly William 36000.00
+ Sybase
+ Teradata
+ Vertica

To get Grouping Sets, Group By Rollup and Group By Cube reports on an answer do the following two steps. 1)
Right click on the answer set you want to work with and choose "Set as Active Result Set". That answer set is now
ready to be re-queried. 2) Click on the Grouping Sets Tab (at the top). Turn the page and see what happens next.

Page 60
Chapter 3 The Garden of Analysis

The Garden of Analysis – Grouping Sets Tab (2 of 4)


2 Toggle Garden Docking
Welcome Aggregate OLAP Rank Grouping Sets Quantiles Top Sort Join Charts/Graphs Dynamic Charts Dashboard
Products Date Column (Optional) Sum Options
>
… >
… >
… Grouping Sets
4 5 6 Rollup
Choose the Cube
Column you Choose the column
Choose the Date Extraction
3 want to date column you want to sum
calculate on 3 from the drop down Year
from the
from the drop down Month
drop down

Create 7
Clear
Result 1 Result 2 Result 3 Result 4 Right click on Result 4 tab and choose
Product_ID Sale_Date Daily_Sales Set as active Result Set

3000 09/28/2000 61301.77 1


1000 09/28/2000 48850.40
3000 09/29/2000 34509.13
1000 09/29/2000 54500.22

In seven easy steps you can get Grouping Sets, Group By Rollup and Group By Cube reports on an answer set.
1) Make Result 4 the active result set by right clicking on the Result 4 tab and choosing "Set as active Result Set".
2) Choose the Grouping Sets tab at the top (red circle). 3) Click on the Products drop down and choose the column
you want to for the Product. 4) Click on the Date column drop down and choose the column you want to
optionally choose as the date column. 5) Click on the Sum dropdown and choose the column you want to sum. 6)
Leave the three Grouping Sets, Rollup and Cube reports you want by not unchecking any of them. 7) Hit Create.
Turn the page to see the actual choices we made.

Page 61
Chapter 3 The Garden of Analysis

The Garden of Analysis – Grouping Sets Tab (3 of 4)


Toggle Garden Docking
Welcome Aggregate OLAP Rank Grouping Sets Quantiles Top Sort Join Charts/Graphs Dynamic Charts Dashboard

If you hit the


blue button you
will leave the
Garden and be
back to your main
Nexus screen

Result 1 Result 2 Result 3 Result 4


Right click on any Result
> Set as Active Result Set
Product_ID Sale_Date Daily_Sales Rename Tab
tab and choose
Print Result Set
"Set as Active Result Set" 3000 09/28/2000 61301.77
Save Result Set to Garden
1000 09/28/2000 48850.40
Remove Result Set
3000 09/29/2000 34509.13
Export Result Set
1000 09/29/2000 54500.22
3000 09/30/2000 43868.86
1000 09/30/2000 36000.07

From the Products dropdown menu, we chose the Product_ID column. From the Date Column (Optional) we
chose the Sale_Date column. From the Sum dropdown menu, we chose the Daily_Sales column. We left all three
options checked to get Grouping Sets, Rollup and Cube. Then we hit the Create button. Watch what happens.

Page 62
Chapter 3 The Garden of Analysis

The Garden of Analysis – Grouping Sets Tab (4 of 4)


Toggle Garden Docking
Welcome Aggregate OLAP Rank Grouping Sets Quantiles Top Sort Join Charts/Graphs Dynamic Charts Dashboard
Products Date Column (Optional) Sum Options
>
… >
… >
… Grouping Sets
Rollup
Product_ID Sale_Date Daily_Sales Cube
Date Extraction
3 Year
Clear Create
Month
Result 1 Result 2 Result 3 Result 4 Grouping sets Cube Rollup 3 new
Product_ID MTH YR Sum_Daily_Sales reports
were
This report depicts 3000 ? ? 224587.82 created
2000 ? ? 306611.81 with the PC
the actual results
1000 ? ? 331204.72 doing all
of the Grouping Sets
? 10 ? 443634.99 the work
? 9 ? 418769.36
? ? 2000 862404.35

We instantly received three more answer sets (in yellow and pink) for Grouping Sets, Group by Cube and Group
by Rollup. What is truly intelligent is that we re-queried Result 4 to get the three new reports and did so inside
Nexus. The data warehouse was not re-queried, but instead the Nexus used the processor and memory inside the
PC to calculate the analytics. All answer sets are saved to the Garden of Analysis so users can get additional
reports by merely clicking on the appropriate tab and selecting the columns they want in the varying templates.
Why not have your own data warehouse inside Nexus?
Page 63
Chapter 3 The Garden of Analysis

The Garden of Analysis – Quantiles Tab (1 of 4)

Toggle Garden Docking


Welcome Aggregate OLAP Rank Grouping Sets Quantiles Top Sort Join Charts/Graphs Dynamic Charts Dashboard

If you hit the


Left click on the
Quantiles Tab blue button you
will leave the
2 Garden and be
back to your main
Nexus screen

Result 1 Result 2 Result 3 Result 4


1 > Set as Active Result Set
Product_ID Sale_Date Daily_Sales Rename Tab
Right click on any Result Print Result Set
3000 09/28/2000 61301.77
tab you want to work with Save Result Set to Garden
1000 09/28/2000 48850.40
and choose Remove Result Set
3000 09/29/2000 34509.13
"Set as Active Result Set" Export Result Set
1000 09/29/2000 54500.22
3000 09/30/2000 43868.86
1000 09/30/2000 36000.07

To get Quantiles on an answer set you need two steps. 1) Right click on the answer set you want to work with and
choose "Set as Active Result Set". That answer set is now ready to be re-queried. 2) Click on the Quantiles Tab
(at the top). Turn the page and see what happens next.

Page 64
Chapter 3 The Garden of Analysis

The Garden of Analysis – Quantiles Tab (2 of 4)


2 Toggle Garden Docking
Welcome Aggregate OLAP Rank Grouping Sets Quantiles Top Sort Join Charts/Graphs Dynamic Charts Dashboard
Group By Partition By (Optional) Options
> > 5 Quantile Groups 4
… …
4 Alias Quantile Quartile
Choose the
Column you Choose the Where Clauses…
3 want to Column from
calculate on
3
the drop down Display Columns…
from the menu you want
drop down to reset on
Create 6
Clear
Result 1 Result 2 Result 3 Result 4 Right click on Result 4 tab and choose
Product_ID Sale_Date Daily_Sales Set as active Result Set

3000 09/28/2000 61301.77 1


1000 09/28/2000 48850.40
3000 09/29/2000 34509.13
1000 09/29/2000 54500.22

In six easy steps you can get Quantile reports on an answer set. 1) Make Result 4 the active result set by right
clicking on the Result 4 tab and choosing "Set as active Result Set". 2) Choose the Quantiles tab at the top (red
circle). 3) Click on the Group By drop down and chose the column you want to calculate. 4) Click on the optional
Partition By dropdown and choose the column you want to reset on. 5) Click on the Quantile Groups and choose
the number of Quantiles you desire. 6) Hit create. Turn the page to see actual choices.
Page 65
Chapter 3 The Garden of Analysis

The Garden of Analysis – Quantiles Tab (3 of 4)


Toggle Garden Docking
Welcome Aggregate OLAP Rank Grouping Sets Quantiles Top Sort Join Charts/Graphs Dynamic Charts Dashboard
Group By Partition By (Optional) Options
> > Quantile Groups 3
… …
Alias Quantile Tertile
Daily_Sales (DESC) Product_ID (ASC)
Where Clauses…
Once we selected Daily_Sales 3
it defaulted to ASC, but when
Display Columns…
we click on Daily_Sales
again, it toggles to DESC
Clear Create
Result 1 Result 2 Result 3 Result 4
Product_ID Sale_Date Daily_Sales
3000 09/28/2000 61301.77
1000 09/28/2000 48850.40
3000 09/29/2000 34509.13
1000 09/29/2000 54500.22

From the Group By dropdown menu we chose the Daily_Sales column. From the Partition By Column (Optional)
we chose the Product_ID column. We changed the Quantiles Groups to 3, which automatically changed the Alias
Quantile to Tertile. Then we hit the create button. Watch what happens.
Page 66
Chapter 3 The Garden of Analysis

The Garden of Analysis – Quantiles Tab (4 of 4)

Result 1 Result 2 Result 3 Result 4 Quantiles

Product_ID Sale_Date Daily_Sales Tertile


1000 10/03/2000 64300.00 0
1000 10/04/2000 54553.10 0
1000 09/29/2000 54500.22 0
1000 09/28/2000 48850.40 1
1000 10/01/2000 40200.43 1
1000 09/30/2000 36000.07 2
1000 10/02/2000 32800.50 2
2000 10/01/2000 54850.03 0
2000 09/30/2000 49850.03 0
2000 09/29/2000 48000.00 0
2000 10/03/2000 43200.18 1
2000 09/28/2000 41888.88 1
2000 10/02/2000 36021.93 2 Not all rows
2000 10/04/2000 32800.50 2 are displayed

Since we did the optional Partition By on Product_ID and also changed the Quantile Groups to 3 (Tertiles) we see
all of the Product_ID Daily_Sales together with either a 0, 1 or 2 quantile. We performed the Group By on
Daily_Sales (DESC) so our top selling Daily_Sales got the 0, followed by the 1 and the 2 for the Daily_Sales that
were less. Then, we start over on the Product_ID change and the calculations begin again.

Page 67
Chapter 3 The Garden of Analysis

The Garden of Analysis – Top Tab (1 of 4)


Toggle Garden Docking
Welcome Aggregate OLAP Rank Grouping Sets Quantiles Top Sort Join Charts/Graphs Dynamic Charts Dashboard

If you hit the


Left click on the
Top Tab blue button you
will leave the
2 Garden and be
back to your main
Nexus screen

Result 1 Result 2 Result 3 Result 4


1 > Set as Active Result Set
Product_ID Sale_Date Daily_Sales Rename Tab
Right click on any Result Print Result Set
3000 09/28/2000 61301.77
tab you want to work with Save Result Set to Garden
1000 09/28/2000 48850.40
and choose Remove Result Set
3000 09/29/2000 34509.13
"Set as Active Result Set" Export Result Set
1000 09/29/2000 54500.22
3000 09/30/2000 43868.86
1000 09/30/2000 36000.07

To get Top values on an answer set do the following two steps. 1) Right click on the answer set you want to work
with and choose "Set as Active Result Set". That answer set is now ready to be re-queried. 2) Click on the Tab
labeled Top (red arrow). Turn the page and see what happens next.
Page 68
Chapter 3 The Garden of Analysis

The Garden of Analysis – Top Tab (2 of 4)


2 Toggle Garden Docking
Welcome Aggregate OLAP Rank Grouping Sets Quantiles Top Sort Join Charts/Graphs Dynamic Charts Dashboard
Column to Order By Options
Rows to return 4 4
>

With Ties
Choose the
Column you
Where Clauses…
3 want to
calculate on
Display Columns…
from the
drop down

Create 5
Clear
Result 1 Result 2 Result 3 Result 4 Right click on Result 4 tab and choose
Product_ID Sale_Date Daily_Sales Set as active Result Set

3000 09/28/2000 61301.77 1


1000 09/28/2000 48850.40
3000 09/29/2000 34509.13
1000 09/29/2000 54500.22

In five easy steps you can get Top reports on an answer set. 1) Make Result 4 the active result set by right clicking
on the Result 4 tab and choosing "Set as active Result Set". 2) Choose the tab labeled Top (red circle). 3) Click on
the Column to Order By drop down and chose the column in which you want top results. 4) Adjust the “Rows to
Return” number for the amount of rows you require. 5) Hit create. Turn the page to see actual choices.

Page 69
Chapter 3 The Garden of Analysis

The Garden of Analysis – Top Tab (3 of 4)


Toggle Garden Docking
Welcome Aggregate OLAP Rank Grouping Sets Quantiles Top Sort Join Charts/Graphs Dynamic Charts Dashboard
Column to Order By Options
> Rows to return 4

With Ties
Daily_Sales (Desc)
Where Clauses…

Display Columns…

Clear Create
Result 1 Result 2 Result 3 Result 4

Product_ID Sale_Date Daily_Sales


3000 09/28/2000 61301.77
1000 09/28/2000 48850.40
3000 09/29/2000 34509.13
1000 09/29/2000 54500.22

From the Column to Order By dropdown menu we chose the Daily_Sales (Desc) column. We kept the Rows to
Return number at 4, which will give us four rows. If we checked the With Ties checkbox we would get any ties
after four rows if the Daily_Sales value was the same (a tie). Then we hit the Create button. Watch what happens.
Page 70
Chapter 3 The Garden of Analysis

The Garden of Analysis – Top Tab (4 of 4)

Result 1 Result 2 Result 3 Result 4 Top


Product_ID Sale_Date Daily_Sales
1000 10/03/2000 64300.00
3000 09/28/2000 61301.77
2000 10/01/2000 54850.03
1000 10/04/2000 54553.10

Our answer set contains the top four Daily_Sales (Desc) from our answer set and we only received four rows. We
asked for the top 4 and we got the top 4 rows.

Page 71
Chapter 3 The Garden of Analysis

The Garden of Analysis – Sort Tab (1 of 4)


Toggle Garden Docking
Welcome Aggregate OLAP Rank Grouping Sets Quantiles Top Sort Join Charts/Graphs Dynamic Charts Dashboard

Left click If you hit the


on the blue button you
Sort Tab will leave the
Garden and be
2 back to your main
Nexus screen

Result 1 Result 2 Result 3 Result 4


1 > Set as Active Result Set
Product_ID Sale_Date Daily_Sales Rename Tab
Right click on any Result Print Result Set
3000 09/28/2000 61301.77
tab you want to work with Save Result Set to Garden
1000 09/28/2000 48850.40
and choose Remove Result Set
3000 09/29/2000 34509.13
"Set as Active Result Set" Export Result Set
1000 09/29/2000 54500.22
3000 09/30/2000 43868.86
1000 09/30/2000 36000.07

To Sort an answer set you do the following two steps. 1) Click on the answer set you want to work with and
choose "Set as Active Result Set". That answer set is now ready to be re-queried. 2) Click on the Sort Tab (at the
top). Turn the page and see what happens next.
Page 72
Chapter 3 The Garden of Analysis

The Garden of Analysis – Sort Tab (2 of 4)

2 Toggle Garden Docking


Welcome Aggregate OLAP Rank Grouping Sets Quantiles Top Sort Join Charts/Graphs Dynamic Charts Dashboard
Column to Sort By Options
>
… Display Columns…

Choose the
Column(s) you
3 want to 4
Sort on
from the
drop down Clear Create

Result 1 Result 2 Result 3 Result 4 Right click on Result 4 tab and choose
Product_ID Sale_Date Daily_Sales Set as active Result Set

3000 09/28/2000 61301.77 1


1000 09/28/2000 48850.40
3000 09/29/2000 34509.13
1000 09/29/2000 54500.22

In four easy steps you can sort an answer set. 1) Make Result 4 the active result set by right clicking on the Result
4 tab and choosing "Set as active Result Set". 2) Choose the Sort tab at the top (red circle). 3) Click on the
Column to Sort By drop down and chose the column(s) in which you want to sort the results. 4) Hit create. Turn
the page to see the actual choices.
Page 73
Chapter 3 The Garden of Analysis

The Garden of Analysis – Sort Tab (3 of 4)


Toggle Garden Docking
Welcome Aggregate OLAP Rank Grouping Sets Quantiles Top Sort Join Charts/Graphs Dynamic Charts Dashboard
Column to Sort By Options
>
… Display Columns…
Once we select Daily_Sales
Product_ID
it defaults to ASC, but when
we click on Daily_Sales
Daily_Sales (Desc)
again, it toggles to DESC
Clear Create

Result 1 Result 2 Result 3 Result 4


To get two sort keys Product_ID Sale_Date Daily_Sales
(Major Sort) by Product_ID
and Minor Sort by Daily_Sales, 3000 09/28/2000 61301.77
we first selected Product_Id 1000 09/28/2000 48850.40
and afterward selected Daily_Sales 3000 09/29/2000 34509.13
1000 09/29/2000 54500.22

From the Column to Sort By dropdown menu we chose the Product_ID column. We chose a second sort column
from the Column to Sort by dropdown menu as the Daily_Sales column (click on it to toggle it to DESC). Hit
Create. Watch what happens.

Page 74
Chapter 3 The Garden of Analysis

The Garden of Analysis – Sort Tab (4 of 4)


Result 1 Result 2 Result 3 Result 4 Sort

Product_ID Sale_Date Daily_Sales

1000 10/03/2000 64300.00


1000 10/04/2000 54553.10
1000 09/29/2000 54500.22
1000 09/28/2000 48850.40
1000 10/01/2000 40200.43
1000 09/30/2000 36000.07
1000 10/02/2000 32800.50
2000 10/01/2000 54850.29
2000 09/30/2000 49850.03
2000 09/29/2000 48000.00
2000 10/03/2000 43200.18
2000 09/28/2000 41888.88
2000 10/02/2000 36021.93
2000 10/04/2000 32800.50
3000 09/28/2000 61301.77
3000 09/30/2000 43868.86
3000 09/29/2000 34509.13
3000 10/01/2000 28000.00
3000 10/03/2000 21553.79
3000 10/02/2000 19678.94
3000 10/04/2000 15675.33

Our answer set has now been sorted by Product_ID (Major Sort) and Daily_Sales Desc (Minor Sort).

Page 75
Chapter 3 The Garden of Analysis

The Garden of Analysis – Join Tab (1 of 4)


Toggle Garden Docking
Welcome Aggregate OLAP Rank Grouping Sets Quantiles Top Sort Join Charts/Graphs Dynamic Charts Dashboard

Left click If you hit the


on the blue button you
Join Tab will leave the
Garden and be
back to your main
Nexus screen

Result 1 Result 1
Order_Number Customer_Number Order_Date Order_Total Customer_Number Customer_Name Phone_Number

123512 11111111 01/01/1999 8005.91 11111111 Billy's Best Choice 555-1234


123456 11111111 05/04/1998 12347.53 31313131 Acme Products 555-1111
123552 31323134 10/01/1999 5111.47 31323134 ACE Consulting 555-1212
123777 57896883 09/09/1999 23454.84 57896883 XYZ Plumbing 347-8954
123585 87323456 10/10/1999 15231.62 87323456 Databases N-U 322-1012

To join answer sets together you need a single step. 1) Click on the join Tab (at the top). Notice that we have two
answer sets that are named Result 1 and Result 2. Turn the page and see what happens next.

Page 76
Chapter 3 The Garden of Analysis

The Garden of Analysis – Join Tab (2 of 4)

1 Toggle Garden Docking

Welcome Aggregate OLAP Rank Grouping Sets Quantiles Top Sort Join Charts/Graphs Dynamic Charts Dashboard
Left Table 2 Right Table 3 Options
Join Type:
Left Table Join Column(s) Right Table Join Column(s)
6 Inner Join
>
… 4 >
… 5 Left (Outer) Join
Right (Outer) Join
Full Join

Clear Create 7

In seven easy steps you can sort an answer set. 1) Choose the Join tab at the top (red circle). 2) Choose the Left
Table from the Left Table Drop Down (one of the answer sets). 3) Choose the Right Table from the Right Table
Drop Down (one of the answer sets) 4) Choose the Left Table Join Column from the menu. 5) Choose the Right
Table Join Column from the menu. 6) Pick the join type you want from the Options menu. 7) Hit the Create
button. Turn the page to see the actual choices.

Page 77
Chapter 3 The Garden of Analysis

The Garden of Analysis – Join Tab (3 of 4)

Toggle Garden Docking


Welcome Aggregate OLAP Rank Grouping Sets Quantiles Top Sort Join Charts/Graphs Dynamic Charts Dashboard
Left Table Result 1 Right Table Result 2 Options
Join Type:
Left Table Join Column(s) Right Table Join Column(s)
Inner Join
>
… >
… Left (Outer) Join

Customer_Number Customer_Number Right (Outer) Join


Full Join

Clear Create

We Chose the Result 1 answer set for the Left Table from the Left Table drop down menu. We Chose the Result 2
answer set for the Right Table from the Right Table drop down menu. We chose the Customer_Number column
from the Left Table Join Column drop down menu. We Chose the Customer_Number column for the Right Table
Join Column from the Right Table Join Columns drop down menu. We kept the Join Type of Inner Join. We hit
the Create button. Turn the page to see the results.

Page 78
Chapter 3 The Garden of Analysis

The Garden of Analysis – Join Tab (4 of 4)


Result 1 Result 2 Result 3 Result 4 Join

Order_Number Customer_Number Order_Date Order_Total Customer_Number2 Customer_Name Phone_Number


123552 31323134 10/01/1999 5111.47 31323134 ACE Consulting 555-1212
123777 57896883 09/09/1999 23454.84 57896883 XYZ Plumbing 347-8954
123512 11111111 01/01/1999 8005.91 11111111 Billy's Best Choice 555-1234
123456 11111111 05/04/1998 12347.53 11111111 Billy's Best Choice 555-1234
123585 87323456 10/10/1999 15231.62 87323456 Databases N-U 322-1012

The two answer sets are now joined together. You can join answer sets from different systems just as easily.

Page 79
Chapter 3 The Garden of Analysis

The Garden of Analysis – Charts/Graphs Tab (1 of 4)


Toggle Garden Docking
Welcome Aggregate OLAP Rank Grouping Sets Quantiles Top Sort Join Charts/Graphs Dynamic Charts Dashboard

2
If you hit the
Left click blue button you
on the will leave the
Charts/Graphs Garden and be
Tab back to your main
Nexus screen

Result 1 Result 2 Result 3 Result 4


1 > Set as Active Result Set
Product_ID Sale_Date Daily_Sales Rename Tab
Right click on any Result Print Result Set
3000 09/28/2000 61301.77
tab you want to work with Save Result Set to Garden
1000 09/28/2000 48850.40
and choose Remove Result Set
3000 09/29/2000 34509.13
"Set as Active Result Set" Export Result Set
1000 09/29/2000 54500.22
3000 09/30/2000 43868.86
1000 09/30/2000 36000.07

To get charts and graphs for an answer set do the following two steps. 1) Right click on the answer set you want to
work with and choose "Set as Active Result Set". That answer set is now ready to be placed into graphs and charts.
2) Click on the Charts/Graphs Tab (at the top). Turn the page and see what happens next.

Page 80
Chapter 3 The Garden of Analysis

The Garden of Analysis – Charts/Graphs Tab (2 of 4)


Toggle Garden Docking
Welcome Aggregate OLAP Rank Grouping Sets Quantiles Top Sort Join Charts/Graphs Dynamic Charts Dashboard
1 Options
Values (Y Axis) Labels (X axis) Sort By (Optional)
Basic Chart Types: Advanced
>
… >
… >
… Pie Chart

2 3 4 Line Chart
6
Column Chart
All Types
Partition By (Optional) Visual Type:
>
… 7 Flat (2D)
3D
5
Basic Chart Values:
Sum
8 Clear Create

In eight easy steps you can graph and chart an answer set with 35 different graphs and charts. 1) Choose the
Graphs/Charts tab at the top (red circle). 2) Choose the column you want as the Y Axis from the Values (Y Axis)
Drop Down menu. 3) Choose the column you want to be the X axis from the Labels (X axis) Drop Down menu. 4)
Choose the Sort By (Optional) column in which you want to sort from the drop down menu. 5) Choose the
optional Partition By column from the drop down menu. 6) Pick the type of chart from the Basic Chart Types
options. 7) Pick the Visual Type of chart you want. 8) Hit the Create button. Turn the page to see the actual
choices.
Page 81
Chapter 3 The Garden of Analysis

The Garden of Analysis – Charts/Graphs Tab (3 of 4)


Toggle Garden Docking
Welcome Aggregate OLAP Rank Grouping Sets Quantiles Top Sort Join Charts/Graphs Dynamic Charts Dashboard
Options
Values (Y Axis) Labels (X axis) Sort By (Optional)
Basic Chart Types: Advanced
>
… >
… >
… Pie Chart
Product_ID (ASC)
Daily_Sales Sale_Date Line Chart
Sale_Date (ASC) Column Chart
All Types All Charts
Partition By (Optional) Visual Type:
>
… Flat (2D)
3D
Product_ID (ASC)
Basic Chart Values:
Sum
Clear Create

You can see the columns above that we chose. Because we chose All Types and All Charts in the options tab we
got 35 charts and each was placed in the Dashboard. Turn the page to see one of the many charts.

Page 82
Chapter 3 The Garden of Analysis

The Garden of Analysis – Charts/Graphs Tab (4 of 4)


64300.0

59437.5

54575.1

49712.6

44850.1

39987.7

35125.2

30262.7

25400.3

20537.8

15675.3
9/28/2000 9/29/2000 9/30/2000 10/1/2000 10/2/1000 10/3/2000 10/4/2000 9/28/2000 9/28/2000 9/28/2000 10/1/2000 10/2/1000 10/3/2000 10/4/2000

1000 2000

The chart above represents the answer set. This chart has been placed in the dashboard along with 35 other charts
depicting the same answer set and parameters.

Page 83
Chapter 3 The Garden of Analysis

The Garden of Analysis – Dynamic Charts Tab (1 of 4)


Toggle Garden Docking
Welcome Aggregate OLAP Rank Grouping Sets Quantiles Top Sort Join Charts/Graphs Dynamic Charts Dashboard

Left click
2 on the
Dynamic Charts
Tab

Result 1 Result 2 Result 3 Result 4


1 > Set as Active Result Set
Product_ID Sale_Date Daily_Sales Rename Tab
Right click on any Result Print Result Set
3000 09/28/2000 61301.77
tab you want to work with Save Result Set to Garden
1000 09/28/2000 48850.40
and choose Remove Result Set
3000 09/29/2000 34509.13
"Set as Active Result Set" Export Result Set
1000 09/29/2000 54500.22
3000 09/30/2000 43868.86
1000 09/30/2000 36000.07

To get Dynamic Charts for an answer set do the following two steps. 1) Right click on the answer set you want to
work with and choose "Set as Active Result Set". That answer set is now ready to be placed in a Dynamic Chart.
2) Click on the Dynamic Charts Tab (at the top). Turn the page and see what happens next.
Page 84
Chapter 3 The Garden of Analysis

The Garden of Analysis – Dynamic Charts Tab (2 of 4)

Toggle Garden Docking

Welcome Aggregate OLAP Rank Grouping Sets Quantiles Top Sort Join Charts/Graphs Dynamic Charts Dashboard

Load Visualization

You need to take two steps 1) Make sure you have selected the Dynamic Charts tab at the top (red circle). 2) Hit
the Load Visualization button. Turn the page to see what happens next.

Page 85
Chapter 3 The Garden of Analysis

The Garden of Analysis – Dynamic Charts Tab (3 of 4)


Welcome Aggregate OLAP Rank Grouping Sets Quantiles Top Sort Join Charts/Graphs Dynamic Charts Dashboard
File Edit View Data Layout Help
Close Session Execute

Find: Pages Columns

Attributes Rows

Sale_Date Data
Measures

Filters

Measures Level of Detail

Product_ID
Encodings
Daily_Sales
Markin Auto-Text
Values Label
Color
Size

Dynamic Charts allow you to drop and drag columns from the Attributes and Measures area. As you drop and
drag, the charts dynamically change. Above, you can see the Sale_Date (in red) and the Product_ID (in blue) and
the Daily_Sales column (in pink). The next slide will show how we drop and drag these Attributes and Measures
to get our chart.
Page 86
Chapter 3 The Garden of Analysis

The Garden of Analysis – Dynamic Charts Tab (4 of 4)


Welcome Aggregate OLAP Rank Grouping Sets Quantiles Top Sort Join Charts/Graphs Dynamic Charts Dashboard
File Edit View Data Layout Help
Close Session Execute

Find: Pages Columns Sale_Date

Attributes Rows Daily_Sales

Sale_Date Data
160K
Measures
140K
Filters 120K
100K
90K
Level of Detail 80K
Measures
70K
Daily_Sales
Product_ID 60K
Encodings 50K
Daily_Sales
Markin Auto-Text 40K
Values Label 30K
20K
Color Sale_Date
10K
9/28/2000 9/29/2000 9/30/2000 10/1/2000 10/2/1000 10/3/2000 10/4/2000
Size

Notice how we dragged the attributes and measures to the varying parts of the application. Because we put the
Daily_Sales column in the level of detail, the actual Daily_Sales will appear if you hover your mouse over any of
the bars.
Page 87
Chapter 3 The Garden of Analysis

The Garden of Analysis – Dashboard Tab (1 of 5)

Toggle Garden Docking


Welcome Aggregate OLAP Rank Grouping Sets Quantiles Top Sort Join Charts/Graphs Dynamic Charts Dashboard

Left click
on the
Dashboard
Tab

Once you create and save graphs and charts to the dashboard you can view your graphs and charts in varying ways.
Just left click on the Dashboard Tab at the top. Turn the page and see what happens next.

Page 88
Chapter 3 The Garden of Analysis

The Garden of Analysis – Dynamic Charts Tab (2 of 5)


Welcome Aggregate OLAP Rank Grouping Sets Quantiles Top Sort Join Charts/Graphs Dynamic Charts Dashboard

Slideshow Thumbnails
Seconds to Display 1 Pause
Scroll Compare

64300.0
Every 1 second another slide
59437.5
displays, until you hit Pause
54575.1
49712.6
44850.1
39987.7
35125.2
30262.7
25400.3
20537.8
15675.3
9/28/2000 9/29/2000 9/30/2000 10/1/2000 10/2/1000 10/3/2000 10/4/2000 9/28/2000 9/28/2000 9/28/2000 10/1/2000 10/2/1000 10/3/2000 10/4/2000

1000 2000

The slideshow will display the many graphs one at a time in intervals of seconds. Hit the pause button to stop and
examine any particular slide.

Page 89
Chapter 3 The Garden of Analysis

The Garden of Analysis – Dynamic Charts Tab (3 of 5)


Welcome Aggregate OLAP Rank Grouping Sets Quantiles Top Sort Join Charts/Graphs Dynamic Charts Dashboard

Slideshow Thumbnails
Pause
Scroll Compare

64300.0
The graphs and charts will 1000
59437.5
scroll across the screen 2000
54575.1
3000
49712.6
44850.1
39987.7
35125.2
30262.7
25400.3
20537.8
15675.3
9/28/2000 9/29/2000 9/30/2000 10/1/2000 10/2/1000 10/3/2000 10/4/2000

The scroll will scroll the graphs and charts across the screen from right to left. Hit the pause button to stop and
examine any particular graph or chart. Hit the speed bar to speed up or slow down the scrolling.

Page 90
Chapter 3 The Garden of Analysis

The Garden of Analysis – Dynamic Charts Tab (4 of 5)


Welcome Aggregate OLAP Rank Grouping Sets Quantiles Top Sort Join Charts/Graphs Dynamic Charts Dashboard

Slideshow Thumbnails
Scroll Compare Result 6 Column Chart With Result 6 Pie Chart (3D)

64300.0
1000
59437.5
2000
Sales
54575.1
3000
49712.6
44850.1
39987.7
35125.2
30262.7
25400.3
20537.8
1st Qtr 2nd Qtr 3rd Qtr 4th Qtr
15675.3
9/28/2000 9/29/2000 9/30/2000 10/1/2000 10/2/1000 10/3/2000 10/4/2000

The Compare allows you to compare two different charts. The drop down menus are there so you can pick chart 1
vs chart 2.

Page 91
Chapter 3 The Garden of Analysis

The Garden of Analysis – Dynamic Charts Tab (5 of 5)


Welcome Aggregate OLAP Rank Grouping Sets Quantiles Top Sort Join Charts/Graphs Dynamic Charts Dashboard

Slideshow Thumbnails Send Selected Graphs to Garden Tabs


Scroll Compare Compare Selected Graphs Delete Selected Graphs

Sales

1st Qtr 2nd Qtr


3rd Qtr 4th Qtr

Chart Title
5
0
Cat1 Cat2 cat3
Column1 Column2 Column3

The thumbnails show all of the graphs and charts in your dashboard. This gives you a broad view that allows you
to double click on any thumbnail and see it in actual size. You can also use the menu (at the top) to send selected
graphs to Garden Tabs, Compare Selected Graphs, or Delete Selected Graphs.
Page 92
Chapter 4 Super Join Builder

Page 93
Chapter 4 Super Join Builder

Chapter 4 – Super Join Builder

“Time flies like an arrow. Fruit flies like a banana.”


- Groucho Marx

Page 94
Chapter 4 Super Join Builder

Getting to the Super Join Builder

Nexus Chameleon
File Edit View Query Tools Help Web Windows History Sandbox
System: Oracle Database: SQL Class EXECUTE ? New Query
Systems Query 1
- Teradata
- SQL_Class
- Tables
+ Addresses
Messages Garden of Analysis
+ Claims
+ Customer_Table Right Click on any
+ Employee_Table table and choose
Super Join Builder
+ Department_Table
+ Order_Table
+ Providers
+ Sales_Table
+ Services

Right click on any table in your systems tree and choose Super Join Builder. You will be placed inside the Super
Join Builder.

Page 95
Chapter 4 Super Join Builder

The Super Join Builder is the First Entry in the Menu

Nexus Chameleon
File Edit View Query Tools Help Web Windows History Sandbox
System: Teradata Database: SQL Class EXECUTE ? New Query
Systems Query 1
- Teradata
- SQL_Class Choose Super Join Builder from the menu
- Tables Super Join Builder
+ Addresses
Right
+ Claims Quick Select
Click View DDL
+ Customer_Table
+ Employee_Table Move data to Oracle
Move data to SQL Server
+ Department_Table Move data to Teradata
+ Order_Table Move data to Azure SQL Data Warehouse

+ Providers SmartScript
Hound Dog Compression
+ Sales_Table
Compare/Sync Data
+ Services

Right click on any table in your systems tree and a menu will appear. Choose Super Join Builder (top menu item)
and the table you selected will be placed inside the Super Join Builder.

Page 96
Chapter 4 Super Join Builder

Getting to the Super Join Builder

Nexus Chameleon
File Edit View Query Tools Help Web Windows
Systems Query 1 Super Join Builder
- Teradata Execute Create Table Preview SQL in Nexus Join Hub System Teradata
- SQL_Class Query 1
- Tables Objects Columns Sorting Joins WHERE SQL Metadata Analytics
+ Addresses
+ Claims
+ Customer_Table Customer_Table T
+ Employee_Table
+ Add Join
+ Department_Table
Select *
+ Order_Table
Customer_Number Integer
+ Providers Customer_Name Varchar(20)
+ Sales_Table Phone_Number Char(8)
+ Services

This is exactly what you will see when you first enter the Super Join Builder. You will see your table, its columns
and the data types of each column. Notice the table name (Customer_Table) and the Teradata icon of T. Turn the
page for more.
Page 97
Chapter 4 Super Join Builder

Using the Add Join Button

Nexus Chameleon
File Edit View Query Tools Help Web Windows
Systems Query 1 Super Join Builder
- Teradata Execute Create Table Preview SQL in Nexus Join Hub System Teradata
- SQL_Class Query 1
- Tables Objects Columns Sorting Joins WHERE SQL Metadata Analytics
+ Addresses
+ Claims
+ Customer_Table Customer_Table T
+ Employee_Table
+ Add Join Press the Add Join button to
+ Department_Table see what this table can Join to
Select *
+ Order_Table
Customer_Number Integer
+ Providers Customer_Name Varchar(20)
+ Sales_Table Phone_Number Char(8)
+ Services

One of the greatest features of the Super Join Builder is the Add Join drop down menu. Press the drop down and
the menu will show you what other tables or views can be joined to this table.

Page 98
Chapter 4 Super Join Builder

What Do You Do When No Tables Are Joinable?

Nexus Chameleon
File Edit View Query Tools Help Web Windows
Systems Query 1 Super Join Builder
- Teradata
Execute Create Table Preview SQL in Nexus Join Hub System Teradata
- SQL_Class
Query 1
- Tables Objects Columns Sorting Joins WHERE SQL Metadata Analytics
+ Addresses
+ Claims
+ Customer_Table Customer_Table T
+ Employee_Table
+ Add Join Could not identify any joins to this object.
+ Department_Table
Select *
+ Order_Table
Customer_Number Integer
+ Providers Customer_Name Varchar(20)
+ Sales_Table Phone_Number Char(8)
+ Services When no joins have been
defined yet, you will get the
above message in the menu

You might find that when you click on the Add Join drop down menu that you receive a message that says, "Could
not identify any joins to this object". This means that you haven't actually told Nexus what does join to this table.
We are about to fix that. Turn to the next page and see how to define joins so that the menu will have them the
next time.
Page 99
Chapter 4 Super Join Builder

Drag a Joinable Object into the Super Join Builder

Nexus Chameleon
File Edit View Query Tools Help Web Windows
Systems Query 1 Super Join Builder
- Teradata Execute Create Table Preview SQL in Nexus Join Hub System Teradata
- SQL_Class Query 1
- Tables Objects Columns Sorting Joins WHERE SQL Metadata Analytics
+ Addresses
+ Claims
+ Customer_Table Left click on the table Customer_Table T
+ Employee_Table you want to join and
drag it into the + Add Join
+ Department_Table Super Join Builder
Select *
+ Order_Table
Customer_Number Integer
+ Providers Customer_Name Varchar(20)
+ Sales_Table Phone_Number Char(8)
+ Services

If you want to define how a table joins to another table in the Super Join Builder, you merely left click on the table
in the tree and drag it into the Super Join Builder area.

Page 100
Chapter 4 Super Join Builder

You Will See the Add Custom Join Window


Nexus Chameleon
Add Custom Join
File Edit ViewJoin Type
Query Tools Help Web Windows
Systems
Inner Query 1 Super Join Builder
-Teradata
Execute Create Table Preview SQL in Nexus Join Hub System Teradata
- SQL_Class
Existing Tables Query 1
- Tables Objects
SQL_Class.Customer_Table
Columns Sorting Joins WHERE SQL Metadata
SQL_Class.Order_Table Analytics
+ Addresses
+ Claims
Customer_Table
+ Customer_Table T Order_Table T
Customer_Table T
+ Employee_Table
Customer_Number Integer
Left click on the table Order_Number Integer
and drag it into the + Add Join
+ Department_Table
Customer_Name Varchar(20) Customer_Number Integer
Super Join Builder Select *
+ Order_Table
Phone_Number Char(8) Order_Date date
Customer_Number Integer
+ Providers Customer_Name Varchar(20)
Order_Total Decimal(10,2)
+ Sales_Table Phone_Number Char(8)
+ Services
SQL_Class.Customer_Table cus
INNER JOIN SQL_Class.Order_Table ord

Reset + Add Join

When you drag a second table into the Super Join Builder the Add Custom Join window appears. This is the
window where you will define the join conditions. Turn the page and watch how we define the columns that join
the tables together.

Page 101
Chapter 4 Super Join Builder

Defining the Join Columns


Add Custom Join
Join Type 1) Left click the join column on the first table
2) Left click the join column on the second table
Inner 3) Left click the blue arrow to establish the join condition
4) Hit the Add Join Button
Existing Tables
SQL_Class.Customer_Table SQL_Class.Order_Table

Customer_Table T Order_Table T
Customer_Number Integer 1 Order_Number Integer
Customer_Name Varchar(20) Customer_Number Integer 2
Phone_Number Char(8) 3 Order_Date date
Order_Total Decimal(10,2)

SQL_Class.Customer_Table cus
INNER JOIN SQL_Class.Order_Table ord
ON cus.Customer_Number = Ord.Customer_Number

Reset 4
+ Add Join

In four easy steps you can define the join conditions. You will only have to do this one time because Nexus will
remember.
Page 102
Chapter 4 Super Join Builder

Your Tables Will Appear Together

Nexus Chameleon
File Edit View Query Tools Help Web Windows
Systems Query 1 Super Join Builder
- Teradata Execute Create Table Preview SQL in Nexus Join Hub System Teradata
- SQL_Class Query 1
- Tables Objects Columns Sorting Joins WHERE SQL Metadata Analytics
+ Addresses
+ Claims
+ Customer_Table Customer_Table T Order_Table T
+ Employee_Table
+ Add Join Add Join
+ Department_Table
Select * Select *
+ Order_Table
Customer_Number Integer Order_Number Integer
+ Providers Customer_Name Varchar(20) Customer_Number Integer
+ Sales_Table Phone_Number Char(8) Order_Date Date
+ Services Order_Total Decimal (10,2)

Now that you have defined your tables and the join conditions the tables will appear together in the Super Join
Builder. Notice the line connecting the tables points to the columns from both tables that are their respective join
conditions.
Page 103
Chapter 4 Super Join Builder

Select the Columns You Want on the Report


Nexus Chameleon
File Edit View Query Tools Help Web Windows
Systems Query 1 Super Join Builder
- Teradata
Execute Create Table Preview SQL in Nexus Join Hub System Teradata
- SQL_Class
Query 1
- Tables Objects Columns Sorting Joins WHERE SQL Metadata Analytics
+ Addresses
+ Claims
+ Customer_Table Customer_Table T Order_Table T
+ Employee_Table
+ Add Join Add Join
+ Department_Table
Select * Select *
+ Order_Table
Customer_Number Integer Order_Number Integer
+ Providers Customer_Name Varchar(20) Customer_Number Integer
+ Sales_Table Phone_Number Char(8) Order_Date Date
+ Services Order_Total Decimal (10,2)

Click on the columns you want on the report


and Nexus will build the SQL automatically

Put a checkmark in the column boxes for all columns you want on the report and Nexus will build the SQL
automatically. Above, we have checked the Customer_Number, Customer_Name, Order_Date and Order_Total
columns.
Page 104
Chapter 4 Super Join Builder

Check Out the SQL Tab to See the SQL that has been Built
Nexus Chameleon
File Edit View Query Tools Help Web Windows
Systems Query 1 Super Join Builder
- Teradata Execute Create Table Preview SQL in Nexus Join Hub System Teradata
- SQL_Class Query 1
- Tables Objects Columns Sorting Joins WHERE SQL Metadata Analytics
+ Addresses
+ Claims
+ Customer_Table You are currently Click on the SQL Tab
in the Objects Tab to see the SQL
+ Employee_Table
+ Department_Table
Customer_Table T Order_Table T
+ Order_Table
+ Providers + Add Join Add Join

+ Sales_Table Select * Select *


+ Services Customer_Number Integer Order_Number Integer
Customer_Name Varchar(20) Customer_Number Integer
Phone_Number Char(8) Order_Date Date
Order_Total Decimal (10,2)

When you see your tables in the Super Join Builder you are in the Objects Tab. Now that you have put a
checkmark on the columns you want on your report, click on the SQL tab to see the SQL that Nexus has
automatically built for you.

Page 105
Chapter 4 Super Join Builder

SQL Tab
Nexus Chameleon
File Edit View Query Tools Help Web Windows
Systems Query 1 Super Join Builder
- Teradata Execute Create Table Preview SQL in Nexus Join Hub System Teradata
- SQL_Class Query 1
- Tables Objects Columns Sorting Joins WHERE SQL Metadata Analytics
+ Addresses
+ Claims SQL
+ Customer_Table
+ Employee_Table SELECT
+ Department_Table cus.Customer_Number,
+ Order_Table cus.Customer_Name,
+ Providers
ord.Order_Date,
+ Sales_Table
ord.Order_Total
FROM SQL_Class.customer_table cus
+ Services
INNER JOIN SQL_Class.order_table ord
ON cus.Customer_Number = Ord.Customer_Number ;

The SQL has automatically been built for you because you put a check on the column you wanted to see on the
report. You can hit the Execute button (above the Objects tab) or you can Preview SQL in Nexus. We will show
you both options next.

Page 106
Chapter 4 Super Join Builder

Hit Execute to get the Report Inside the Super Join Builder
Nexus Chameleon
File Edit View Query Tools Help Web Windows
Systems Query 1 Super Join Builder
- Teradata
Execute Create Table Preview SQL in Nexus Join Hub System Teradata
- SQL_Class
Query 1
- Tables Objects Columns Sorting Joins WHERE SQL Metadata Analytics
+ Addresses
+ Claims SQL
+ Customer_Table
+ Employee_Table SELECT
+ Department_Table cus.Customer_Number,
+ Order_Table cus.Customer_Name,
+ Providers
ord.Order_Date,
+ Sales_Table
ord.Order_Total
FROM SQL_Class.customer_table cus
+ Services
INNER JOIN SQL_Class.order_table ord
ON cus.Customer_Number = Ord.Customer_Number ;

If you click the Execute button (above the Objects tab) the report will come back inside the Super Join Builder.
Turn to the next page and see the report.

Page 107
Chapter 4 Super Join Builder

The Report is Delivered Inside the Super Join Builder


Nexus Chameleon
File Edit View Query Tools Help Web Windows
Systems Query 1 Super Join Builder Join Builder x
- Teradata
- SQL_Class SELECT
- Tables cus.Customer_Number,
+ Addresses cus.Customer_Name,
+ Claims ord.Order_Date,
+ Customer_Table ord.Order_Total
+ Employee_Table FROM SQL_Class.customer_table cus
+ Department_Table INNER JOIN SQL_Class.order_table ord
+ Order_Table ON cus.Customer_Number = Ord.Customer_Number ;
+ Providers
Messages Garden of Analysis Result 1
+ Sales_Table
+ Services Customer_Number Customer_Name Order_Date Order_Total
1 31323134 ACE Consulting 10/01/1999 5111.47
2 57896883 XYZ Plumbing 09/09/1999 23454.84
3 11111111 Billy's Best Choice 05/04/1998 12347.53
4 11111111 Billy's Best Choice 01/01/1999 8005.91
5 87323456 Databases N-U 10/10/1999 15231.62

The report is delivered.


Page 108
Chapter 4 Super Join Builder

Let's Join Two Tables Again (1 of 6)

Nexus Chameleon
File Edit View Query Tools Help Web Windows History Sandbox
System: Oracle Database: SQL Class EXECUTE ? New Query
Systems Query 1
- Teradata
- SQL_Class
- Tables
+ Addresses
Messages Garden of Analysis
+ Claims
+ Customer_Table Right Click on any
+ Employee_Table table and choose
Super Join Builder
+ Department_Table
+ Order_Table
+ Providers
+ Sales_Table
+ Services

Right click on the table you previously defined in your systems tree and choose Super Join Builder. You will be
placed inside the Super Join Builder. The next page will show the Right Click menu. Do you remember where the
Super Join Builder is?
Page 109
Chapter 4 Super Join Builder

Let's Join Two Tables Again (2 of 6)

Nexus Chameleon
File Edit View Query Tools Help Web Windows History Sandbox
System: Teradata Database: SQL Class EXECUTE ? New Query
Systems Query 1
- Teradata Choose Super Join Builder from the menu
- SQL_Class
- Tables Super Join Builder
+ Addresses
Right Quick Select
+ Claims Click View DDL
+ Customer_Table
Move data to Oracle
+ Employee_Table Move data to SQL Server
+ Department_Table Move data to Teradata
Move data to Azure SQL Data Warehouse
+ Order_Table
SmartScript
+ Providers
Hound Dog Compression
+ Sales_Table Compare/Sync Data
+ Services

The Super Join Builder is always the top menu item. Select that and you will be placed inside the Super Join
Builder.

Page 110
Chapter 4 Super Join Builder

Let's Join Two Tables Again (3 of 6)

Nexus Chameleon
File Edit View Query Tools Help Web Windows
Systems Query 1 Super Join Builder
- Teradata Execute Create Table Preview SQL in Nexus Join Hub System Teradata
- SQL_Class Query 1
- Tables Objects Columns Sorting Joins WHERE SQL Metadata Analytics
+ Addresses
+ Claims
+ Customer_Table Customer_Table T
+ Employee_Table
+ Add Join
+ Department_Table
Select *
+ Order_Table
Customer_Number Integer
+ Providers Customer_Name Varchar(20)
+ Sales_Table Phone_Number Char(8)
+ Services

You once again see your table, its columns and the data types of each column. Watch what happens when we hit
the Add Join drop down menu now.

Page 111
Chapter 4 Super Join Builder

Let's Join Two Tables Again (4 of 6)

Nexus Chameleon
File Edit View Query Tools Help Web Windows
Systems Query 1 Super Join Builder
- Teradata Execute Create Table Preview SQL in Nexus Join Hub System Teradata
- SQL_Class Query 1
- Tables Objects Columns Sorting Joins WHERE SQL Metadata Analytics
+ Addresses
+ Claims
+ Customer_Table Customer_Table T
+ Employee_Table
+ Add Join Press the Add Join button to
+ Department_Table see what this table can Join to
Select *
+ Order_Table
Customer_Number Integer
+ Providers Customer_Name Varchar(20)
+ Sales_Table Phone_Number Char(8)
+ Services

What do you think will be in the Add Join drop down menu this time? I bet you already guessed it. Turn the page.

Page 112
Chapter 4 Super Join Builder

Let's Join Two Tables Again (5 of 6)

Nexus Chameleon
File Edit View Query Tools Help Web Windows
Systems Query 1 Super Join Builder
- Teradata Execute Create Table Preview SQL in Nexus Join Hub System Teradata
- SQL_Class Query 1
- Tables Objects Columns Sorting Joins WHERE SQL Metadata Analytics
+ Addresses
+ Claims
+ Customer_Table Customer_Table T
+ Employee_Table
+ Add Join
+ Department_Table
Select * T SQL_Class.Order_Table
+ Order_Table
Customer_Number Integer
+ Providers Customer_Name Varchar(20)
+ Sales_Table Phone_Number Char(8) You now have the
+ Services Order_Table in the menu.
Choose it.

Since you previously defined the relationship between the Customer_Table and the Order_Table the Add Join drop
down menu will list these tables as joinable. Just use the menu to select the Order_Table and both tables will
appear side by side together in the Super Join Builder. Turn the page and see for yourself.
Page 113
Chapter 4 Super Join Builder

Let's Join Two Tables Again (6 of 6)

Nexus Chameleon
File Edit View Query Tools Help Web Windows
Systems Query 1 Super Join Builder
- Teradata Execute Create Table Preview SQL in Nexus Join Hub System Teradata
- SQL_Class Query 1
- Tables Objects Columns Sorting Joins WHERE SQL Metadata Analytics
+ Addresses
+ Claims
+ Customer_Table Customer_Table T Order_Table T
+ Employee_Table
+ Add Join Add Join
+ Department_Table
Select * Select *
+ Order_Table
Customer_Number Integer Order_Number Integer
+ Providers Customer_Name Varchar(20) Customer_Number Integer
+ Sales_Table Phone_Number Char(8) Order_Date Date
+ Services Order_Total Decimal (10,2)
+ Subscribers

Now that you have defined your tables and the join conditions, the tables will appear together in the Super Join
Builder. Notice the line connecting the tables points to the columns from both tables that are their respective join
conditions.
Page 114
Chapter 4 Super Join Builder

The Tabs of the Super Join Builder Philosophy – One Query

Nexus Chameleon
File Edit View Query Tools Help Web Windows

Execute Create Table Preview SQL in Nexus Join Hub System Teradata
Query 1
Objects Columns Sorting Joins WHERE SQL Metadata Analytics

The tabs above work as a team on a single query. Each tab is


designed for a different purpose. The next series of slides will
explain how to use each tab effectively, in order to build a single
query quickly and efficiently. Each time you change something in a
tab, the SQL being built is changed to build the query as you desire.

The Super Join Builder is one of the most intricate pieces of commercial software ever built. Each tab above
performs a different function so that you can quickly build the most efficient query possible.

Page 115
Chapter 4 Super Join Builder

The Tabs of the Super Join Builder – Objects Tab


Nexus Chameleon
File Edit View Query Tools Help Web Windows

Execute Create Table Preview SQL in Nexus Join Hub System Teradata
Query 1
Objects Columns Sorting Joins WHERE SQL Metadata Analytics
The Objects tab shows your objects (tables and views)
and provides a menu of what other objects are joinable.

Customer_Table T Order_Table T
+ Add Join Add Join

Create cube Select * Order_Table Select *


Create cube w/ columns Customer_Number Integer Order_Number Integer
Customer_Name Varchar(20) Customer_Number Integer
Phone_Number Char(8) Order_Date Date
Order_Total Decimal (10,2)

The Objects tab is the first screen you will always see when you right click on a table and choose "Super Join
Builder". It shows the table you right clicked on in your systems tree (visually). You can then select from the Add
Join drop down to see a menu of what other objects can be joined. If you click on an object in the Add Join drop
down it will be joined. You can also click the Cube drop down menu to automatically select all objects that are
joinable (instantly). Each time you checkmark a column in an object the SQL is automatically built and that
column will be on your report. Of course you can always check all columns in an object by putting a checkmark in
the Select * check box of an object. Above, we are joining the Customer_Table to the Order_Table and have put a
checkmark on the Customer_Name, Order_Date and Order_Total.
Page 116
Chapter 4 Super Join Builder

The Tabs of the Super Join Builder – Columns Tab


Nexus Chameleon
File Edit View Query Tools Help Web Windows

Execute Create Table Preview SQL in Nexus Join Hub System Teradata
Query 1
Objects Columns Sorting Joins WHERE SQL Metadata Analytics

Trashcan – Drag and drop object here to remove them from the report.

The Columns tab allows you to see the column on your


Report Columns report, and to change their order. It shows the columns
you have selected on the report (at the top), because you
Customer_Name Order_Date Order_Total placed a checkmark in them from the objects tab. It also
shows you the columns you did not checkmark (at the
bottom). You can move the columns around, throw
them in the trash, bring up columns that were not
selected, and the SQL will change to reflect exactly what
Additional Columns you want your report columns to look like.

Customer_Number Phone_Number Order_Number Customer_Number

The columns tab allows you to rearrange columns on your report. You can drag and drop columns to change their
order. Notice that the columns are color coded to match the color of the table (in the objects tab) that they came
from. Columns at the top are the ones you selected. The columns at the bottom are the ones you did not select.
You can throw columns at the top in the trash can and they are no longer on your report, as they will reappear at
the bottom. You can even move columns from the bottom up to the top and they will then be on your report. You
can even hit Ctrl click on one column and then shift click on another and they will all highlight (so you can throw
them all in the trash). With each column change, the SQL is automatically adjusted to reflect the order of the
columns you want on the report.

Page 117
Chapter 4 Super Join Builder

The Tabs of the Super Join Builder – Sorting Tab


Nexus Chameleon
File Edit View Query Tools Help Web Windows

Execute Create Table Preview SQL in Nexus Join Hub System Teradata
Query 1
Objects Columns Sorting Joins WHERE SQL Metadata Analytics

Trashcan – Drag and drop object here to remove them from the report.

Column Name Sort Type


Order_Date ASC The Sorting tab is for the ORDER BY clause.
Double click on any column below and it
will be used to sort the report.
Report Columns
Customer_Name Order_Date Order_Total

Additional Columns
Customer_Number Phone_Number Order_Number Customer_Number

The Sorting Tab allows you to double-click on any column that you want to use in the ORDER BY statement of
the SQL. This essentially sorts the report. The Report Columns shows the columns you selected to be on your
report. The Additional Columns shows the columns you did not select to be on your report. You can however
choose from any of these columns to be the sort key. Double click on a column, or click-and-drag it up, and it will
be a sort key. You can have multiple sort keys and you can always choose either ASC or DESC mode. Above, we
are going to sort the answer set by Order_Date in ascending mode. The Nexus will automatically place "ORDER
BY Order_Date ASC" in the SQL that is built automatically.

Page 118
Chapter 4 Super Join Builder

The Tabs of the Super Join Builder – Joins Tab


Nexus Chameleon
File Edit View Query Tools Help Web Windows

Execute Create Table Preview SQL in Nexus Join Hub System Teradata
Query 1
Objects Columns Sorting Joins WHERE SQL Metadata Analytics
Join Type Join Objects Customer_Table
SQL_Class.Customer_Table Cus
INNER Joins to SQL_Class.Order_Table ORD INNER JOIN
ON Cus.Customer_Number = ORD.Customer_Number
Order_Table
INNER
LEFT
ON Cus.Customer_Number
RIGHT The Joins tab allows you to change = ORD.Customer_Number
FULL from Inner joins to outer joins.
The Joins tab also gives you a
visual of the joining tables and
the columns in the ON Clause

Use the Joins tab if you want to change your joins from Inner to Outer joins. The drop down menu (red arrow)
allows you to easily adjust your SQL to utilize the outer join of your choice. It is also designed to show you the
tables being joined and the join column conditions in the ON CLAUSE. Above, we have decided to keep the
default INNER JOIN.

Page 119
Chapter 4 Super Join Builder

The Tabs of the Super Join Builder – WHERE Tab


Nexus Chameleon
File Edit View Query Tools Help Web Windows

Execute Create Table Preview SQL in Nexus Join Hub System Teradata
Query 1
Objects Columns Sorting Joins WHERE SQL Metadata Analytics

Unique Primary Indexes


Report Columns
Customer_Number Order_Number
Customer_Name Order_Date Order_Total
Non-Unique Secondary Indexes
Order_Date Customer_Name
Additional Columns
Customer_Number Phone_Number Order_Number Customer_Number

AND WHERE
OR
IN WHERE Customer_Number = 1111111
BETWEEN
LIKE
=

The WHERE tab shows you the indexes of the base tables, even if the objects are views. Knowing the indexes
helps users build queries that can perform at top speeds. Double click on any column and it will appear in the
WHERE clause below. Above, we double clicked on Customer_Number and then typed in 11111111. Our SQL
will reflect this automatically.

Page 120
Chapter 4 Super Join Builder

The Tabs of the Super Join Builder – SQL Tab


Nexus Chameleon
File Edit View Query Tools Help Web Windows

Execute Create Table Preview SQL in Nexus Join Hub System Teradata
Query 1
Objects Columns Sorting Joins WHERE SQL Metadata Analytics

SQL

SELECT
Cus.Customer_Name,
ORD.Order_Date,
ORD.Order_Total
FROM SQL_Class.Customer_Table Cus
INNER JOIN SQL_Class.Order_Table ORD
ON Cus.Customer_Number = ORD.Customer_Number
WHERE Cus.Customer_Number = 11111111
ORDER BY Ord.Order_Date ASC ;

The SQL tab shows you the SQL that Nexus has automatically generated. The SQL begins being built the first
time you checkmark a column in the objects tab, and changes with each change you request from any of the other
tabs. We originally requested Customer_Name, Order_Date and Order_Total in the Objects tab. We sorted by
Order_Date ASC in the Sorting Tab. We added a WHERE clause for Customer_Number 11111111 in the
WHERE tab. This has been reflected in the SQL above. Nexus always generates the SQL perfectly, no matter
what system you are using.

Page 121
Chapter 4 Super Join Builder

The Tabs of the Super Join Builder – Metadata Tab


Nexus Chameleon
File Edit View Query Tools Help Web Windows

Execute Create Table Preview SQL in Nexus Join Hub System Teradata
Query 1
Objects Columns Sorting Joins WHERE SQL Metadata Analytics

Table Metadata Explain


This request is eligible for incremental planning and execution
(IPE) but does not meet cost thresholds. The following is the
Customer_Table T Order_Table T static plan for the request.
1) First, we lock a distinct SQL_CLASS."pseudo table" for read
on a RowHash to prevent global deadlock for
Table Size: 5 KB Table Size: 5 KB SQL_CLASS.ORD.
2) Next, we lock SQL_CLASS.ORD for read.
Row Count: 6 Row Count: 6 3) We do an all-AMPs RETRIEVE step from SQL_CLASS.ORD
by way of an all-rows scan with a condition of
("SQL_CLASS.ORD.Customer_Number
= 11111111") into Spool 2 (one-amp), which is
redistributed by the hash code of (11111111) to all AMPs.
Then we do a SORT to order Spool 2 by row hash. The size of
The Metadata tab shows you the size of each table in your Spool 2 is estimated with low confidence to be 2 rows (60
join. This becomes a strategic asset for Cross-System joins. bytes). The estimated time for this step is 0.01 seconds.

The Metadata tab will show you the size of your table, including row counts. This will be extremely important
when you begin performing cross-system joins. Nexus always thinks about performance tuning first because
Nexus has been used (in production) by many of the largest companies in the world. The Metadata tab will also
show you the optimizer's plan, which is often called the Explain plan, if you request it by clicking on the
magnifying glass (red circle above).

Page 122
Chapter 4 Super Join Builder

The Tabs of the Super Join Builder – Analytics Tab


Nexus Chameleon
File Edit View Query Tools Help Web Windows

Execute Create Table Preview SQL in Nexus Join Hub System Teradata
Query 1
Objects Columns Sorting Joins WHERE SQL Metadata Analytics

Sales_Table T
Start the Analytics by + Add Join
bringing in a table to
the Super Join Builder, Select *
but make sure you Product_ID Integer
checkmark the columns Sale_Date Date
you will be using in the
Daily_Sales Char(8)
Analytics tab.

The Analytics tab will allow a user to quickly build the SQL needed for Ordered Analytics (OLAP), Rank, and
Grouping Sets. These analytics can also be done in the Garden of Analysis after an answer set returns, but on
extremely large data sets it can be advantageous to have analytics performed by the data warehouse. The Analytics
tab will build the SQL for the user so the user can submit that SQL to the data warehouse to receive an answer set.
Start by right clicking on a table in the system tree and choosing Super Join Builder from the right click menu.
Then, checkmark the columns you will want on your report, and then go to the Analytics tab.

Page 123
Chapter 4 Super Join Builder

The Tabs of the Super Join Builder – Analytics Sub-Tabs


Nexus Chameleon
File Edit View Query Tools Help Web Windows

Execute Create Table Preview SQL in Nexus Join Hub System Teradata
Objects Columns Sorting Joins WHERE SQL Metadata Analytics

OLAP Rank Grouping Sets

You will default to the OLAP tab, but


you need to start the analytics process
by making sure you go to the correct
subtab of either:
• OLAP
• Rank
• Grouping Sets

The three tabs inside the Analytics tab are OLAP, Rank and Grouping Sets. You will automatically start in the
OLAP tab, but your first step is to determine is you want to perform OLAP, Rank or Grouping Sets. Make sure
you are in the right Analytics subtab to begin your analytics. We will begin with the OLAP tab example on the
next page.

Page 124
Chapter 4 Super Join Builder

The Tabs of the SJB – Analytics Tab – OLAP Screen


Nexus Chameleon
File Edit View Query Tools Help Web Windows

Execute Create Table Preview SQL in Nexus Join Hub System Teradata
Objects Columns Sorting Joins WHERE SQL Metadata Analytics

OLAP Rank Grouping Sets Place a checkmark on the OLAPs below

OLAP Sorting Partitioning Moving Window OLAP Function With Partitioning


Column Name 6 Select * Select * (P)
CSUM CSUM (P)
MSUM MSUM (P)
MAVG MAVG (P)
MAVG (C)
MDIFF MDIFF (P)
COUNT COUNT (P)
Report Columns MAX MAX (P)
Drag and drop MIN MIN (P)
Product_ID Sale_Date Daily_Sales these columns

This is usually the exact screen you see by default when you enter the Analytics tab. We are in the OLAP subtab.
You will drop and drag the columns below to the appropriate window, change the moving window parameter and
then check the OLAP functions you desire. You can select all of the OLAP functions by checking the Select *
checkbox, and you can select the With Partitioning OLAP functions as well. The With Partitioning will reset the
calculations on the Partitioning column.

Page 125
Chapter 4 Super Join Builder

Getting a Simple CSUM in the Analytics Tab - OLAP


Nexus Chameleon
File Edit View Query Tools Help Web Windows

Execute Create Table Preview SQL in Nexus Join Hub System Teradata
Objects Columns Sorting Joins WHERE SQL Metadata Analytics

OLAP Rank Grouping Sets Place a checkmark on the OLAPs below

OLAP Sorting Partitioning Moving Window OLAP Function With Partitioning

Daily_Sales Column Name 6 Select * Select * (P)


Product_ID CSUM CSUM (P)
MSUM MSUM (P)
Sale_Date MAVG MAVG (P)
MAVG (C)
MDIFF MDIFF (P)
COUNT COUNT (P)
Report Columns MAX MAX (P)
MIN MIN (P)
Product_ID Sale_Date Daily_Sales

In the example above, we dragged the Daily_Sales column to the OLAP box because that is the column we want to
perform the calculations on. We dragged the Product_ID column first to the sorting tab and then we dragged the
Sale_Date column there also. This means we will first sort the data by Product_ID, Sale_Date. We also checked
the CSUM OLAP function. We didn't touch the Partitioning or Moving Window information. The next page
shows the SQL tab and the SQL generated.

Page 126
Chapter 4 Super Join Builder

Getting a Simple CSUM – The SQL Automatically Generated


Nexus Chameleon
File Edit View Query Tools Help Web Windows

Execute Create Table Preview SQL in Nexus Join Hub System Teradata
Query 1
Objects Columns Sorting Joins WHERE SQL Metadata Analytics

SQL

SELECT Sal.Product_ID,
Sal.Sale_Date,
Sal.Daily_Sales,
SUM(Sal.Daily_Sales) OVER ( ORDER BY Sal.Product_ID ASC, Sal.Sale_Date ASC
ROWS UNBOUNDED PRECEDING) AS CSUM_Sale_Date_Sal
FROM SQL_CLASS.Sales_table Sal ;

The SQL above was automatically generated by the previous OLAP screen and was done so the second we
checked the CSUM checkbox. The above query will OLAP the column Daily_Sales, but only after first sorting the
data by Product_ID, Sale_Date. The Rows Unbounded Preceding will generate a Cumulative Sum. Let's check
out the report on the next slide.
124

Page 127
Chapter 4 Super Join Builder

The Answer Set of the CSUM


SELECT Product_ID , Sale_Date, Daily_Sales,
SUM(Daily_Sales) OVER (ORDER BY Product_ID ASC, Sale_Date ASC
ROWS UNBOUNDED PRECEDING) AS CSUM_Sale_Date_Sal
FROM Sales_Table ;

Product_ID Sale_Date
________ _________ Daily_Sales _________________
_________ CSUM_Sale_Date_Sal
1000 2000-09-28 48850.40 48850.40
1000 2000-09-29 54500.22 103350.62
1000 2000-09-30 36000.07 139350.69
Not all rows 1000 2000-10-01 40200.43 179551.12
are displayed 1000 2000-10-02 32800.50 212351.62
in this 1000 2000-10-03 64300.00 276651.62
answer set 1000 2000-10-04 54553.10 331204.72
2000 2000-09-28 41888.88 373093.60
2000 2000-09-29 48000.00 421093.60
2000 2000-09-30 49850.03 470943.63
2000 2000-10-01 54850.29 525793.92

The Sales_Table was first sorted by Product_ID, Sale_Date. Then, the Cumulative Sum (CSUM) began. We
made 48850 for the first row so 48850.50 is our first CSUM value. Then, we made 54500.22 so 48850 + 54500.22
equals 103350.62. The values from each Daily_Sales entry was continually added.

Page 128
Chapter 4 Super Join Builder

Getting all of the OLAP functions in the Analytics Tab


Nexus Chameleon
File Edit View Query Tools Help Web Windows

Execute Create Table Preview SQL in Nexus Join Hub System Teradata
Objects Columns Sorting Joins WHERE SQL Metadata Analytics

OLAP Rank Grouping Sets Place a checkmark on the OLAPs below

OLAP Sorting Partitioning Moving Window OLAP Function With Partitioning

Daily_Sales Column Name Product_ID 3 Select * Select * (P)


Product_ID CSUM CSUM (P)
MSUM MSUM (P)
Sale_Date MAVG MAVG (P)
MAVG (C)
MDIFF MDIFF (P)
COUNT COUNT (P)
Report Columns MAX MAX (P)
MIN MIN (P)
Product_ID Sale_Date Daily_Sales

In the example above, we will OLAP the Daily_Sales column after first sorting by Product_ID, Sale_Date. We
dragged the Product_ID column to the partitioning window. We changed the moving window to 3 and checked all
of the OLAP and OLAP with partitioning boxes by merely clicking on SELECT *. The next page shows the SQL
tab and the SQL generated.

Page 129
Chapter 4 Super Join Builder

The SQL Automatically Generated from the Previous Screen


SELECT Sal.Product_ID, Sal.Sale_Date, Sal.Daily_Sales,
SUM(Sal.Daily_Sales) OVER ( ORDER BY Sal.Product_ID ASC, Sal.Sale_Date ASC
ROWS UNBOUNDED PRECEDING) AS CSUM_Sale_Date_Sal,
SUM(Sal.Daily_Sales) OVER ( ORDER BY Sal.Product_ID ASC, Sal.Sale_Date ASC
ROWS 2 PRECEDING) AS MSUM_Sale_Date_Sal,
AVG(Sal.Daily_Sales) OVER ( ORDER BY Sal.Product_ID ASC, Sal.Sale_Date ASC
ROWS 2 PRECEDING) AS MAVG_Sale_Date_Sal,
Sal.Daily_Sales - SUM(Sal.Daily_Sales) OVER ( ORDER BY Sal.Product_ID ASC, Sal.Sale_Date ASC ROWS
BETWEEN 2 PRECEDING AND 2 PRECEDING) AS MDIFF_Sale_Date_Sal,
COUNT(*) OVER ( ORDER BY Sal.Product_ID ASC, Sal.Sale_Date ASC
ROWS UNBOUNDED PRECEDING) AS COUNT_Sale_Date_Sal,
MIN(Sal.Daily_Sales) OVER ( ORDER BY Sal.Product_ID ASC, Sal.Sale_Date ASC ) AS MIN_Sale_Date_Sal,
MAX(Sal.Daily_Sales) OVER ( ORDER BY Sal.Product_ID ASC, Sal.Sale_Date ASC ) AS MAX_Sale_Date_Sal,
SUM(Sal.Daily_Sales) OVER (PARTITION BY Sal.Product_ID ORDER BY Sal.Product_ID ASC, Sal.Sale_Date ASC
ROWS UNBOUNDED PRECEDING) AS CSUM_Part_Sale_Date_Sal,
SUM(Sal.Daily_Sales) OVER (PARTITION BY Sal.Product_ID ORDER BY Sal.Product_ID ASC, Sal.Sale_Date ASC
ROWS 2 PRECEDING) AS MSUM_Part_Sale_Date_Sal,
AVG(Sal.Daily_Sales) OVER (PARTITION BY Sal.Product_ID ORDER BY Sal.Product_ID ASC, Sal.Sale_Date ASC
ROWS 2 PRECEDING) AS MAVG_Part_Sale_Date_Sal,
AVG(Sal.Daily_Sales) OVER ( ORDER BY Sal.Product_ID ASC, Sal.Sale_Date ASC
ROWS UNBOUNDED PRECEDING) AS MAVG_Cont_Sale_Date_Sal,
Sal.Daily_Sales - SUM(Sal.Daily_Sales) OVER (PARTITION BY Sal.Product_ID
ORDER BY Sal.Product_ID ASC, Sal.Sale_Date ASC
ROWS BETWEEN 2 PRECEDING AND 2 PRECEDING) AS MDIFF_Part_Sale_Date_Sal,
COUNT(*) OVER (PARTITION BY Sal.Product_ID ORDER BY Sal.Product_ID ASC, Sal.Sale_Date ASC
ROWS UNBOUNDED PRECEDING) AS COUNT_Part_Sale_Date_Sal,
MIN(Sal.Daily_Sales) OVER (PARTITION BY Sal.Product_ID
ORDER BY Sal.Product_ID ASC, Sal.Sale_Date ASC ) AS MIN_Part_Sale_Date_Sal,
MAX(Sal.Daily_Sales) OVER (PARTITION BY Sal.Product_ID
ORDER BY Sal.Product_ID ASC, Sal.Sale_Date ASC ) AS MAX_Part_Sale_Date_Sal
FROM SQL_CLASS.Sales_table Sal ;

Page 130
Chapter 4 Super Join Builder

The Tabs of the SJB – Analytics Tab – Grouping Sets Screen


Nexus Chameleon
File Edit View Query Tools Help Web Windows

Execute Create Table Preview SQL in Nexus Join Hub System Teradata
Objects Columns Sorting Joins WHERE SQL Metadata Analytics

OLAP Rank Grouping Sets Place a checkmark on the Group


By functions below that you want
Product Date Column Sum Group By Functions
Select *
Date Extract Grouping Sets
Rollup
Year Cube
Month

Columns
Drag and drop
Product_ID Sale_Date Daily_Sales these columns

You have entered the Analytics Tab and chosen the subtab of Grouping Sets. You will drop and drag the Columns
(at the bottom - in red) to the appropriate boxes and then checkmark the Group By Functions you desire. The next
page will demonstrate getting everything at one time.

Page 131
Chapter 4 Super Join Builder

Analytics Tab – Getting All of the Grouping Sets


Nexus Chameleon
File Edit View Query Tools Help Web Windows

Execute Create Table Preview SQL in Nexus Join Hub System Teradata
Objects Columns Sorting Joins WHERE SQL Metadata Analytics

OLAP Rank Grouping Sets

Product Date Column Sum Group By Functions


Product_ID Sale_Date Daily_Sales
Select *
Date Extract Grouping Sets
Rollup
Year Cube
Month

Columns

Product_ID Sale_Date Daily_Sales

The columns have been dropped and dragged to the appropriate places and we have placed a checkmark on all of
the Group By Functions. The SQL has been generated. You can hit Execute to get the reports or have all of the
SQL sent to the Nexus main screen. The next slide will show you how to send the SQL to the Nexus main screen.

Page 132
Chapter 4 Super Join Builder

Sending All Three Reports to the Nexus Main Screen


Nexus Chameleon
File Edit View Query Tools Help Web Windows

Execute Create Table


Preview SQL in Nexus Join Hub System Teradata
Objects Columns Sorting Joins AS WHERE
SELECT… SQL Metadata Analytics
SQL
AS CREATE VIEW… Grouping Sets
OLAP Rank Grouping Sets
AS CREATE TABLE… Rollup
Cube
Send All
Product Date Column Sum Group By Functions
Product_ID Sale_Date Daily_Sales
Select *
Date Extract Grouping Sets
Rollup
Year Cube

Columns Month

Product_ID Sale_Date Daily_Sales

From the Preview SQL in Nexus drop down, choose AS SELECT and then SEND All. The next screen will show
the SQL.

Page 133
Chapter 4 Super Join Builder

The SQL Automatically Generated from the Previous Screen


/*Grouping Sets*/ /*Rollup*/
SELECT SELECT
Product_ID Product_ID
,EXTRACT (MONTH FROM Sale_Date) AS MTH ,EXTRACT (MONTH FROM Sale_Date) AS MTH
,EXTRACT (YEAR FROM Sale_Date) AS YR ,EXTRACT (YEAR FROM Sale_Date) AS YR
,SUM(Daily_Sales) AS SUM_Daily_Sales ,SUM(Daily_Sales) AS SUM_Daily_Sales
FROM SQL_CLASS.Sales_table FROM SQL_CLASS.Sales_table
GROUP BY GROUPING SETS(Product_ID, MTH, YR) GROUP BY ROLLUP(Product_ID, MTH, YR)
ORDER BY Product_ID desc, MTH desc, YR desc ; ORDER BY Product_ID desc, MTH desc, YR desc ;

/*Cube*/
SELECT
Product_ID
,EXTRACT (MONTH FROM Sale_Date) AS MTH
,EXTRACT (YEAR FROM Sale_Date) AS YR
,SUM(Daily_Sales) AS SUM_Daily_Sales
FROM SQL_CLASS.Sales_table
GROUP BY CUBE(Product_ID, MTH, YR)
ORDER BY Product_ID desc, MTH desc, YR desc;

The SQL above was generated by the Analytics tab in the Grouping Sets sub-tab.

Page 134
Chapter 4 Super Join Builder

The Tabs of the SJB – Analytics Tab – Rank Screen


Nexus Chameleon
File Edit View Query Tools Help Web Windows

Execute Create Table Preview SQL in Nexus Join Hub System Teradata
Objects Columns Sorting Joins WHERE SQL Metadata Analytics

OLAP Rank Grouping Sets Place a checkmark on the


functions below that you want
OLAP Column Sorting Partitioning
Column Name Function With Partitioning
RANK RANK (P)

Columns
Drag and drop
Product_ID Sale_Date Daily_Sales these columns

You have entered the Analytics Tab and chosen the subtab of Rank. You will drop and drag the Columns (at the
bottom - in red) to the appropriate boxes and then checkmark the RANK Functions you desire. The next page will
demonstrate a simple RANK function.

Page 135
Chapter 4 Super Join Builder

The Tabs of the SJB – Analytics Tab – Rank Example


Nexus Chameleon
File Edit View Query Tools Help Web Windows

Execute Create Table Preview SQL in Nexus Join Hub System Teradata
Objects Columns Sorting Joins WHERE SQL Metadata Analytics

OLAP Rank Grouping Sets Place a checkmark on the


functions below that you want
OLAP Column Sorting Partitioning
Daily_Sales Column Name Function With Partitioning

Daily_Sales Desc RANK RANK (P)

Columns
Drag and drop
Product_ID Sale_Date Daily_Sales these columns

Above are the columns that were dropped and dragged and we chose the RANK function only. The SQL has
automatically been generated and Nexus is ready for you to either hit Execute or to send the SQL to the Nexus
main screen.

Page 136
Chapter 4 Super Join Builder

The SQL Automatically Generated from the Previous Screen

SELECT
Sal.Product_ID,
Sal.Sale_Date,
Sal.Daily_Sales,
RANK() OVER ( ORDER BY Sal.Daily_Sales DESC ) AS RANK_Daily_Sales_Sal
FROM SQL_CLASS.Sales_table Sal;

The SQL above was generated by the Analytics tab in the Rank sub-tab.

Page 137
Chapter 4 Super Join Builder

Use the Preview SQL in Nexus Drop Down


Nexus Chameleon
File Edit View Query Tools Help Web Windows
Systems Query 1 Super Join Builder
- Teradata Execute Create Table Preview SQL in Nexus Join Hub System Teradata
- SQL_Class Query 1
- Tables Objects Columns Sorting Joins WHERE SQL Metadata Analytics
+ Addresses
+ Claims SQL
+ Customer_Table
+ Employee_Table SELECT
+ Department_Table Sal.Product_ID,
+ Order_Table Sal.Sale_Date,
+ Providers
Sal.Daily_Sales,
+ Sales_Table
RANK() OVER ( ORDER BY Sal.Daily_Sales DESC )
AS RANK_Daily_Sales_Sal
+ Services
FROM SQL_CLASS.Sales_table Sal ;

The Preview SQL in Nexus drop down menu will give you multiple options for utilizing the SQL that has been
built. Turn the page and see the drop down menu options.

Page 138
Chapter 4 Super Join Builder

Use the Preview SQL in Nexus Drop Down


Nexus Chameleon
File Edit View Query Tools Help Web Windows
Systems Query 1 Super Join Builder
- Teradata Execute Create Table Preview SQL in Nexus Join Hub System Teradata
- SQL_Class Query 1
- Tables Objects Columns Sorting AsJoins
SELECT…
WHERE SQL Metadata Analytics
+ Addresses
As CREATE VIEW …
+ Claims SQL
+ Customer_Table As CREATE TABLE …
+ Employee_Table
SELECT The Preview SQL in Nexus
+ Department_Table
drop down menu will allow
+ Order_Table Sal.Product_ID, you to place the SQL inside
Sal.Sale_Date, your Nexus Query Window
+ Providers
Sal.Daily_Sales,
+ Sales_Table
RANK() OVER ( ORDER BY Sal.Daily_Sales DESC )
+ Services
AS RANK_Daily_Sales_Sal
FROM SQL_CLASS.Sales_table Sal ;

The Preview SQL in Nexus drop down menu will give you multiple options for utilizing the SQL that has been
built. Turn the page and see more.

Page 139
Chapter 4 Super Join Builder

Preview SQL in Nexus Drop Down and as SELECT Option


Nexus Chameleon
File Edit View Query Tools Help Web Windows
Systems Query 1 Super Join Builder
- Teradata Execute Create Table Preview SQL in Nexus Join Hub System Teradata
- SQL_Class Query 1
- Tables Objects Columns Sorting AsJoins
SELECT…
WHERE SQL Metadata Analytics
+ Addresses
As CREATE VIEW …
+ Claims SQL
+ Customer_Table As CREATE TABLE …
+ Employee_Table
The Preview SQL in Nexus
+ Department_Table SELECT drop down menu will
+ Order_Table Sal.Product_ID, highlight your choice as
Sal.Sale_Date, you move your mouse or
+ Providers
touch screen.
+ Sales_Table Sal.Daily_Sales,
+ Services RANK() OVER ( ORDER BY Sal.Daily_Sales DESC )
AS RANK_Daily_Sales_Sal
FROM SQL_CLASS.Sales_table Sal ;

The Preview SQL in Nexus drop down menu will highlight your choice as you move your mouse or touch screen.
The next page will show how selecting the AS SELECT option will place the SQL inside your main Nexus
window.

Page 140
Chapter 4 Super Join Builder

The SQL is Delivered Inside Your Main Nexus Screen

Nexus Chameleon
Systems File Edit View Query Tools Help Web Windows History Sandbox
- Teradata System: Oracle Database: SQL Class EXECUTE ? New Query
- SQL_Class Query 1 Super Join Builder Join Builder x
- Tables
+ Addresses When you are ready
+ Claims SELECT just hit Execute
+ Customer_Table Sal.Product_ID,
+ Employee_Table Sal.Sale_Date,
+ Department_Table
Sal.Daily_Sales,
+ Order_Table
RANK() OVER ( ORDER BY Sal.Daily_Sales DESC )
AS RANK_Daily_Sales_Sal
+ Providers
FROM SQL_CLASS.Sales_table Sal ;
+ Sales_Table
+ Services
For those of you who want to work in the main Nexus screen (outside of the Super
Join Builder), you now have the SQL that was built using the Super Join Builder. This
can be an easy place to modify your code by hand, or use the Nexus answer
set grid to further manipulate the results.

The SQL is now out of the Super Join Builder and inside the main Nexus window. This can be an easy place to
modify your code by hand or use the Nexus answer set grid to further manipulate the results.

Page 141
Chapter 4 Super Join Builder

Just Hit Execute and Get Your Results


Nexus Chameleon
Systems File Edit View Query Tools Help Web Windows History Sandbox
- Teradata System: Oracle Database: SQL Class EXECUTE ? New Query
- SQL_Class Query 1 Super Join Builder Join Builder x
- Tables
+ Addresses SELECT Hit Execute
+ Claims Sal.Product_ID, and the
+ Customer_Table Sal.Sale_Date, Answer Set
+ Employee_Table Sal.Daily_Sales, appears
+ Department_Table RANK() OVER ( ORDER BY Sal.Daily_Sales DESC )
+ Order_Table AS RANK_Daily_Sales_Sal
+ Providers FROM SQL_CLASS.Sales_table Sal ;
+ Sales_Table Messages Garden of Analysis Result 1
+ Services
Product_ID Sale_Date Daily_Sales RANK_Daily_Sales_Sal
1 1000 10/03/2000 64300.00 1
2 3000 09/28/2000 61301.77 2 Not all
3 2000 10/01/2000 54850.29 3 rows
4 1000 10/04/2000 54553.10 4 displayed
5 1000 09/29/2000 54500.22 5

The screen shot above shows the answer set after you hit Execute.

Page 142
Chapter 4 Super Join Builder

A Five Table Join Using the Menu

Nexus Chameleon
File Edit View Query Tools Help Web Windows History Sandbox
System: Oracle Database: SQL Class EXECUTE ? New Query
Systems Query 1
- Teradata
- SQL_Class Right click and choose Super Join Builder from the menu
- Tables Super Join Builder
+ Addresses Right Click
Quick Select
+ Claims View DDL
+ Customer_Table
Move data to Oracle
+ Employee_Table Move data to SQL Server
+ Department_Table Move data to Teradata
Move data to Azure SQL Data Warehouse
+ Order_Table
SmartScript
+ Providers
Hound Dog Compression
+ Services Compare/Sync Data
+ Subscribers

You are about to see how the menu system of the Super Join Builder is designed to work. We will first use the
menu of the Super Join Builder and then show you an even quicker way (using the Cube method).

Page 143
Chapter 4 Super Join Builder

The First Table is Placed in the Super Join Builder


Nexus Chameleon
File Edit View Query Tools Help Web Windows
Systems Query 1 Super Join Builder
- Teradata
Execute Create Table Preview SQL in Nexus Join Hub System Teradata
- SQL_Class
Query 1
- Tables Objects Columns Sorting Joins WHERE SQL Metadata Analytics
+ Addresses
+ Claims Addresses T
+ Customer_Table Get ready to select from
+ Employee_Table + Add Join the Add Join drop down
menu
+ Department_Table Select *
Street Varchar(30)
+ Order_Table
City Varchar(20)
+ Providers State Char(2)
+ Services Zip Integer
+ Subscribers AreaCode Smallint
Phone Integer
Subscriber_No Integer

This is exactly what you will see when you first enter the Super Join Builder. You will see your table, its columns
and the data types of each column. Notice the table name (Addresses) and the T for the Teradata icon. Turn the
page for more.

Page 144
Chapter 4 Super Join Builder

Using the Add Join Cascading Menu


Nexus Chameleon
File Edit View Query Tools Help Web Windows History Sandbox
System: Teradata Database: SQL Class EXECUTE ? New Query

Execute Create Table Preview SQL in Nexus Join Hub System Teradata

Objects Columns Sorting Joins WHERE SQL Metadata Analytics

Addresses T
+ Add Join

Select * T Subscribers
Street Varchar(30)
City Varchar(20) T Claims
State Char(2)
Zip Integer T Providers
AreaCode Smallint
T Services
Phone Integer
Subscriber_No Integer
Left Click on the
final table (Services)

The Add Join menu drop down shows that the Addresses table joins to the Subscribers table. Keep cascading
down the menu and you see that the Subscribers table joins to the Claims table. Keep cascading all the way until
you get to the final table, which is the Services table. Left click on the Services table and all five tables will be in
the Super Join Builder.

Page 145
Chapter 4 Super Join Builder

All Five Tables Are in the Super Join Builder


Nexus Chameleon
Execute Create Table Preview SQL in Nexus Teradata
Join Hub System

Objects Columns Sorting Joins WHERE SQL Metadata Analytics

Addresses T Subscribers T Claims T Services T


+ Add Join + Add Join + Add Join + Add Join
Select * Select * Select * Select *
Service_Code Integer
Street Varchar(30) Last_Name Varchar(20) Claim_Id Integer Service_Desc Varchar(20)
City Varchar(20) First_Name Varchar(20) Claim_Date DATE Service_Pay Decimal(7,2)
State Char(2) Gender Char(1) Subscriber_No Integer
Zip Integer Member_No Smallint
SSN Integer
AreaCode Smallint
Claim_Amt Decimal(9,2) Providers T
Member_No Smallint
Phone Integer
Phone Integer Subscriber_No Integer Subscriber_No Integer
+ Add Join
Subscriber_No Integer Select *
Provider_Code Integer
Prov_Name Varchar(20)
Error_Rate Decimal(4,2)

Now that all five tables are present in the Super Join Builder, all you have to do is checkmark the columns you
want on the report. The SQL is built automatically with each mouse click. When you are done selecting the
columns, just hit Execute.

Page 146
Chapter 4 Super Join Builder

A Five Table Join Done in Two Steps (Cube)


Nexus Chameleon
File Edit View Query Tools Help Web Windows History Sandbox
System: Oracle Database: SQL Class EXECUTE ? New Query
Systems Query 1
-Teradata
- SQL_Class Right click and choose Super Join Builder from the menu
- Tables Super Join Builder
+ Addresses Right Click
Quick Select
+ Claims View DDL
+ Customer_Table
Move data to Oracle
+ Employee_Table Move data to SQL Server
+ Department_Table Move data to Teradata
Move data to Azure SQL Data Warehouse
+ Order_Table
SmartScript
+ Providers
Hound Dog Compression
+ Services Compare/Sync Data
+ Subscribers

Be prepared to be amazed. We are about to do the two-step! These two steps will allow a user to join many tables
in an instant. Watch the two steps that it takes to join a table to everything possible. Pick any table in the join of
many tables.

Page 147
Chapter 4 Super Join Builder

Choose Cube with Columns from the Left Top of the Table
Nexus Chameleon
File Edit View Query Tools Help Web Windows
Systems Query 1 Super Join Builder
- Teradata
Execute Create Table Preview SQL in Nexus Join Hub System Teradata
- SQL_Class
Query 1
- Tables Objects Columns Sorting Joins WHERE SQL Metadata Analytics
+ Addresses
+ Claims Addresses T
+ Customer_Table Choose
+ Employee_Table Create Cube with Columns + Add Join
From the Select *
+ Department_Table Cube drop down menu Create Cube
Street Varchar(30)
+ Order_Table Create Cube with Columns
City Varchar(20)
+ Providers State Char(2)
+ Services Zip Integer
+ Subscribers AreaCode Smallint
Phone Integer
Subscriber_No Integer

On the left side of the table is the Cube drop down menu. Choose the Create Cube with Columns option
(highlighted above). The Nexus will join every table possible in the entire lineage instantly, and choose all of the
columns. Turn the page!

Page 148
Chapter 4 Super Join Builder

All Tables Are Cubed (Joined Together Instantly)


Nexus Chameleon
Execute Create Table Preview SQL in Nexus Teradata
Join Hub System
Objects Columns Sorting Joins WHERE SQL Metadata Analytics

Addresses T Subscribers T Claims T Services T


+ Add Join + Add Join + Add Join + Add Join
Select * Select * Select * Select *
Service_Code Integer
Street Varchar(30) Last_Name Varchar(20) Claim_Id Integer Service_Desc Varchar(20)
City Varchar(20) First_Name Varchar(20) Claim_Date DATE Service_Pay Decimal(7,2)
State Char(2) Gender Char(1) Subscriber_No Integer
Zip Integer Member_No Smallint
SSN Integer
AreaCode Smallint
Claim_Amt Decimal(9,2) Providers T
Member_No Smallint
Phone Integer
Phone Integer Subscriber_No Integer Subscriber_No Integer
+ Add Join
Subscriber_No Integer Select *
Provider_Code Integer
Prov_Name Varchar(20)
Error_Rate Decimal(4,2)

There were five total tables that were joinable and the Create Cube with Columns choice instantly joined them
together, including all of the columns. The SQL has been built automatically (in 2 seconds) and you can hit
Execute to get your report.

Page 149
Chapter 4 Super Join Builder

Choose Cube and then Choose Your Columns


Nexus Chameleon
File Edit View Query Tools Help Web Windows
Systems Query 1 Super Join Builder
- Teradata
Execute Create Table Preview SQL in Nexus Join Hub System Teradata
- SQL_Class
Query 1
- Tables Objects Columns Sorting Joins WHERE SQL Metadata Analytics
+ Addresses
+ Claims Addresses T
+ Customer_Table Choose
+ Employee_Table Create Cube + Add Join
From the Select *
+ Department_Table Cube drop down menu Create Cube
Street Varchar(30)
+ Order_Table Create Cube with Columns
City Varchar(20)
+ Providers State Char(2)
+ Services Zip Integer
+ Subscribers AreaCode Smallint
Phone Integer
Subscriber_No Integer

On the left side of the table is the Cube drop down menu. Choose the Create Cube option (highlighted above).
The Nexus will join every table possible in the entire lineage instantly, but you can decide what columns you want
on the report.

Page 150
Chapter 4 Super Join Builder

Create Cube - Tables Are Joined Without Columns Selected


Nexus Chameleon
Execute Create Table Preview SQL in Nexus Teradata
Join Hub System

Objects Columns Sorting Joins WHERE SQL Metadata Analytics

Addresses T Subscribers T Claims T Services T


+ Add Join + Add Join + Add Join + Add Join
Select * Select * Select * Select *
Service_Code Integer
Street Varchar(30) Last_Name Varchar(20) Claim_Id Integer Service_Desc Varchar(20)
City Varchar(20) First_Name Varchar(20) Claim_Date DATE Service_Pay Decimal(7,2)
State Char(2) Gender Char(1) Subscriber_No Integer
Zip Integer Member_No Smallint
SSN Integer
AreaCode Smallint
Claim_Amt Decimal(9,2) Providers T
Member_No Smallint
Phone Integer
Phone Integer Subscriber_No Integer Subscriber_No Integer
+ Add Join
Subscriber_No Integer Select *
Provider_Code Integer
Prov_Name Varchar(20)
Error_Rate Decimal(4,2)

All of the tables joinable are present in the Super Join Builder, but none of the columns are selected. You can now
select the columns you want on the report. There will also be an X on the top of the tables, so you can delete any
table you don't need.

Page 151
Chapter 4 Super Join Builder

Create Cube – Select the Columns You Want on the Report


Nexus Chameleon
Execute Create Table Preview SQL in Nexus Teradata
Join Hub System

Objects Columns Sorting Joins WHERE SQL Metadata Analytics

Addresses T Subscribers T Claims T Services T


+ Add Join + Add Join + Add Join + Add Join
Select * Select * Select * Select *
Service_Code Integer
Street Varchar(30) Last_Name Varchar(20) Claim_Id Integer Service_Desc Varchar(20)
City Varchar(20) First_Name Varchar(20) Claim_Date DATE Service_Pay Decimal(7,2)
State Char(2) Gender Char(1) Subscriber_No Integer
Zip Integer Member_No Smallint
SSN Integer
AreaCode Smallint
Claim_Amt Decimal(9,2) Providers T
Member_No Smallint
Phone Integer
Phone Integer Subscriber_No Integer Subscriber_No Integer
+ Add Join
Subscriber_No Integer Select *
Provider_Code Integer
Prov_Name Varchar(20)
Error_Rate Decimal(4,2)

Notice that we have checked the columns we want on the report, but that not all columns were selected. The SQL
is built automatically with each check or uncheck of a column box. When you are finished choosing the columns
you want on the report, please hit Execute (above) or Preview SQL in Nexus, where you can hit Execute in the
main Nexus screen.

Page 152
Chapter 4 Super Join Builder

How to join Tables from Different Systems Together


Nexus Chameleon
File Edit View Query Tools Help Web Windows History Sandbox
System: Teradata Database: SQL Class EXECUTE ? New Query
Systems Query 1
+ Oracle
+ SQL Server
- Teradata
Choose Super Join Builder from the menu
- SQL_Class
- Tables Right
Click Super Join Builder
+ Addresses
+ Claims Quick Select
View DDL
+ Customer_Table
+ Employee_Table Move data to Oracle
Move data to SQL Server
+ Department_Table Move data to Teradata
+ Order_Table Move data to Azure SQL Data Warehouse
+ Providers SmartScript
+ Services Hound Dog Compression
Compare/Sync Data
+ Subscribers

We are about to do a three-table join, but the incredible part is that one table is from Teradata, another from Oracle
and the third table is from SQL Server. We will start with the Teradata table. We will right click on the Addresses
table from the Teradata systems tree and a menu will appear. We will choose the Super Join Builder (top menu
item) and begin the process.

Page 153
Chapter 4 Super Join Builder

The Teradata Table is Now in the Super Join Builder


Nexus Chameleon
File Edit View Query Tools Help Web Windows
Systems Query 1 Super Join Builder
+ Oracle Execute Create Table Preview SQL in Nexus Join Hub System Teradata
+ SQL Server
Query 1
- Teradata Objects Columns Sorting Joins WHERE SQL Metadata Analytics
- SQL_Class
- Tables Addresses T T Stands for Teradata
+ Addresses
+ Claims + Add Join

+ Customer_Table Select *

+ Employee_Table Subscriber_No Integer


Street Varchar(30)
+ Department_Table
City Varchar(20)
+ Order_Table State Char(2)
+ Providers
Zip Integer
+ Services
AreaCode Smallint
+ Subscribers
Phone Integer

The Addresses Table (from the Teradata system) is now in the Super Join Builder. You will see the table, its
columns and the data types of each column. Notice that the table name (Addresses) has a icon of T for Teradata in
the upper right corner. Now is the time to open up our Oracle system tree. We will do that on the next slide.

Page 154
Chapter 4 Super Join Builder

Drag the Joining Oracle Table to the Super Join Builder


Nexus Chameleon
File Edit View Query Tools Help Web Windows
Systems Query 1 Super Join Builder
- Oracle
Execute Create Table Preview SQL in Nexus Join Hub System Teradata
- SQL_Class
Query 1
- Tables Objects Columns Sorting Joins WHERE SQL Metadata Analytics
+ Addresses
+ Claims Addresses T
+ Customer_Table
+ Add Join
+ Employee_Table
Select *
+ Department_Table Subscriber_No Integer
+ Order_Table Left click on the Oracle Street Varchar(30)
+ Providers table you want to join City Varchar(20)
+ Services and drag it into the State Char(2)
Super Join Builder
+ Subscribers Zip Integer
AreaCode Smallint
+ SQL Server
Phone Integer
+ Teradata

Open up your Oracle Systems Tree and left click on the Oracle table you want to join and drag it into the Super
Join Builder.

Page 155
Chapter 4 Super Join Builder

Options For Moving the Oracle Table to Teradata Temporarily


Add Custom Join Choose Warp Speed if
tables are large
General Advanced (1,000,000 rows or more)
Opens your
Host file
Lite Speed! Warp Speed!!! to fill in TDP
information
Choose Lite Speed if tables
are small to medium size

Working Tdpid* TD15

Working Database* SQL_Sandbox

Next

When performing a cross-system join the tables must be moved and joined on one of the systems. We call the
system where the tables will be joined as the Hub. In this case, we have decided to move the Oracle table to
Teradata, temporarily for the life of the join. One of the steps is to define how the data will be moved from Oracle
to Teradata. You need to decide whether or not to use Lite Speed (TPT Stream – TPump) or to use Warp Speed
(TPT Load – FastLoad). You also need to list your Teradata TDPID and the working database where the Oracle
temporary table can be moved to and joined from. When everything is filled out, just hit the Next button (big blue
arrow) at the bottom of the screen.

Page 156
Chapter 4 Super Join Builder

Defining the Join Columns


Add Custom Join
Settings icon –
Join Type 1) Left click the join column on the first table (highlights in blue) If you want to
2) Left click the join column on the second table Change the
Inner 3) Left click the blue arrow to establish the join condition Data movement
4) Hit the Add Join Button options
Existing Tables
SQL_Class.Addresses SQL_Sandbox.Subscribers931827O

Addresses T Subscribers931827O O
Subscriber_No Integer 1 SSN Number(38,0)
Street Varchar(30) Gender Char(1)
City Varchar(20) First_Name Varchar(20)
State Char(2) Last_Name Char(20)
3
Zip Integer Member_No Number (38,0)
AreaCode Smallint Subscriber_No Number (38,0) 2
Phone Integer

SQL_Class.Addresses Add
INNER JOIN SQL_Sandbox.Subscribers931827O SUB
ON Add.Subscriber_No = SUB.Subscriber_No

Reset 4
+ Add Join
In four easy steps you can define the join conditions. Notice two things about the Subscribers Table from Oracle.
First, notice the Oracle icon in the table's right hand corner. Second, notice the number behind the Subscribers
name (pink). In the above example, the name is Subscribers931827O. The table will be moved to Teradata
temporarily for the life of the join.
Page 157
Chapter 4 Super Join Builder

Choose the Columns You Want on Your Report


Nexus Chameleon
File Edit View Query Tools Help Web Windows
Systems Query 1 Super Join Builder
- Oracle
Execute Create Table Preview SQL in Nexus Join Hub System Teradata
- SQL_Class
Query 1
- Tables Objects Columns Sorting Joins WHERE SQL Metadata Analytics

+ Addresses
Oracle
+ Claims Addresses T Teradata Subscribers O Table
+ Customer_Table Table
+ Add Join + Add Join
+ Employee_Table
Select * Select *
+ Department_Table Subscriber_No Integer Last_Name Varchar(20)
+ Order_Table Street Varchar(30) First_Name Varchar(20)
+ Providers City Varchar(20) Gender Char(1)
+ Services State Char(2) SSN Integer
+ Subscribers Zip Integer Member_No Smallint
AreaCode Smallint Subscriber_No Integer
+ SQL Server
Phone Integer
+ Teradata

The Teradata and Oracle tables are in the Super Join Builder, the relationships have been defined and so have the
data movement strategies. All you need to do now is to checkmark the columns you want from both tables on the
report. We have placed a checkmark on the Subscriber_No, State, Last_Name and First_Name columns. The SQL
has already been built (automatically), and if you hit the Execute button, the report will return.

Page 158
Chapter 4 Super Join Builder

Let's Add a SQL Server Table to our Teradata and Oracle Join
Nexus Chameleon
File Edit View Query Tools Help Web Windows
Systems Query 1 Super Join Builder
+ Oracle Execute Create Table Preview SQL in Nexus Join Hub System Teradata
- SQL Server Query 1
Objects Columns Sorting Joins WHERE SQL Metadata Analytics
- SQL_Class
- System Tables Addresses T Subscribers O
+ dbo.Addresses
Left click on the
+ dbo.Claims SQL Server table you + Add Join + Add Join
+ dbo.Customer_Table want to join and drag it Select * Select *
+ dbo.Employee_Table into the Subscriber_No Integer Last_Name Varchar(20)
Super Join Builder
+ dbo.Department_Table Street Varchar(30) First_Name Varchar(20)
City Varchar(20) Gender Char(1)
+ dbo.Order_Table
+ dbo.Providers State Char(2) SSN Integer
+ dbo.Services Zip Integer Member_No Smallint
+ dbo.Subscribers AreaCode Smallint Subscriber_No Integer
Phone Integer
+ Teradata

Open up your SQL Server Systems Tree and left click on the table you want to join, and drag it into the Super Join
Builder.

Page 159
Chapter 4 Super Join Builder

Defining the Join Columns


Add Custom Join
Make sure you use the
Settings icon –
Join Type Table drop down menu
If you want to
to pick the table
change the
Inner that the new table
data movement
1 Joins with
Existing Tables or
working database
SQL_Sandbox.Claims222583S options
SQL_Sandbox.Subscribers931827O

Subscribers9318270 O Claims222583S SQL


SSN Number(38,0) Claim_Id Integer
Gender Char(1) Claim_Date Date
First_Name Varchar(20) Claim_Service Smallint
Last_Name Char(20) 4 Subscriber_No Integer 3
Member_No Number (38,0) Member_No Smallint
Subscriber_No Number (38,0) 2 Claim_Amt Decimal(12,2)
Provider_No Smallint

SQL_Sandbox. Subscribers9318270 SUB


INNER JOIN SQL_Sandbox. Claims222583S CLA
ON SUB.Subscriber_No = CLA.Subscriber_No

Reset 5
+ Add Join
1) Choose the correct table that the new table joins with from the table drop down menu. 2) Choose the joining
column(s) from the left table. 3) Choose the joining column(s) from the new table on the right. 4) Hit the blue
arrow to actually define the join conditions (the SQL will change below to reflect the join). 5) Hit the Add Join
Button.

Page 160
Chapter 4 Super Join Builder

All Three Tables Are Now in the Super Join Builder


Nexus Chameleon
File Edit View Query Tools Help Web Windows
Systems Query 1 Super Join Builder
+ Oracle
Execute Create Table Preview SQL in Nexus Join Hub System Teradata
- SQL Server Query 1
Objects Columns Sorting Joins WHERE SQL Metadata Analytics
- SQL_Class

- System Tables
Addresses T Subscribers O Claims SQL
+ dbo.Addresses
+ dbo.Claims + Add Join + Add Join + Add Join
+ dbo.Customer_Table Select * Select * Select *
+ dbo.Employee_Table Subscriber_No Integer Last_Name Varchar(20) Claim_Id Integer
+ dbo.Department_Table Street Varchar(30) First_Name Varchar(20) Claim_Date DATE
City Varchar(20) Gender Char(1) Subscriber_No Integer
+ dbo.Order_Table
State Char(2) SSN Integer Member_No Smallint
+ dbo.Providers
Zip Integer Claim_Amt Decimal(12,2)
+ dbo.Services Member_No Smallint
Phone Integer
+ dbo.Subscribers AreaCode Smallint Subscriber_No Integer
Subscriber_No Integer
Phone Integer
+ Teradata

You now have three tables (from different systems) in the Super Join Builder. You have already defined the
joining columns and your data movement strategies. Just click on the columns you want on the report and hit
Execute. The SQL has already been built and the Oracle and SQL Server tables will be moved temporarily to the
Teradata system, where they will be joined. Because we only selected Last_Name and First_Name from the
Oracle table and Claim_Date and Claim_Amt from the SQL Server table, only those columns (plus the join
condition column – Subscriber_No) will be moved to Teradata.
Page 161
Chapter 4 Super Join Builder

Change the Hub and Run the Join on Oracle


From the
Nexus Chameleon Join Hub System
drop down menu
File Edit View Query Tools Help Web Windows
choose Oracle
Systems Query 1 Super Join Builder
+ Oracle Execute Create Table Preview SQL in Nexus Join Hub System Oracle
- SQL Server Query 1
Objects Columns Sorting Joins WHERE SQL Metadata Analytics
- SQL_Class
- System Tables Addresses T Subscribers O Claims SQL
+ dbo.Addresses
+ dbo.Claims + Add Join + Add Join + Add Join
+ dbo.Customer_Table Select * Select * Select *
+ dbo.Employee_Table Subscriber_No Integer Last_Name Varchar(20) Claim_Id Integer
+ dbo.Department_Table Street Varchar(30) First_Name Varchar(20) Claim_Date DATE
City Varchar(20) Gender Char(1) Subscriber_No Integer
+ dbo.Order_Table
State Char(2) SSN Integer Member_No Smallint
+ dbo.Providers
Zip Integer Claim_Amt Decimal(12,2)
+ dbo.Services Member_No Smallint
Phone Integer
+ dbo.Subscribers AreaCode Smallint Subscriber_No Integer
Subscriber_No Integer
Phone Integer
+ Teradata

Nexus allows you to determine on which system the processing will take place. We call this the Hub. Above, we
have changed the Join Hub System to Oracle. This means that the Teradata and SQL Server tables will be moved
to Oracle, where all three tables will be joined. You can actually change the Hub to any system in our enterprise.

Page 162
Chapter 4 Super Join Builder

Change the Hub and Run the Join on SQL Server


From the
Nexus Chameleon Join Hub System
drop down menu
File Edit View Query Tools Help Web Windows
choose SQL Server
Systems Query 1 Super Join Builder
+ Oracle Execute Create Table Preview SQL in Nexus Join Hub System SQL Server
- SQL Server Query 1
Objects Columns Sorting Joins WHERE SQL Metadata Analytics
- SQL_Class
- System Tables Addresses T Subscribers O Claims SQL
+ dbo.Addresses
+ dbo.Claims + Add Join + Add Join + Add Join
+ dbo.Customer_Table Select * Select * Select *
+ dbo.Employee_Table Subscriber_No Integer Last_Name Varchar(20) Claim_Id Integer
+ dbo.Department_Table Street Varchar(30) First_Name Varchar(20) Claim_Date DATE
City Varchar(20) Gender Char(1) Subscriber_No Integer
+ dbo.Order_Table
State Char(2) SSN Integer Member_No Smallint
+ dbo.Providers
Zip Integer Claim_Amt Decimal(12,2)
+ dbo.Services Member_No Smallint
Phone Integer
+ dbo.Subscribers AreaCode Smallint Subscriber_No Integer
Subscriber_No Integer
Phone Integer
+ Teradata

Nexus allows you to determine on which system the processing will take place. We call this the Hub. Above, we
have changed the Join Hub System to SQL Server. This means that the Teradata and Oracle tables will be moved
to the SQL Server system, where all three tables will be joined. You can actually change the Hub to any system in
our enterprise.

Page 163
Chapter 4 Super Join Builder

Simply Amazing - Change the Hub to the Garden of Analysis


From the
Nexus Chameleon Join Hub System
drop down menu
File Edit View Query Tools Help Web Windows
choose Garden of Analysis
Systems Query 1 Super Join Builder
+ Oracle
Execute Create Table Preview SQL in Nexus Join Hub System Garden of A
- SQL Server Query 1
Objects Columns Sorting Joins WHERE SQL Metadata Analytics
- SQL_Class

- System Tables
Addresses T Subscribers O Claims SQL
+ dbo.Addresses
+ dbo.Claims + Add Join + Add Join + Add Join
+ dbo.Customer_Table Select * Select * Select *
+ dbo.Employee_Table Subscriber_No Integer Last_Name Varchar(20) Claim_Id Integer
+ dbo.Department_Table Street Varchar(30) First_Name Varchar(20) Claim_Date DATE
City Varchar(20) Gender Char(1) Subscriber_No Integer
+ dbo.Order_Table
State Char(2) SSN Integer Member_No Smallint
+ dbo.Providers
Zip Integer Claim_Amt Decimal(12,2)
+ dbo.Services Member_No Smallint
Phone Integer
+ dbo.Subscribers AreaCode Smallint Subscriber_No Integer
Subscriber_No Integer
Phone Integer
+ Teradata

Nexus allows you to determine on which system the processing will take place. We call this the Hub. Above, we
have changed the Join Hub System to the Garden of Analysis. This should be done when the joining tables are not
huge. Now, all of the tables will be queried separately, and then joined transparently inside the user's PC. It is as
fast as lightning! Brilliant!

Page 164
Chapter 4 Super Join Builder

Have the Answer Set Saved Automatically to any System You Choose
Nexus Chameleon Choose the
Create Table
File Edit View Query Tools Help Web Windows option
Systems Query 1
+ Oracle Execute Create Table Preview SQL in Nexus Join Hub System Teradata
- SQL Server Query 1
Objects Columns Sorting Joins WHERE SQL Metadata Analytics
- SQL_Class
- System Tables Addresses T Subscribers O Claims SQL
+ dbo.Addresses
+ dbo.Claims + Add Join + Add Join + Add Join
+ dbo.Customer_Table Select * Select * Select *
+ dbo.Employee_Table Subscriber_No Integer Last_Name Varchar(20) Claim_Id Integer
+ dbo.Department_Table Street Varchar(30) First_Name Varchar(20) Claim_Date DATE
City Varchar(20) Gender Char(1) Subscriber_No Integer
+ dbo.Order_Table
State Char(2) SSN Integer Member_No Smallint
+ dbo.Providers
Zip Integer Claim_Amt Decimal(12,2)
+ dbo.Services Member_No Smallint
Phone Integer
+ dbo.Subscribers AreaCode Smallint Subscriber_No Integer
Subscriber_No Integer
Phone Integer
+ Teradata

Nexus allows you to create a table on any system in your enterprise with an answer set from the Super Join
Builder. Once the Create Table option (above) is selected, you will be asked on which system do you want the
answer set saved, which database or schema and the table name. The answer set won't return to your screen, but
instead will be saved as a table to the system you have chosen.

Page 165
Chapter 4 Super Join Builder

Saving the Answer Set to an Oracle or SQL Server System


Create Table Create Table

System System
Oracle Cloud SQL Server Test System

Database Database

SQL_Sandbox SQL_Sandbox

Schema
Table Name
Addresses_SJB1 dbo

Table Name
Create Table Cancel Addresses_SJB_Test

Create Table Cancel

Above are the screens you will have to fill in if you want to save your answer set to Oracle (on the left) or SQL
Server (on the right). Once you hit the Create Table button you will be returned to the Super Join Builder. When
you hit Execute, the answer set will be created as a table using the above details.

Page 166
Chapter 4 Super Join Builder

Saving the Answer Set to Teradata System


Create Table
System Teradata V15

Database SQL_Sandbox

Table Name Addresses_SJB_Test


Multiset
tables
allow A Set table kicks
Table Type MultiSet Set out duplicate rows.
duplicate
rows
The Primary
Index Type Non-Unique Primary Index Index is the
Distribution Key
SER.Service_Code
SER.Service_Desc
SER.Service_Pay

Create Table Cancel

Above is the screen you will have to fill in if you want to save your answer set to a Teradata system. Once you hit
the Create Table button you will be returned to the Super Join Builder. When you hit Execute, the answer set will
be created as a table using the above details. In Teradata, you will have either a Unique Primary Index, a Non-
Unique Primary Index or a No Primary Index (NoPI). Above, we have a Non-Unique Primary Index on
SER.Service_Code.

Page 167
Chapter 4 Super Join Builder

Joining Excel Spreadsheets to Tables in the Super Join Builder


Nexus Chameleon
File Edit View Query Tools Help Web Windows History Sandbox
System: Teradata Database: SQL Class EXECUTE ? New Query

Execute Create Table Preview SQL in Nexus x Import From Excel Save Join Load Join Join Hub System Teradata

Objects Columns Sorting Joins WHERE SQL Metadata Analytics

ADDRESSES T
Add Join Choose the
Import From Excel
Select * button to join
Street Varchar(30) an Excel Spreadsheet
City Varchar(20) to tables in the
Super Join Builder
State Char(2)
Zip Integer
AreaCode Smallint
Phone Char(15)
Subscriber_No Integer

Nexus allows you to run a join or any query in the Super Join Builder and Import an Excel Spreadsheet(s) that can
be joined with production tables. Users can also import Excel Spreadsheets directly to any system as a table. In
the example above, notice that we have a Teradata table called Addresses already inside the Super Join Builder.
Now, we will hit the “Import From Excel” button to start the process of importing an Excel worksheet in order to
join that Excel worksheet to the Addresses table.

Page 168
Chapter 4 Super Join Builder

Press the Select Workbook Button and Choose Your Worksheet


Nexus Chameleon
File Edit View Query Tools Help Web Windows History Sandbox
System: Teradata Database: SQL Class EXECUTE ? New Query

Execute Create Table Preview SQL in Nexus x Import From Excel Save Join Load Join Join Hub System Teradata

Objects Columns Sorting Joins WHERE SQL Metadata Analytics


After hitting the
Import From Excel button
ADDRESSES T Select Excel Worksheet… you will press the
Add Join Select Workbook… Select Workbook
C:\ button
Select *
Password (optional)
Street Varchar(30)
City Varchar(20)
First row has column names
State Char(2)
Zip Integer
Rows to Scan: 8
AreaCode Smallint
Phone Char(15)
Back Next Cancel
Subscriber_No Integer

After you have pressed the “Import From Excel” button you will see the “Select Excel Worksheet” interface. Hit
the “SELECT Workbook” button and find the Excel workbook you want to import.

Page 169
Chapter 4 Super Join Builder

Find Your Excel Spreadsheet on your PC


Nexus Chameleon
File Edit View Query Tools Help Web Windows History Sandbox
System: Teradata Database: SQL Class EXECUTE ? New Query

Execute Create Table Preview SQL in Nexus x Import From Excel Save Join Load Join Join Hub System Teradata

Objects Columns Sorting Joins WHERE SQL Metadata Analytics

ADDRESSES T Select Excel file to Import…

Add Join This PC > Desktop > 2016 > ExcelFiles

Select * Name Date Modified Type Size


Street Varchar(30)
x Excel_Test.xlsx 7/19/2016 1:37 PM Excel 15 KB
City Varchar(20)
State Char(2) x Claims_Excel.xlsx 7/29/2016 2:35 PM Excel 12 KB
Zip Integer x Subscribers.xlsx 7/30/2016 2:12 PM Excel 9 KB
AreaCode Smallint
Phone Char(15) Filename: SubscribersExcel.xlsx Excel Files (*.xls, *.xlsx
Subscriber_No Integer Choose your Excel Worksheet Open Cancel
and click on the OPEN button

After you have pressed the “Import From Excel” button you will see the “Select Excel Worksheet” interface. Hit
the “SELECT Workbook” button and find the Excel workbook you want to import. Above, we have chosen the
Excel worksheet SubscribersExcel.xlsx in the folder ExcelFiles. We can now hit the Open button on the bottom
right.

Page 170
Chapter 4 Super Join Builder

You Will See the SELECT Excel Worksheet Interface


Nexus Chameleon
File Edit View Query Tools Help Web Windows History Sandbox
System: Teradata Database: SQL Class EXECUTE ? New Query

Execute Create Table Preview SQL in Nexus x Import From Excel Save Join Load Join Join Hub System Teradata

Objects Columns Sorting Joins WHERE SQL Metadata Analytics

ADDRESSES T Select Excel Worksheet…

Add Join Select Worksheet


Select *
Street Varchar(30)
Subscribers$ Select the
City Varchar(20) Excel Worksheet
State Char(2) you want to join
Zip Integer and press OK
AreaCode Smallint
Phone Char(15)
Subscriber_No Integer
Back OK Cancel

After you have pressed the “Select Excel Worksheet” interface you will have the opportunity to select the Excel
Worksheet that you want to join. Click on the Excel Worksheet you want and it will highlight. Then, press OK.

Page 171
Chapter 4 Super Join Builder

Checkmark the Box if the First Row has Column Names


Nexus Chameleon
File Edit View Query Tools Help Web Windows History Sandbox
System: Teradata Database: SQL Class EXECUTE ? New Query

Execute Create Table Preview SQL in Nexus x Import From Excel Save Join Load Join Join Hub System Teradata

Objects Columns Sorting Joins WHERE SQL Metadata Analytics

ADDRESSES T Select Excel Worksheet…

Add Join Select Workbook…


C:\Users\TeraTom\ExcelTests\Subscribers.xlsx
Select *
Password (optional)
Street Varchar(30)
City Varchar(20)
First row has column names Place a checkmark
State Char(2) if the Excel Worksheet
Zip Integer has column names
Rows to Scan: 8
AreaCode Smallint in the first row
Phone Char(15) and press the
Back Next Cancel Next button
Subscriber_No Integer

If your Excel worksheet has column names in the first row, then checkmark the box. If the Excel worksheet does
not have column headers in the first row, then do not checkmark the box. The “Rows to Scan” button will scan the
number of rows indicated to help determine the column data types.

Page 172
Chapter 4 Super Join Builder

You Will Be Given Choices on Data Movement Options


Add Custom Join Choose Warp Speed if
tables are large
General Advanced (1,000,000 rows or more)
Opens your
Host file
Lite Speed! Warp Speed!!! to fill in TDP
information
Choose Lite Speed if tables
are small to medium size

Working Tdpid* TD15

Working Database* SQL_Sandbox

Next

The next screen will ask you about data movement options. When you have completed filling in everything press
NEXT.

Page 173
Chapter 4 Super Join Builder

You Will See the Add Custom Join Window


Nexus Chameleon
Add Custom Join
File Edit ViewJoin Type
Query Tools Help Web Windows
Systems
Inner Query 1 Super Join Builder
- Teradata
Execute Create Table Preview SQL in Nexus Join Hub System Teradata
- SQL_Class
Existing Tables Query 1
- Tables
SQL_Class.Addresses
Objects Columns Sorting Joins WHERE SQL Metadata Analytics
SQL_Sandbox.Subscribers$412743
+ Addresses
+ Claims
Addresses
+ Customer_Table T Subscribers$412743 x
Customer_Table T
+ Employee_Table
Subscriber_No Integer
Left click on the table Subscriber_No Float
and drag it into the + Add Join
Street Varchar(30)
+ Department_Table Member_No Float
Super Join Builder Select *
City Char(20)
+ Order_Table Last_Name Varchar(255)
State Char(2) Customer_Number
First_Name Integer
Varchar(255)
+ Providers Customer_Name Varchar(20)
Zip Integer Gender Varchar(255)
+ Sales_Table SSN FloatChar(8)
Phone_Number
Phone Integer
+ Services
SQL_Class.Addresses Add
INNER JOIN SQL_Sanbox. Subscribers$412743 Sub

Reset + Add Join

This is the window where you will define the join conditions. Turn the page and watch how we define the columns
that join the tables together.
Page 174
Chapter 4 Super Join Builder

Defining the Join Columns


Add Custom Join
Join Type 1) Left click the join column on the first table
2) Left click the join column on the second table
Inner 3) Left click the blue arrow to establish the join condition
4) Hit the Add Join Button
Existing Tables
SQL_Class.Addresses SQL_Sandbox.Subscribers$412743

Customer_Table T Subscribers$412743 x

Subscriber_No Integer 1 Subscriber_No Float 2


Street Varchar(30) Member_No Float
City Char(20) Last_Name Varchar(255)
State Char(2) 3 First_Name Varchar(255)
Zip Integer Gender Varchar(255)
Phone Integer SSN Float
SQL_Class.Addresses Add
INNER JOIN SQL_Sandbox.Subscribers$412743 Sub
ON Add.Subscriber_No = Sub.Subscriber_No

Reset 4
+ Add Join

In four easy steps you can define the join conditions. You will only have to do this one time because Nexus will
remember.

Page 175
Chapter 4 Super Join Builder

Place a Checkmark on the Columns You Want Selected


Nexus Chameleon
File Edit View Query Tools Help Web Windows History Sandbox
System: Teradata Database: SQL Class EXECUTE ? New Query

Execute Create Table Preview SQL in Nexus x Import From Excel Save Join Load Join Join Hub System Teradata

Objects Columns Sorting Joins WHERE SQL Metadata Analytics

ADDRESSES T Subscribers$412743 x

Add Join Add Join

Select * Select *
Street Varchar(30) Last_Name Varchar(20)
City Varchar(20) First_Name Varchar(20)
State Char(2) Gender Char(1)
Zip Integer SSN Integer
AreaCode Smallint Member_No Smallint
Phone Char(15) Subscriber_No Integer
Subscriber_No Integer

Place a Checkmark on the columns you want on your report and the SQL will automatically be built for you. All
you have to do now is hit EXECUTE and the query will run!

Page 176
Chapter 4 Super Join Builder

Saving Joins in the Super Join Builder to a Menu


Nexus Chameleon
File Edit View Query Tools Help Web Windows History Sandbox
System: Teradata Database: SQL Class EXECUTE ? New Query

Execute Create Table Preview SQL in Nexus x Import From Excel Save Join Load Join Join Hub System SQL Server

Objects Columns Sorting Joins WHERE SQL Metadata Analytics

ADDRESSES T SUBSCRIBERS O CLAIMS Sql


Add Join Add Join Add Join

Select * Select * Select *


Street Varchar(30) Last_Name Varchar(20) Claim_Id Integer
City Varchar(20) First_Name Varchar(20) Claim_Date Date
State Char(2) Gender Char(1) Subscriber_No Integer
Zip Integer SSN Integer Member_No Smallint
AreaCode Smallint Member_No Smallint Claim_Amt Decimal(12,2)
Phone Char(15) Subscriber_No Integer Provider_No Integer
Subscriber_No Integer Claim_Service Integer

Nexus allows you to run a join or any query in the Super Join Builder and then save the query in the “Save Join”
menu. The user can then pull up the exact same query in the Super Join Builder with the “Load Join” menu. A
user can also create many different Super Join Builder queries and pass them to other Nexus users in their
enterprise. The next page will show the “Save Join” user interface that allows you to provide a name and
description for the join in the menu.

Page 177
Chapter 4 Super Join Builder

The Save Join User Interface


Nexus Chameleon A default name is
given, but you can
File EditSave Query Tools Help Web Windowshighlight
View Join the name Sandbox
History
and change it.
System: Teradata Database: SQL Class EXECUTE ? New Query
Saved Join Name
Execute Create Table Preview SQL in Nexus x Import From Excel Save Join Load Join Join Hub System SQL Server
SavedJoin_160824_13511944
Objects Columns Sorting Joins WHERE SQL Metadata Analytics
Save thumbnail image of join
Addresses
ADDRESSES Addresses
Select *
T
Subscribers
Select *
SUBSCRIBERS
Select * O CLAIMS Sql
Street Last_Name Claim_id
City Add Join First_Name Claim_Date Add Join Add Join
State Gender Subscriber
Zip SSN Member_No
Select * Select * Select *
Street Varchar(30) Last_Name Varchar(20) Claim_Id Integer
Description
City Varchar(20) A description can
First_Name Varchar(20) Claim_Date Date
be typed here that
State Char(2) Gender Char(1) Subscriber_No Integer
will also appear in
Zip Integer the menuSSN Integer Member_No Smallint
AreaCode Smallint Member_No Smallint Claim_Amt Decimal(12,2)
Phone Char(15) Subscriber_No Integer Provider_No Integer
Subscriber_No Integer Cancel Claim_Service Integer
Share OK

Once you have pressed the “Save Join” button (red circle above), you will see the Save Join User Interface. There
will be a default name (using the date and microseconds), but you can change the name to whatever you desire.
You can also place a description of the join in the description box. You can even hit the Share button to send this
to others. When you are satisfied you can hit the OK button. The next page will show us changing the name and
filling in the description.

Page 178
Chapter 4 Super Join Builder

Example of a Name Change and Description of Saved Joins


Nexus Chameleon
File EditSave
View Join
Query Tools Help Web Windows History Sandbox
System: Teradata Database: SQL Class EXECUTE ? New Query
Saved Join Name
Execute Create Table Preview SQL in Nexus x Import From Excel Save Join Load Join Join Hub System SQL Server
Three-Table Join of Insurance Tables
Objects Columns Sorting Joins WHERE SQL Metadata Analytics
Save thumbnail image of join
Addresses
ADDRESSES Addresses
Select *
T
Subscribers
Select *
SUBSCRIBERS
Select * O CLAIMS Sql
Street Last_Name Claim_id
City Add Join First_Name Claim_Date Add Join Add Join
State Gender Subscriber
Zip SSN Member_No
Select * Select * Select *
Street Varchar(30) Last_Name Varchar(20) Claim_Id Integer
Description
City Varchar(20) First_Name Varchar(20) Claim_Date Date
ThisChar(2)
State is a join between the Addresses,Gender Char(1) Subscriber_No Integer
ZipSubscribers
Integer and the Claims table. This
SSN Integer Member_No Smallint
should be
AreaCode run every morning with the
Smallint Member_No Smallint Claim_Amt Decimal(12,2)
Scheduler.
Phone Char(15) Subscriber_No Integer Provider_No Integer
Subscriber_No Integer Cancel Claim_Service Integer
Share OK

By merely typing in the Saved Join Name box we have changed the default name that was automatically provided.
Notice that we also placed a description into the Description Box. You can also SHARE this to a dedicated drive
somewhere so others can import the join into their menu.

Page 179
Chapter 4 Super Join Builder

Loading a Join from the Load Join Menu


Nexus Chameleon
File Edit View Query Tools Help Web Windows History Sandbox
System: Teradata Database: SQL Class EXECUTE ? New Query

Execute Create Table Preview SQL in Nexus x Import From Excel Save Join Load Join Join Hub System SQL Server

Objects Columns Sorting Joins WHERE SQL Metadata Analytics

Once inside the Super Join Builder you can click on the Load Join menu (red circle above). The Next slide will
show the menu.

Page 180
Chapter 4 Super Join Builder

The Load Join Menu Will Ask You to SELECT a Saved Join
Nexus Chameleon
File Edit View Query Tools Help Web Windows History Sandbox
System: Teradata Database: SQL Class EXECUTE ? New Query
Select a Saved Join
Execute Create Table Preview SQL in Nexus x Import From Excel Save Join Load Join Join Hub System SQL Server

5-tableColumns
Objects
cross-system join
Sorting Joins Three-Table
WHERE SQLInsurance Join
Metadata Analytics
Four-Table join
Calendar_Join Claims
Addresses
Addresses T*
Subscribers
Select *
Employee_Department Join SelectStreet * Select
Last_Name Claim_id
Three-Table Insurance Join City First_Name Claim_Date
Subscriber
State Gender
Zip SSN Member_No

This was the query


we just saved from
This is a join between the Addresses,
the previous example
Subscribers and the Claims table.
This should be run every morning
The IMPORT button allows users with the Scheduler.
to IMPORT saved joins from a
dedicated drive.

Import… OK Cancel

Once inside the Super Join Builder you can click on the Load Join menu (red circle above). The user interface
comes up that is a menu for SELECTING a Saved Join. Press on the menu item and then hit OK. Your saved join
will appear in the Super Join Builder. You will even have the same columns checked on each table, but you can
now make changes to the query if you desire or EXECUTE the query or Schedule the query in the Calendar.

Page 181
Chapter 5 Data Movement

Page 182
Chapter 5 Data Movement

Chapter 5 – Data Movement

“The superior man is modest in his speech, but exceeds in his actions.”
– Confucius (551 BC – 479 BC)

Page 183
Chapter 5 Data Movement

Nexus Data Movement Across Systems Goes in Over 50 Different Directions


TO
Teradata Oracle SQL Server SQL DW DB2 SAP Hana Hadoop Greenplum Redshift
Teradata

Oracle

SQL Server
FROM

Azure
SQL DW
DB2

SAP Hana

Hadoop

Greenplum

Redshift
Single-Table mover and Database mover Conversion, but no movement Not supported

Nexus converts between systems and moves a single-table or entire database in over 40 different ways.

Page 184
Chapter 5 Data Movement

How to Move a Single Table from Oracle to Teradata


Nexus Chameleon
File Edit View Query Tools Help Web Windows History Sandbox
System: Teradata Database: SQL Class EXECUTE ? New Query
Systems Query 1
- Oracle
- SQL_Class
- Tables Properties
Super Join Builder
+ Addresses
+ Claims Quick Select
+ Customer_Table View DDL
+ Employee_Table Move data to Azure SQL Data Warehouse
+ Department_Table Move data to SQL Server
Right Move data to Teradata
+ Order_Table Click
+ Providers on the Compare/Sync Data
+ Services Oracle Drop Table
table Truncate Table
+ Subscribers Rename Table
Lock Table
+ SQL Server Comment Table
+ Teradata

Moving an Oracle table to Teradata is simple. Just right click on the Oracle table you want to move in the Oracle
Systems tree and choose the menu item "Move data to Teradata". You can also perform the same steps to move an
Oracle table to SQL Server or an Azure SQL Data Warehouse system. The next page will show you the ODBC
Stream Loader.

Page 185
Chapter 5 Data Movement

The ODBC Stream Loader from Oracle to Teradata


ODBC Stream Loader

Execute
General Advanced Script Options
Move data using: Lite Speed! Warp Speed!!!
Source Target
Database Type* Oracle Logon Advanced Logon
DSN Name* Oracle Cloud DSN Name* Teradata V14
User Name SYSTEM User Name* TeraTom

Password Password* *********


*********
Database* SQL_Class Tdpid TD14
Table Info
Table* Order_Table ?
Database* SQL_Sandbox
Columns* Select Statement Where
Table* Order_Table ?
Select * Create Table for Me Compress Table
Order_Number
Delete All Rows Drop Existing Table
Customer_Number
Drop Error And Log Tables
Order_Date Delete Existing Checkpoint Files
Order_Total
Working Database SQL Sandbox
Required *

Fill in the parameters above and Nexus will default to them the next time you move data from Oracle to Teradata.
Use Lite Speed for smaller table (< 1 million rows) and Warp Speed for larger tables. Hit Execute and the table
and data will move.

Page 186
Chapter 5 Data Movement

How to Move a Single Table from SQL Server to Teradata


Nexus Chameleon
File Edit View Query Tools Help Web Windows History Sandbox
System: Teradata Database: SQL Class EXECUTE ? New Query
Systems Query 1
+ Oracle
- SQL Server Super Join Builder
- SQL_Class Quick Select
- System Tables View DDL
+ dbo.Addresses Move data to Azure SQL Data Warehouse
+ dbo.Claims Move data to Oracle
Right
+ dbo.Customer_Table Move data to Teradata
Click
+ dbo.Employee_Table on the Compare/Sync Data
SQL Server SmartScript
+ dbo.Department_Table table Query Templates
+ dbo.Order_Table Data Cleanser
+ dbo.Providers Open All Rows
+ dbo.Services Open Selection
Drop Table
+ dbo.Subscribers
Rename Table
+ Teradata

Moving a SQL Server table to Teradata is simple. Just right click on the SQL Server table you want to move in the
SQL Server Systems tree and choose the menu item "Move data to Teradata". You can also perform the same
steps to move an Oracle table to SQL Server or an Azure SQL Data Warehouse system. The next page will show
the ODBC Stream Loader.

Page 187
Chapter 5 Data Movement

The ODBC Stream Loader from SQL Server to Teradata


ODBC Stream Loader

Execute
General Advanced Script Options
Move data using: Lite Speed! Warp Speed!!!
Source Target
Database Type* SQL Server Logon Advanced Logon
DSN Name* SQL Server DSN Name* Teradata V14
User Name Teratom User Name* TeraTom

Password Password* *********


*********
Database* SQL_Class Tdpid TD14

Schema* Table Info


dbo
Database* SQL_Sandbox
Table* Order_Table ?
Table* Order_Table ?
Columns* Select Statement Where
Create Table for Me Compress Table
Select * Delete All Rows Drop Existing Table
Order_Number Drop Error And Log Tables
Customer_Number Delete Existing Checkpoint Files
Order_Date
Order_Total Required * Working Database SQL Sandbox

Fill in the parameters above and Nexus will default to them the next time you move data from SQL Server to
Teradata. Use Lite Speed for smaller table (< 1 million rows) and Warp Speed for larger tables. Hit Execute and
the table will move.

Page 188
Chapter 5 Data Movement

Details of the ODBC Stream Loader


ODBC Stream Loader

Execute

Press the green button to start the load

Open the Script Directory to change


Resets
places where the script will be saved.
the
Form

Open the Private Log to find


out detailed information
about what has happened
during the loading process

The top bar of the ODBC Stream Loader has four icons. They are the Reset Form icon, Private Log icon, Script
Directory Icon and the Execute button.

Page 189
Chapter 5 Data Movement

ODBC Stream Loader - Lite Speed vs. Warp Speed


ODBC Stream Loader

Execute
General Advanced Script Options
Move data using: Lite Speed! Warp Speed!!!

Data movement will always default to Lite Speed! Warp Speed!!! uses the
This uses the Teradata utility TPT (Stream), which is Teradata utility TPT (Load),
the TPT version of TPump. The rule of thumb is to which is the TPT version of
use this whenever tables are < 1 million rows. It has FastLoad. The rule of thumb is
less impact on a Teradata system on data movement. to use this whenever tables are
> 1 million rows, but it has a lot
of impact on the Teradata
system when moving tables.

Above are the reasons to choose Lite Speed over Warp Speed and vice versa.

Page 190
Chapter 5 Data Movement

More Details About ODBC Stream Loader - Teradata TDPID


ODBC Stream Loader
This will
Execute
refresh the
General Advanced Script Options TDPID
Move data using: Lite Speed! Warp Speed!!! entries for
the drop
Target down
Logon Advanced Logon after you
/* Copyright (c) 1993-2009 Microsoft modify your
Corp. This is a sample HOSTS file used by Hosts file
DSN Name* Teradata V14
Microsoft TCP/IP for Windows. This file
contains the mappings of IP addresses to User Name* TeraTom
host names. Each entry should be kept
on an individual line. The IP address Password* *********
should be placed in the first column Tdpid TD14
followed by the corresponding host
name. The IP address and the host name
should be separated by at least one
space. Additionally, comments (such as This will open
these) may be inserted on individual your Hosts file
lines or following the machine name To allow you
denoted by a '#' symbol. to create or
*/ modify
127.0.0.1 localhost the TDPID
192.163.1.4 TD14cop1

If you are using the Teradata load utilities (TPT Stream or TPT Load) you will most likely need a TDPID
(Teradata Director Program Internet Directory). This tells the load utility the I/P address of the Teradata machine.
Notice above, we have placed our I/P address and the words TD14cop1. You put cop1 after the TDPID name, so
Teradata knows it’s the TDPID.

Page 191
Chapter 5 Data Movement

More Details About ODBC Stream Loader - Table Options


ODBC Stream Loader

Execute
General Advanced Script Options
Move data using: Lite Speed! Warp Speed!!!

The SELECT Statement that Nexus creates


SELECT
CAST(ORDER_NUMBER AS NUMBER(38,0))
,CAST(CUSTOMER_NUMBER AS NUMBER(38,0))
,ORDER_DATE
You can uncheck any ,ORDER_TOTAL
columns you don't FROM SQL_CLASS.ORDER_TABLE ;
want to move over.

You don't have to take all of the rows


Columns* Select Statement Where
either. You can press the Where tab
Select * and type in a WHERE clause
Order_Number WHERE Order_Date > '2014-06-30'
Customer_Number
Order_Date
Order_Total

Required *

The Nexus has incredible flexibility when moving data from Oracle to Teradata. You don't have to take all of the
source columns or rows. You can inspect the SELECT statement, generated by Nexus, to see if your intentions
have been satisfied.

Page 192
Chapter 5 Data Movement

Checking the Table Size in the ODBC Stream Loader


ODBC Stream Loader

Execute
General Advanced Script Options
Move data using: Lite Speed! Warp Speed!!!
Source
i Use Lite Speed! (TPump)
Database Type* Oracle
DSN Name* Oracle Cloud Source Table Size: 0.0625 MB
Source Row Count: 5
User Name SYSTEM
Target Table Size: Unknown
Password
********* Target Row Count: Unknown
Database* SQL_Class
*Source row count is under one million so
Table* Order_Table ? TPump (Lite Speed) is recommended.

Press the question mark near the table* and you will see the size of your source table and the recommendation to
use either Lite Speed or Warp Speed.

Page 193
Chapter 5 Data Movement

Table Information in the ODBC Stream Loader


ODBC Stream Loader

Execute
General Advanced Script Options
Move data using: Lite Speed! Warp Speed!!!

This is the target database


that the moving table will
permanently reside in.

Table Info
Database* SQL_Sandbox
The table name will default
to the same name as the Table* Order_Table ?
source, but you can change
the name as you see fit. Create Table for Me Compress Table
Delete All Rows Drop Existing Table
Drop Error And Log Tables
This is the database
Delete Existing Checkpoint Files
where any load
utility log files will
Working Database SQL Sandbox
be generated.

The most important information is listed in the verbiage explanations above. The areas with checkmark options are
fairly straight forward. If you want to append rows to an existing table, do not checkmark Create Table for me,
Drop Existing Table or Delete All Rows.

Page 194
Chapter 5 Data Movement

How to Move a Single Table from Oracle to SQL Server


Nexus Chameleon
File Edit View Query Tools Help Web Windows History Sandbox
System: Teradata Database: SQL Class EXECUTE ? New Query
Systems Query 1
- Oracle
- SQL_Class
- Tables Properties
Super Join Builder
+ Addresses
+ Claims Quick Select
+ Customer_Table View DDL
+ Employee_Table Right Move data to Azure SQL Data Warehouse
+ Department_Table Click Move data to SQL Server
on the Move data to Teradata
+ Order_Table Oracle
+ Providers table Compare/Sync Data
+ Services Drop Table
Truncate Table
+ Subscribers Rename Table
Lock Table
+ SQL Server Comment Table
+ Teradata

Moving an Oracle table to SQL Server is simple. Just right click on the Oracle table you want to move in the
Oracle Systems tree and choose the menu item "Move data to SQL Server". You can also perform the same steps
to move an Oracle table to Teradata or an Azure SQL Data Warehouse system. The next page will show you the
Data Mover.

Page 195
Chapter 5 Data Movement

The Data Mover from Oracle to SQL Server


Data Mover
Lights up to show data movement progress
Execute
General Advanced
Source Target
Logon
Database Type Oracle DSN Name SQL Server Cloud

DSN Name Oracle Cloud Server/Instance Name 76.72.144.93,51060

User Name SYSTEM Use Windows Authentication


Password User Name sa
*********
Database SQL_Class
Password *********
Table Order_Table ?
Database SQL_Sandbox
Columns* Select Statement Where Schema dbo
Select * Table Order_Table ?
Order_Number
Customer_Number
Create Table for Me
Order_Date
Order_Total Delete All Rows Drop Existing Table

Fill in the parameters above and Nexus will default to them the next time you move data from Oracle to SQL
Server. Hit Execute and the table and data will move from Oracle to SQL Server.

Page 196
Chapter 5 Data Movement

How to Move a Single Table from SQL Server to Oracle


Nexus Chameleon
File Edit View Query Tools Help Web Windows History Sandbox
System: Teradata Database: SQL Class EXECUTE ? New Query
Query 1
+ Oracle
- SQL Server
- SQL_Class Super Join Builder

- System Tables Quick Select


View DDL
+ dbo.Addresses
+ dbo.Claims Move data to Azure SQL Data Warehouse
Right Move data to Oracle
+ dbo.Customer_Table
Click Move data to Teradata
+ dbo.Employee_Table on the
SQL Server Compare/Sync Data
+ dbo.Department_Table SmartScript
table
+ dbo.Order_Table Query Templates
+ dbo.Providers Data Cleanser
Open All Rows
+ dbo.Services
Open Selection
+ dbo.Subscribers Drop Table
+ Teradata Rename Table

Moving a SQL Server table to Oracle is simple. Just right click on the SQL Server table you want to move in the
SQL Server Systems tree, and choose the menu item "Move data to Oracle". You can also perform the same steps
to move a SQL Server table to Teradata or an Azure SQL Data Warehouse system. The next page will show you
the Data Mover.

Page 197
Chapter 5 Data Movement

The Data Mover from SQL Server to Oracle


Data Mover
Lights up to show data movement progress
Execute
General Advanced
Source Target
Logon
Database Type SQL Server DSN Name Oracle Cloud
DSN Name SQL Server Cloud Server/Instance Name 52.5.186.144:1521
Use Windows Authentication
User Name SYSTEM
User Name sa

Password Password *********


*********
Database SQL_Class Database SQL_Sandbox
Schema dbo Table Order_Table ?
Table Order_Table ?
Columns* Select Statement Where Create Table for Me

Delete All Rows Drop Existing Table


Select *
Order_Number
Customer_Number
Order_Date
Order_Total

Fill in the parameters above and Nexus will default to them the next time you move data from SQL Server to
Oracle.

Page 198
Chapter 5 Data Movement

How to Move an Entire Database


Nexus Chameleon
File Edit View Query Tools Help Web Windows History Sandbox
System: Teradata Database: SQL Class EXECUTE ? New Query
Systems Query 1
- Oracle Right Show All Objects
- SQL_Class Click Add to My Databases
on the
- Tables Oracle Compare/Sync Database Data…
+ Addresses Database Convert Table Structures
+ Claims and Move data to Azure SQL Data Warehouse
+ Customer_Table Choose Move data to SQL Server
Move Move data to Teradata
+ Employee_Table Data Move data to Oracle
+ Department_Table
Refresh Database
+ Order_Table
+ Providers
+ Services
+ Subscribers

+ SQL Server
+ Teradata

Moving an entire database just got a lot simpler. Just right click on the database you want to move in the Systems
tree, and choose the menu item "Move data to SystemName". The next page will show you and example of the
Database Mover in action.

Page 199
Chapter 5 Data Movement

The Database Movement Screen


Database Movement Moves all of the tables
simultaneously. Recommended
Execute when tables are reasonably small
Uses Lite Speed
or Warp Speed Table Movement Options Log Move Tables in Parallel
automatically
depending on Move Data Using:
parameters
Auto Lite Speed! Warp Speed!!!
set in the
Options menu System Database System Database
Oracle Cloud SQL_Class Teradata V15 SQL_Sandbox

Source Tables
Source Tables Target Tables
SQL_Class SQL_Sandbox
Tables Tables
Addresses Claims OK
Claims X Course_Table OK
Course_Table Customer_Table OK
Customer_Table Employee_V OK
Order_V OK
Views
Employee_V
Order_V Create Unique Table Names
*Double-Click tables to Change Table Names

You have the ability to move tables directly or you can move the table through views. Above, we are doing a
combination of both. Once you have placed a checkmark on the tables or views you want to move, press the blue
arrow and all tables/views with a checkmark move to the Target system. Press Execute and watch the tables light
up in green with every successful move. If there is a problem, the table(s) will light up in red. You can also change
the target table names by double-clicking them in the Target Tables window and changing their names. You can
automate by checking the Create Unique Names box.

Page 200
Chapter 5 Data Movement

The Data Mover Options Menu for Moves to Teradata


Database Movement

Execute

Table Movement Options Log

Options
General Target Tdpid TD15

Use Alternate Working Database SQL Sandbox

Table and Movement

Create Table(s) Drop Existing Tables Compress Tables

Drop Error and Log Tables Drop Existing Checkpoint Files

Maximum Concurrent Moves (Parallel Movement): 5

Auto Movement Type Selection Thresholds


Objects with attributes below these thresholds will use Lite Speed
and Objects above these thresholds will use Warp Speed. Additional information
about source and target
Row Count: 500,000 Logins are also in this
menu, along with other
items that most likely
Table Size: 5 GB won't be changed

Fill in the parameters above and Nexus will default to them the next time you move data.

Page 201
Chapter 5 Data Movement

The Data Mover - Log for Moves to Teradata


Database Movement

Execute

Table Movement Options Log

11/15/2015 5:03:53 PM|Nexus: Gathering Table Data... The entire log


11/15/2015 5:04:20 PM|Dropping table CLAIMS was not shown here
11/15/2015 5:04:21 PM|CREATE MULTISET TABLE SQL_SANDBOX.CLAIMS
(PROVIDER_NO DECIMAL(38,0), CLAIM_AMT DECIMAL(12,2), MEMBER_NO DECIMAL(38,0), SUBSCRIBER_NO
DECIMAL(38,0), CLAIM_SERVICE DECIMAL(38,0) NOT NULL, CLAIM_DATE TIMESTAMP(0) NOT NULL, CLAIM_ID
DECIMAL(38,0) NOT NULL) UNIQUE PRIMARY INDEX (CLAIM_ID);
11/15/2015 5:04:25 PM|CLAIMS|Teradata Parallel Transporter Version 15.00.00.00
11/15/2015 5:04:41 PM|CLAIMS|ODBCOperator: Total Rows Exported: 43
11/15/2015 5:04:45 PM|CLAIMS|StreamOperator: Load Statistics for DML Group 1 :
11/15/2015 5:04:45 PM|CLAIMS|StreamOperator: Target Table: 'SQL_SANDBOX.CLAIMS'
11/15/2015 5:04:45 PM|CLAIMS|StreamOperator: Rows Inserted: 43
11/15/2015 5:04:46 PM|CLAIMS|StreamOperator: Total Rows in Error Table : 0
11/15/2015 5:04:48 PM|CLAIMS|ODBCOperator: Total processor time used = '0.0156001 Second(s)'
11/15/2015 5:04:48 PM|CLAIMS|ODBCOperator: Start : Sun Nov 15 17:04:29 2015
11/15/2015 5:04:48 PM|CLAIMS|ODBCOperator: End : Sun Nov 15 17:04:48 2015
11/15/2015 5:04:48 PM|CLAIMS|StreamOperator: Start : Sun Nov 15 17:04:29 2015
11/15/2015 5:04:48 PM|CLAIMS|StreamOperator: End : Sun Nov 15 17:04:48 2015
11/15/2015 5:04:48 PM|CLAIMS|Job step MAIN_STEP completed successfully
11/15/2015 5:04:48 PM|CLAIMS|Job CLAIMS_LoadJob completed successfully

You can actually watch the entire data movement process in action by watching the log. This will show you the
details.

Page 202
Chapter 5 Data Movement

Scheduling a Move Data Operation

Nexus Chameleon
File Edit View Query Tools Help Web Windows
Open the
Schedule Builder dropdown
History Sandbox

Operation
System: Teradata TypeDatabase: SQL Class EXECUTE ? New Query
Systems Query 1 v
+ Teradata
Query
Press on the
Saved Super Join Highlight
Move Data calendar icon
and and your
Compare Data Click
Compress Teradata Multi-Value scheduling
options
will appear.

Back Next Cancel

Press on the Calendar icon in the main Nexus screen toolbar (circled above in red) and your scheduling options
will appear. You will then see the Schedule Builder User Interface. Press on the dropdown menu and choose the
Operation Type.

Page 203
Chapter 5 Data Movement

Add the Data Movement Batches


Schedule Builder
Nexus Chameleon
Operation Type
File Edit View Query Tools Help Web Windows
Move Data v History Sandbox

System: Teradata Database: SQL Class EXECUTE ? New Query


Data Movement Batches:
Systems Query 1 v
+ Teradata Press the
Add ADD
button

Output File Logging:


Directory… C:\Desktop\2016\Movelog

Back Next Cancel

Choose the Output File Logging Directory and filename for the data movement logging. Then choose the ADD
button.

Page 204
Chapter 5 Data Movement

Fill in the Data Movement Information


Database Movement Moves all of the tables
simultaneously. Recommended
Save when tables are reasonably small

Table Movement Move Tables in Parallel


Move Data Using:
Auto Lite Speed! Warp Speed!!!

System Database System Database


Oracle Cloud SQL_Class Teradata V15 SQL_Sandbox

Source
Source Tables
Tables Target Tables
SQL_Class SQL_Sandbox
Tables Tables
Addresses Claims
Claims X Course_Table
Course_Table Customer_Table
Customer_Table Employee_V
Views Order_V
Employee_V
Order_V Create Unique Table Names
*Double-Click tables to Change Table Names

Pick the source system and database on the left and then pick the target system and database on the right. You will
move the tables from the source to the target. Once you place a checkmark on the source tables and views you hit
the blue arrow button to move them to the Target. When you are ready hit the Save button (green arrow).

Page 205
Chapter 5 Data Movement

Add Additional Batches or Choose Next to Schedule


Schedule Builder
Nexus Chameleon
Operation Type
File Edit View Query Tools Help Web Windows
Move Data v History Sandbox

System: Teradata Database: SQL Class EXECUTE ? New Query


Data Movement Batches:
Systems Query 1 v
+ TeradataCloud to Teradata 15 (5 objects)
Oracle

Add You can Add


additional batches or
hit NEXT to schedule
Output File Logging:
Directory… C:\Desktop\2016\Movelog

Back Next Cancel

You have added your first batch and it will appear in the Data Movement Batches box. You can add more batches
if you choose. When you are done hit the NEXT button at the bottom of the screen.

Page 206
Chapter 5 Data Movement

Schedule the Movement Once, Daily, Weekly or Monthly


Schedule Builder
Nexus Chameleon
Operation Type
File Edit View Query Tools Help Web Windows
Move Data v History Sandbox
Schedule Task: Start time:
System: Teradata Database: SQL Class EXECUTE ? New Query
Daily
Systems
v 12:00 AM v
Query 1
Teradata
+ 1) Schedule how often you want the
Schedule Task Once task to run (we chose Daily).
Every 1 Day(s) v 2) Choose a time
3) Pick the number of days
4) Put your User and Password in
Windows User: 5) Hit the Schedule button
Password:

View Schedules…

Now Back Schedule Cancel

You will now choose how often to run the data movement job. We have chosen Daily in this example. Choose a
time to have the query run. Pick the number of days. Put in your user name and password from Windows. Hit
Schedule.

Page 207
Chapter 6 Comparing and Synchronizing Entire Databases

Page 208
Chapter 6 Comparing and Synchronizing Entire Databases

Chapter 6 – Comparing and Synchronizing Entire Databases

" Keep your face always toward the sunshine –


and shadows will fall behind you."
– - Walt Whitman

Page 209
Chapter 6 Comparing and Synchronizing Entire Databases

Comparing and Synchronizing Databases


Nexus Chameleon
File Edit View Query Tools Help Web Windows History Sandbox
System: Teradata Database: SQL Class EXECUTE ? New Query
Systems Query 1
Oracle Show all objects…
+
- Teradata Set as active database
Create database…
- SQL_Class Right
Create user…
- System Tables Click
on a
Drop database
+ Addresses Remove from My Databases
database
+ Claims from any Hound Dog Compress database
+ Customer_Table system Compare/Sync Database Data
+ Employee_Table SmartSync Objects
SmartScript
+ Department_Table SmartDBAdmin…
+ Order_Table Convert Table Structures
+ Providers Move Data to
+ Services Refresh database
Properties
+ Subscribers
+ SQL Server

You can compare and then synchronize and entire database on the same platform or from different platforms. Just
right click on any database in your system tree and choose “Compare/Sync Database Data”.

Page 210
Chapter 6 Comparing and Synchronizing Entire Databases

The Compare/Sync Database User Interface


Compare Database Data
Choose the Target System
Execute and Database/Schema that
You want to compare and
Objects Columns Options Results synchronize to the source

System Database System Database


Teradata SQL_Class SQL Server SQL_Sandbox
Source
Source Tables
Tables Target Tables

Nexus will attempt to Addresses Addresses We have


Line-up the matching Claims placed a
Claims checkmark on
tables side-by-side.
Course_Table Course_Table only these
You can further adjust
the table comparisons Customer_Table Customer_Table tables so
by dragging and dropping Department_Table only they will
Department_Table be compared
tables up or down for
Employee_Table Employee_Table
perfect comparison
alignment. Then, place a Job_Table Job_Table
checkmark on all tables Order_Table Order_Table
you want included for the Sales_Table
Compare and Sync.
Sales_Table
Drag and Drop tables to line up comparisons

The first task is to choose the Target system and the database/schema that you want to compare and synchronize to
the source. We have chosen a SQL Server table. The Nexus will attempt to line-up the tables across from one
another, but you can drop and drag the tables so they align perfectly. You must then place a checkmark on the
tables you want compared. You can press the EXECUTE button to begin the comparisons.

Page 211
Chapter 6 Comparing and Synchronizing Entire Databases

The Columns Tab


Compare Database Data

Execute

Objects Columns Options Results


System Database System Database
Teradata SQL_Class SQL Server SQL_Sandbox
Source
Source Tables
Tables Target Tables

Addresses Addresses
You are currently on
the Objects Tab. You Claims Claims
can Press on the Course_Table Course_Table
Columns Tab to make Customer_Table Customer_Table
sure each table with a
checkmark has the Department_Table Department_Table
same columns in the Employee_Table Employee_Table
same order for Job_Table Job_Table
comparison.
Order_Table Order_Table
Sales_Table Sales_Table
Drag and Drop tables to line up comparisons

You are currently on the Objects Tab. You can Press on the Columns Tab to make sure each table with a
checkmark has the same columns in the same order for comparison. Press on the Columns Tab (red circle) and
check out the Columns Tab options on the next page.
Page 212
Chapter 6 Comparing and Synchronizing Entire Databases

The Columns Tab Aligns the Columns for Comparison


Compare Database Data

Execute

Objects Columns Options Results

Table Column Details Right-click on a column to toggle comparison key


Source
Source Tables
Tables Target Tables

Addresses Addresses
Integer Subscriber_No Subscriber_No Integer
Smallint AreaCode AreaCode Smallint
Varchar(20) City City Varchar(20)
Integer Phone Phone Integer
Char(2) State State Char(2)
Varchar(30) Street Street Varchar(30)
Integer Zip Zip Integer
Claims Claims
Smallint Claim_Service Claim_Service Smallint
Drag and Drop columns up or down to line up column comparisons

The Columns tab shows the column details for each table including the data type. This allows the user to do three
things. (1) The user can drop and drag up or down columns so they align perfectly. (2) The user can uncheck any
columns that they don’t want to compare and sync. (3) The user can toggle the blue colored columns to make a
different column the comparison key. All columns in blue are used as the Primary Key comparison keys. You can
press the EXECUTE button to begin the comparisons.

Page 213
Chapter 6 Comparing and Synchronizing Entire Databases

Comparison Results
Compare Database Data All of the tables you
selected for comparison
Execute will be listed below

Objects Columns Options Results Log

Comparison Results
There were
Teradata SQL Server No Differences
Addresses Addresses between
these two
Differences Count: tables
0 Rows No Differences V Go

There were
Differences
Teradata SQL Server between
Department_Table Department_Table these two
tables. Press
Differences Count: GO to see the
View Differences V Go
2 Rows differences.

All of the tables you selected from the previous screen are compared and the results are placed in the “Comparison
Results” screen. Some of the tables will have “No Differences” in the data and some will have “Differences”. The
tables that have differences will be colored in blue and red so that they stand out to you. To see the differences,
you must press the GO button.

Page 214
Chapter 6 Comparing and Synchronizing Entire Databases

The Table Compare Results Tab – Full Differences Tab


Compare Database Data
The Full Differences tab will list all
Execute differences between the data in both tables

Objects Columns Options Results Table Compare Results Log


Full Differences In Source, Not Target In Target, Not Source In both with Differences

2 total rows different between the source object and target object.
LOCATION SYSTEM DATABASE OBJECT NAME Dept_No Dept_Name Budget
Source Teradata SQL_Class Department_Table 200 Mrkt 50000
Target SQL Server SQL_Sandbox Department_Table 200 Sales 50000

Columns in the table

When you press the GO button (previous screen) to see the differences between two tables you will come to the
Differences User Interface. The default screen shows the Full Differences tab where you will see all differences
from source to target.

Page 215
Chapter 6 Comparing and Synchronizing Entire Databases

The Table Compare Results Tab – In Source, Not Target Tab


Compare Database Data
The “In Source, Not Target” tab will list all
Execute differences between the data in the source.

Objects Columns Options Results Table Compare Results Log


Full Differences In Source, Not Target In Target, Not Source In both with Differences

1 row in the source object that are not in the target object.
LOCATION SYSTEM DATABASE OBJECT NAME Dept_No Dept_Name Budget
Source Teradata SQL_Class Department_Table 200 Mrkt 50000

When you press the GO button (previous screen) to see the differences between two tables you will come to the
Differences User Interface. The default screen shows the Full Differences tab where you will see all differences
from source to target. You can also press on the “In Source, Not Target” tab where you will see the rows that are
in the source, but not the target.

Page 216
Chapter 6 Comparing and Synchronizing Entire Databases

The Table Compare Results Tab – In Target, Not Source Tab


Compare Database Data
The “In Target, Not Source” tab will list all
Execute differences between the data in the target.

Objects Columns Options Results Table Compare Results Log


Full Differences In Source, Not Target In Target, Not Source In both with Differences

1 row in the source object that are not in the target object.
LOCATION SYSTEM DATABASE OBJECT NAME Dept_No Dept_Name Budget
Target SQL Server SQL_Sandbox Department_Table 200 Sales 50000

When you press the GO button (previous screen) to see the differences between two tables you will come to the
Differences User Interface. The default screen shows the Full Differences tab where you will see all differences
from source to target. You can also press on the “In Target, Not Source” tab where you will see the rows that are
in the target, but not the source.

Page 217
Chapter 6 Comparing and Synchronizing Entire Databases

Synchronizing the Results


Compare Database Data

Execute

Objects Columns Options Results Log


Comparison Results
Teradata SQL Server
Addresses Addresses
Differences Count:
0 Rows No Differences V Go
To Synchronize the
Teradata SQL Server results just press
on the dropdown
Department_Table Department_Table menu
Differences Count:
Sync Source V Go
2 Rows
View Differences We have just
Sync Source chosen to
Sync Source.
Sync Target No hit GO.

To synchronize the results between two tables that have differences you merely press on the dropdown menu just
below the two tables that says “View Differences” and choose to either “Sync Source” or “Sync Target”. The
“View Differences” will change to your new choice. In the example above, we have chosen the “Sync Source”
option. Then hit the “Go” button.

Page 218
Chapter 6 Comparing and Synchronizing Entire Databases

The Final Perform Synchronization Screen


Compare Database Data

Execute

Objects Columns Options Results Log


Comparison Results
Teradata SQL Server
Department_Table Department_Table
Differences Count:
Sync Source V Go
2 Rows
Synchronize Source Object to match the Target Object
Insert missing rows
Delete extra rows
Update differences with matching rows

Perform Synchronization Perform


the
Preview in query window… Synchronization

Remove any checkmarks you want and when you are ready press the Perform Synchronization button (in blue)
near the bottom of the screen. The synchronization will begin. You can preview the SQL that will perform the
synchronization if you desire by pressing the “Preview in query window” button at the bottom of the screen.

Page 219
Chapter 6 Comparing and Synchronizing Entire Databases

Scheduling a Compare Data Operation

Nexus Chameleon
File Edit View Query Tools Help Web Windows
Open the
Schedule Builder dropdown
History Sandbox

Operation
System: Teradata TypeDatabase: SQL Class EXECUTE ? New Query
Systems Query 1 v
+ Teradata
Query
Saved Super Join Press on the
Move Data Highlight calendar icon
Compare Data and and your
Click
Compress Teradata Multi-Value scheduling
options
will appear.

Back Next Cancel

Press on the Calendar icon in the main Nexus screen toolbar (circled above in red) and your scheduling options
will appear. You will then see the Schedule Builder User Interface. Press on the dropdown menu and choose the
Operation Type.

Page 220
Chapter 6 Comparing and Synchronizing Entire Databases

Add the Compare Data Batches


Schedule Builder
Nexus Chameleon
Operation Type
File Edit View Query Tools Help Web Windows
Compare Data v History Sandbox

Comparison
System: Teradata Batches:
Database: SQL Class EXECUTE ? New Query
Add
Systems Hit the1ADD
Query
Button
v
+ Teradata
Output File Logging:
Directory… C:\Desktop\2016\Movelog

Excel Tableau (tde)


XML Text CSV

Back Next Cancel

Choose the Output File Logging Directory and filename for the data movement logging. Then choose the ADD
button.

Page 221
Chapter 6 Comparing and Synchronizing Entire Databases

Fill in the Compare Objects Information


Compare Objects

Save

Objects Columns Options

System Database System Database


Oracle Cloud SQL_Class Teradata V15 SQL_Class

Source
Source Tables
Tables Target Tables

Addresses Addresses
Claims Claims
Course_Table Course_Table
Customer_Table Customer_Table
Department_Table Department_Table
Employee_Table Employee_Table
Job_Table Job_Table
Order_Table Order_Table
Sales_Table Sales_Table

Pick the source system and database on the left and then pick the target system and database on the right. You will
see the Nexus attempt to line-up the tables to be compared. You can place a checkmark on the tables you want
compared. You can also drop and drag the table names up or down so they line-up perfectly. Then hit the SAVE
button’s Green Arrow.

Page 222
Chapter 7 Teradata Multi-Value Compression

Page 223
Chapter 7 Teradata Multi-Value Compression

Chapter 7 – Teradata Multi-Value Compression

“There are two ways of spreading light: to be the candle or the mirror that
reflects it.”
– Edith Wharton

Page 224
Chapter 7 Teradata Multi-Value Compression

Compressing the Tables in a Teradata Database


Nexus Chameleon
File Edit View Query Tools Help Web Windows History Sandbox
System: Teradata Database: SQL Class EXECUTE ? New Query
Systems Query 1
Show all objects…
+ Oracle
- Teradata Set as active database
Create database…
- SQL_Class Right
Create user…
- System Tables Click
on a
Drop database
+ Addresses Remove from My Databases
Teradata
+ Claims database Hound Dog Compress database
+ Customer_Table Compare/Sync Database Data
+ Employee_Table SmartSync Objects
SmartScript
+ Department_Table SmartDBAdmin…
+ Order_Table Convert Table Structures
+ Providers Move Data to
+ Services Refresh database
Properties
+ Subscribers
+ SQL Server

You can automate the Multi-Value compression capabilities on a single-table, multiple tables or all tables in a
Teradata database by right clicking on any Teradata database in your system tree and choosing “Hound Dog
Compress Database”.

Page 225
Chapter 7 Teradata Multi-Value Compression

Place a Checkmark on the Tables You Want to Compress


Multi-Value Compression

Execute Preview SQL in Nexus

Table Compression Log Dashboard

System Database
Teradata V15 SQL_Class

Available Tables
Source Tables Tables to Compress
Tables (9)
Addresses
Place a Claims
checkmark
on the
Course_Table
tables you Customer_Table
want to Department_Table X
compress
and then
Employee_Table
hit the Job_Table
blue arrow. Order_Table
Sales_Table

Place a checkmark on the tables you want to compress and then hit the blue arrow. To checkmark all tables, place
a checkmark on the Tables box. You can deselect any tables you want to exclude. Either way, once you have a
checkmark in the box for the tables you want to compress you merely need to click on the blue arrow. See what
happens on the next page.

Page 226
Chapter 7 Teradata Multi-Value Compression

The Tables Selected for Compression Appear on the Right


Multi-Value Compression

Execute Preview SQL in Nexus

Table Compression Hit the Execute


button to begin
System Database
Teradata V15 SQL_Class

Available Tables
Source Tables Tables to Compress
Addresses Addresses
Claims Claims
Course_Table Course_Table
Customer_Table Customer_Table These will be
the tables
Department_Table Department_Table
X that will be
Employee_Table Employee_Table compressed
Job_Table Job_Table
Order_Table Order_Table
Sales_Table Sales_Table

After pressing on the blue arrow, the tables you have selected to be compressed now appear in the “Tables to
Compress” window on the right. You can now hit the EXECUTE button at the top of the form to begin the
compression operation.

Page 227
Chapter 7 Teradata Multi-Value Compression

What Appears When the Compression Job Begins?


Multi-Value Compression

Execute Preview SQL in Nexus

Table Compression Log Dashboard


Press the red A green status
button to stop bar will show
System Database you the
the job
Teradata V15 SQL_Class operation is in
progress
Available Tables
Source Tables Tables to Compress
Addresses Addresses
Claims Claims
Course_Table Course_Table
Customer_Table Customer_Table
Department_Table Department_Table
X
Employee_Table Employee_Table
Job_Table Job_Table
Order_Table Order_Table
Sales_Table Sales_Table

A green status bar will appear to let you know that the compression operation is in progress. You can halt the job
by pressing on the red box.

Page 228
Chapter 7 Teradata Multi-Value Compression

Tables will Turn Green When Successfully Compressed


Multi-Value Compression

Execute Preview SQL in Nexus

Table Compression Log Dashboard

System Database
Teradata V15 SQL_Class

Available Tables
Source Tables Tables to Compress
Addresses Addresses (DONE)
Claims Claims (DONE)
Course_Table Course_Table (DONE)
Customer_Table Customer_Table (DONE)
Department_Table Department_Table (DONE)
X
Employee_Table Employee_Table (DONE)
Job_Table Job_Table (DONE)
Order_Table Order_Table (DONE)
Sales_Table Sales_Table (DONE)

Tables will turn green and now include the word (DONE) next to them. This means that the compression operation
is complete for that table. Above, you can see that we have compressed all of the tables.

Page 229
Chapter 7 Teradata Multi-Value Compression

The Compression Dashboard


Multi-Value Compression
Press the
Execute Preview SQL in Nexus Dashboard tab
to see
Dashboard Compression
Table Compression Log
Results
Dashboard
Employee_Table
Compression Results:
Previous Size:
10 KB
Compressed Size: All tables
7 KB compressed
Space Saved: will appear in
3.00 KB the Dashboard
33.00% with their
statistics
30 Rows
7 Total Columns
6 Columns Compressed
Original Compressed
Size

The Dashboard shows you the previous vs. the new size of each table that was compressed in this operation.

Page 230
Chapter 7 Teradata Multi-Value Compression

Scheduling a Teradata Multi-Value Compression Job

Nexus Chameleon
File Edit View Query Tools Help Web Windows
Open the
Schedule Builder dropdown
History Sandbox

Operation
System: Teradata TypeDatabase: SQL Class EXECUTE ? New Query
Systems Query 1 v
+ Teradata
Query
Saved Super Join Press on the
Move Data calendar icon
Compare Data and your
Compress Teradata Multi-Value scheduling
options
will appear.
Highlight and
Click

Back Next Cancel

Press on the Calendar icon in the main Nexus screen toolbar (circled above in red) and your scheduling options
will appear. You will then see the Schedule Builder User Interface. Press on the dropdown menu and choose the
Operation Type.

Page 231
Chapter 7 Teradata Multi-Value Compression

Add the Compress Multi-Value Batches


Schedule Builder
Nexus Chameleon
Operation Type
File Edit View Query Tools Help Web Windows
Compress (Teradata Multi-Value) v History Sandbox

Test Compression
System: Teradata Batches: SQL Class
Database: EXECUTE ? New Query
Teradata
Systems Query 1 v
+ Add Press on
the Add
button

Output File Logging:


Directory… C:\Desktop\2016\Compress_log

Back Next Cancel

Choose the Output File Logging Directory and filename for the compression logging. Then choose the ADD
button.

Page 232
Chapter 7 Teradata Multi-Value Compression

Choose the Teradata System and Database Tables to Compress


Multi-Value Compression

Save

Table Compression

System Database
Teradata V15 SQL_Class

Available Tables
Source Tables Tables to Compress
Addresses Addresses
Claims Claims
Course_Table Course_Table
Customer_Table Customer_Table
Department_Table Department_Table
X
Employee_Table Employee_Table
Job_Table Job_Table
Order_Table Order_Table
Sales_Table Sales_Table

Pick the Teradata system and database you want to compress. Place a checkmark on the tables you want to
compress and hit the blue arrow. This will move the tables with a checkmark to the “Tables to Compress”
window. Hit the SAVE button.

Page 233
Chapter 7 Teradata Multi-Value Compression

Add Another Batch or Hit the Next Button


Schedule Builder
Nexus Chameleon
Operation Type
File Edit View Query Tools Help Web Windows
Compress (Teradata Multi-Value) v History Sandbox

Test Compression
System: Teradata Batches: SQL Class
Database: EXECUTE ? New Query
Teradata
Systems Query 1
Teradata 13 (27 Objects) v X
+

Add

Output File Logging:


Directory… C:\Desktop\2016\Compress_log

Back Next Cancel

You will see your compression job in the batches window. You can hit the ADD button to add more databases if
you want. When you are done adding batches hit the NEXT button.

Page 234
Chapter 7 Teradata Multi-Value Compression

Schedule the Compression Job


Schedule Builder
Nexus Chameleon
Operation Type
File Edit View Query Tools Help Web Windows
Compress (Teradata Multi-Value) History Sandbox
Schedule Task: Start time:
System: Teradata Database: SQL Class EXECUTE ? New Query
Once
Systems
v 12:00 AM v
Query 1
Teradata
+ 1) Schedule how often you want the
Schedule Task Once task to run.
Run on: Friday, August 26, 2016 v 2) Choose a time
3) Pick a date from the Calendar
4) Put your User and Password in
Windows User: 5) Hit the Schedule button
Password:

View Schedules…

Now Back Schedule Cancel

You will now choose how often to run the query. We have chosen ONCE in this example. Choose a time to have
the query run. Pick a date on the calendar. Put in your user name and password from Windows. Hit Schedule.

Page 235
Chapter 8 Using the Scheduler

Page 236
Chapter 8 Using the Scheduler

Chapter 8 – Using the Scheduler

"The strong survive, but the courageous triumph."


– -Michael Scott

Page 237
Chapter 8 Using the Scheduler

Using the Scheduler

Nexus Chameleon
File Edit View Query Tools Help Web Windows
History Sandbox

System: Teradata Database: SQL Class EXECUTE ? New Query


Systems Query 1
+ Teradata
Press on the
calendar icon
and your
scheduling
options
will appear.

Press on the Calendar icon in the main Nexus screen toolbar (circled above in red) and your scheduling options
will appear.

Page 238
Chapter 8 Using the Scheduler

The Schedule Builder User Interface

Nexus Chameleon
File Edit View Query Tools Help Web Windows
Open the
Schedule Builder dropdown
History Sandbox

Operation
System: Teradata TypeDatabase: SQL Class EXECUTE ? New Query
Systems Query 1 v
+ Teradata
Query
Press on the
Saved Super Join
Move Data calendar icon
and your
Compare Data
Compress Teradata Multi-Value scheduling
options
will appear.

Back Next Cancel

Press on the Calendar icon in the main Nexus screen toolbar (circled above in red) and your scheduling options
will appear. You will then see the Schedule Builder User Interface. Press on the dropdown menu and choose the
Operation Type.

Page 239
Chapter 8 Using the Scheduler

Nexus Operations You Can Schedule

Nexus Chameleon
File Edit View Query Tools Help Web Windows
Schedule Builder History Sandbox

Operation
System: Teradata TypeDatabase: SQL Class EXECUTE ? New Query
Systems Query 1 v
+ Teradata
Query Highlight
Saved Super Join Press on the
Query
Move Data calendar icon
and
Compare Data and your
Click
Compress Teradata Multi-Value scheduling
options
will appear.

Back Next Cancel

From the Schedule Builder press on the dropdown menu and choose the Operation Type of Query. Then left click
the mouse.

Page 240
Chapter 8 Using the Scheduler

Scheduling a Query and the Available Options


Schedule Builder
Nexus Chameleon
Operation Type
File Edit View Query Tools Help Web Windows
Query v History Sandbox
Select System
System: Teradata Database: SQL Class EXECUTE New Query
v ?

Systems
Teradata Query 1
+ Select SQL from: 1) Select the system to run the query
Favorites
2) Choose where to get the SQL
History
3) Select a directory and file name
File
4) Choose the format for the report
Text
5) Hit NEXT when complete
Output File:
Directory…

Excel Tableau (tde)


XML Text CSV

Back Next Cancel

You must now choose the system in which to run the scheduled query. Pick where you want to get the SQL.
Name the file and the directory in which it will reside. Pick the format you want the report to be saved in. Hit the
Next button.

Page 241
Chapter 8 Using the Scheduler

Scheduling a Query Once


Schedule Builder
Nexus Chameleon
Operation Type
File Edit View Query Tools Help Web Windows
Query v History Sandbox
Schedule Task: Start time:
System: Teradata Database: SQL Class EXECUTE ? New Query
Once
Systems
v 12:00 AM v
Query 1
Teradata
+ 1) Schedule how often you want the
Schedule Task Once task to run.
Run on: Friday, August 26, 2016 v 2) Choose a time
3) Pick a date from the Calendar
4) Put your User and Password in
Windows User: 5) Hit the Schedule button
Password:

View Schedules…

Now Back Schedule Cancel

You will now choose how often to run the query. We have chosen ONCE in this example. Choose a time to have
the query run. Pick a date on the calendar. Put in your user name and password from Windows. Hit Schedule.

Page 242
Chapter 8 Using the Scheduler

Scheduling a Saved Super Join Builder Query

Nexus Chameleon
File Edit View Query Tools Help Web Windows
Open the
Schedule Builder dropdown
History Sandbox

Operation
System: Teradata TypeDatabase: SQL Class EXECUTE ? New Query
Systems Query 1 v
+ Teradata
Query
Highlight Press on the
Saved Super Join
Move Data and calendar icon
Click and your
Compare Data
Compress Teradata Multi-Value scheduling
options
will appear.

Back Next Cancel

Press on the Calendar icon in the main Nexus screen toolbar (circled above in red) and your scheduling options
will appear. You will then see the Schedule Builder User Interface. Press on the dropdown menu and choose the
Operation Type.

Page 243
Chapter 8 Using the Scheduler

Choose Your Super Saved Join and Output Type


Schedule Builder
Nexus Chameleon
Operation Type
File Edit View Query Tools Help Web Windows
Saved Super Join v History Sandbox

5-table
System: cross-system
Teradata join SQL Class
Database: EXECUTE ? New Query
Claims
Addresses
Addresses
Select *
T
Subscribers
Select * Select *
Four-Table
Systems join
Calendar_Join
Query 1 vStreet
City
Last_Name
First_Name
Claim_id
Claim_Date
+ Teradata State Gender Subscriber
Employee_Department Join Zip SSN Member_No

Three-Table Insurance Join


This is a join between the Addresses,
Subscribers and the Claims table. This should
be run every morning with the Scheduler.
Output File:
Directory…

Excel Tableau (tde)


XML Text CSV
Back Next Cancel

You must now choose the Super Join Builder query from the menu that you want to schedule. Choose the output
file name and the directory you want it stored in. Choose the output file type and hit the Next button.

Page 244
Chapter 8 Using the Scheduler

Scheduling the Query Daily


Schedule Builder
Nexus Chameleon
Operation Type
File Edit View Query Tools Help Web Windows
Saved Super Join v History Sandbox
Schedule Task: Start time:
System: Teradata Database: SQL Class EXECUTE ? New Query
Daily
Systems
v 12:00 AM v
Query 1
Teradata
+ 1) Schedule how often you want the
Schedule Task Once task to run (We chose Daily).
Every 1 Day(s) v 2) Choose a time
3) Pick the number of days
4) Put your User and Password in
Windows User: 5) Hit the Schedule button
Password:

View Schedules…

Now Back Schedule Cancel

You will now choose how often to run the query. We have chosen Daily in this example. Choose a time to have
the query run. Pick the number of days. Put in your user name and password from Windows. Hit Schedule.

Page 245
Chapter 8 Using the Scheduler

Scheduling a Move Data Operation

Nexus Chameleon
File Edit View Query Tools Help Web Windows
Open the
Schedule Builder dropdown
History Sandbox

Operation
System: Teradata TypeDatabase: SQL Class EXECUTE ? New Query
Systems Query 1 v
+ Teradata
Query
Press on the
Saved Super Join Highlight
Move Data calendar icon
and and your
Compare Data Click
Compress Teradata Multi-Value scheduling
options
will appear.

Back Next Cancel

Press on the Calendar icon in the main Nexus screen toolbar (circled above in red) and your scheduling options
will appear. You will then see the Schedule Builder User Interface. Press on the dropdown menu and choose the
Operation Type.

Page 246
Chapter 8 Using the Scheduler

Add the Data Movement Batches


Schedule Builder
Nexus Chameleon
Operation Type
File Edit View Query Tools Help Web Windows
Move Data v History Sandbox

System: Teradata Database: SQL Class EXECUTE ? New Query


Data Movement Batches:
Systems Query 1 v
+ Teradata
Add

Output File Logging:


Directory… C:\Desktop\2016\Movelog

Back Next Cancel

Choose the Output File Logging Directory and filename for the data movement logging. Then choose the ADD
button.

Page 247
Chapter 8 Using the Scheduler

Fill in the Data Movement Information


Database Movement Moves all of the tables
simultaneously. Recommended
Save when tables are reasonably small

Table Movement Move Tables in Parallel

Move Data Using:


Auto Lite Speed! Warp Speed!!!

System Database System Database


Oracle Cloud SQL_Class Teradata V15 SQL_Sandbox
Source
Source Tables
Tables Target Tables
SQL_Class SQL_Sandbox
Tables Tables
Addresses Claims
Claims X Course_Table
Course_Table Customer_Table
Customer_Table Employee_V
Views Order_V
Employee_V
Order_V Create Unique Table Names
*Double-Click tables to Change Table Names

Pick the source system and database on the left and then pick the target system and database on the right. You will
move the tables from the source to the target. Once you place a checkmark on the source tables and views you hit
the blue arrow button to move them to the Target. When you are ready hit the Save button (green arrow).

Page 248
Chapter 8 Using the Scheduler

Add the Data Movement Batches


Schedule Builder
Nexus Chameleon
Operation Type
File Edit View Query Tools Help Web Windows
Move Data v History Sandbox

System: Teradata Database: SQL Class EXECUTE ? New Query


Data Movement Batches:
Systems Query 1 v
+ TeradataCloud to Teradata 15 (5 objects)
Oracle

Add

Output File Logging:


Directory… C:\Desktop\2016\Movelog

Back Next Cancel

You have added your first batch and it will appear in the Data Movement Batches box. You can add more batches
if you choose. When you are done hit the NEXT button at the bottom of the screen.

Page 249
Chapter 8 Using the Scheduler

Schedule the Query Once, Daily, Weekly or Monthly


Schedule Builder
Nexus Chameleon
Operation Type
File Edit View Query Tools Help Web Windows
Move Data v History Sandbox
Schedule Task: Start time:
System: Teradata Database: SQL Class EXECUTE ? New Query
Daily
Systems
v 12:00 AM v
Query 1
Teradata
+ 1) Schedule how often you want the
Schedule Task Once task to run (we chose Daily).
Every 1 Day(s) v 2) Choose a time
3) Pick the number of days
4) Put your User and Password in
Windows User: 5) Hit the Schedule button
Password:

View Schedules…

Now Back Schedule Cancel

You will now choose how often to run the data movement job. We have chosen Daily in this example. Choose a
time to have the query run. Pick the number of days. Put in your user name and password from Windows. Hit
Schedule.

Page 250
Chapter 8 Using the Scheduler

Scheduling a Compare Data Operation

Nexus Chameleon
File Edit View Query Tools Help Web Windows
Open the
Schedule Builder dropdown
History Sandbox

Operation
System: Teradata TypeDatabase: SQL Class EXECUTE ? New Query
Systems Query 1 v
+ Teradata
Query
Saved Super Join Press on the
Move Data Highlight calendar icon
Compare Data and and your
Click
Compress Teradata Multi-Value scheduling
options
will appear.

Back Next Cancel

Press on the Calendar icon in the main Nexus screen toolbar (circled above in red) and your scheduling options
will appear. You will then see the Schedule Builder User Interface. Press on the dropdown menu and choose the
Operation Type.

Page 251
Chapter 8 Using the Scheduler

Add the Compare Data Batches


Schedule Builder
Nexus Chameleon
Operation Type
File Edit View Query Tools Help Web Windows
Compare Data v History Sandbox

Comparison
System: Teradata Batches:
Database: SQL Class EXECUTE ? New Query
Add
Systems Hit the1ADD
Query
Button
v
+ Teradata
Output File Logging:
Directory… C:\Desktop\2016\Movelog

Excel Tableau (tde)


XML Text CSV

Back Next Cancel

Choose the Output File Logging Directory and filename for the data movement logging. Then choose the ADD
button.

Page 252
Chapter 8 Using the Scheduler

Fill in the Compare Objects Information


Compare Objects

Save

Objects Columns Options

System Database System Database


Oracle Cloud SQL_Class Teradata V15 SQL_Class
Source
Source Tables
Tables Target Tables

Addresses Addresses
Claims Claims
Course_Table Course_Table
Customer_Table Customer_Table
Department_Table Department_Table
Employee_Table Employee_Table
Job_Table Job_Table
Order_Table Order_Table
Sales_Table Sales_Table

Pick the source system and database on the left and then pick the target system and database on the right. You will
see the Nexus attempt to line-up the tables to be compared. You can place a checkmark on the tables you want
compared. You can also drop and drag the table names up or down so they line-up perfectly. Then hit the SAVE
button’s Green Arrow.

Page 253
Chapter 8 Using the Scheduler

Scheduling a Teradata Multi-Value Compression Job

Nexus Chameleon
File Edit View Query Tools Help Web Windows
Open the
Schedule Builder dropdown
History Sandbox

Operation
System: Teradata TypeDatabase: SQL Class EXECUTE ? New Query
Systems Query 1 v
+ Teradata
Query
Saved Super Join Press on the
Move Data calendar icon
Compare Data and your
Compress Teradata Multi-Value scheduling
options
will appear.
Highlight and
Click

Back Next Cancel

Press on the Calendar icon in the main Nexus screen toolbar (circled above in red) and your scheduling options
will appear. You will then see the Schedule Builder User Interface. Press on the dropdown menu and choose the
Operation Type.

Page 254
Chapter 8 Using the Scheduler

Add the Compress Multi-Value Batches


Schedule Builder
Nexus Chameleon
Operation Type
File Edit View Query Tools Help Web Windows
Compress (Teradata Multi-Value) v History Sandbox

Test Compression
System: Teradata Batches: SQL Class
Database: EXECUTE ? New Query
Teradata
Systems Query 1 v
+ Add

Output File Logging:


Directory… C:\Desktop\2016\Compress_log

Back Next Cancel

Choose the Output File Logging Directory and filename for the compression logging. Then choose the ADD
button.

Page 255
Chapter 8 Using the Scheduler

Choose the Teradata System and Database Tables to Compress


Multi-Value Compression

Save

Table Compression

System Database
Teradata V15 SQL_Class

Available Tables
Source Tables Tables to Compress
Addresses Addresses
Claims Claims
Course_Table Course_Table
Customer_Table Customer_Table
Department_Table Department_Table
X
Employee_Table Employee_Table
Job_Table Job_Table
Order_Table Order_Table
Sales_Table Sales_Table

Pick the Teradata system and database you want to compress. Place a checkmark on the tables you want to
compress and hit the blue arrow. This will move the tables with a checkmark to the “Tables to Compress”
window. Hit the SAVE button.

Page 256
Chapter 8 Using the Scheduler

Add Another Batch or Hit the Next Button


Schedule Builder
Nexus Chameleon
Operation Type
File Edit View Query Tools Help Web Windows
Compress (Teradata Multi-Value) v History Sandbox

Test Compression
System: Teradata Batches: SQL Class
Database: EXECUTE ? New Query
Teradata
Systems Query 1
Teradata 13 (27 Objects) v X
+

Add

Output File Logging:


Directory… C:\Desktop\2016\Compress_log

Back Next Cancel

You will see your compression job in the batches window. You can hit the ADD button to add more databases if
you want. When you are done adding batches hit the NEXT button.

Page 257
Chapter 8 Using the Scheduler

Schedule the Compression Job


Schedule Builder
Nexus Chameleon
Operation Type
File Edit View Query Tools Help Web Windows
Compress (Teradata Multi-Value) History Sandbox
Schedule Task: Start time:
System: Teradata Database: SQL Class EXECUTE ? New Query
Once
Systems
v 12:00 AM v
Query 1
Teradata
+ 1) Schedule how often you want the
Schedule Task Once task to run.
Run on: Friday, August 26, 2016 v 2) Choose a time
3) Pick a date from the Calendar
4) Put your User and Password in
Windows User: 5) Hit the Schedule button
Password:

View Schedules…

Now Back Schedule Cancel

You will now choose how often to run the query. We have chosen ONCE in this example. Choose a time to have
the query run. Pick a date on the calendar. Put in your user name and password from Windows. Hit Schedule.
.

Page 258
Chapter 9 Connecting Nexus to Different Systems

Page 259
Chapter 9 Connecting Nexus to Different Systems

Chapter 9 – Connecting Nexus to Different Systems

“An invasion of Armies can be resisted, but not an idea whose time has come.”
– Victor Hugo

Page 260
Chapter 9 Connecting Nexus to Different Systems

Connecting to Teradata - Step (1-13)

Nexus Chameleon
File Edit View Query Tools Help Web Windows History Sandbox
System: Database: EXECUTE ? New Query
Systems
Systems

You should congratulate yourself because you have just installed the greatest business intelligence tool ever built.
The Nexus is going to be your best business ally for a very long time. You will now be able to query all systems,
perform joins across different systems, move data with a few clicks of the mouse and re-query all answer sets
inside your own PC. Congratulations again on making such a great decision. Turn the page and let's get some
systems connected to your Nexus.

Page 261
Chapter 9 Connecting Nexus to Different Systems

Connecting to Teradata - Step (2-13)

Nexus Chameleon
File Edit View Query Tools Help Web Windows History Sandbox
System: Database: EXECUTE ? New Query
Systems
Systems Right click here on the keyword Systems

Add Data Source Connection

Left Click on
Add Data Source Connection

When your Nexus is installed for the very first time you will want to begin connecting to a system(s). Right click
on the word Systems and then left click on Add Data Source Connection. You will see the following screen shown
on the next page.

Page 262
Chapter 9 Connecting Nexus to Different Systems

Connecting to Teradata - Step (3-13)


Add Data Source Connection

Data Source Connection


Source Type

Set Window Tab Color

Connection Properties
*Data Source Refresh Add New…

Display Name (optional)

User Login

Password Remember Password

Connection Options
Default data source connection at start-up
Auto expand connection in systems tree by one-level

Cancel Save

When you add a connection to your Nexus the Add Data Source Connection screen appears. Let's fill this out step
by step.

Page 263
Chapter 9 Connecting Nexus to Different Systems

Connecting to Teradata - Step (4-13)


Add Data Source Connection

Data Source Connection


Source Type
Click on the Source Type drop down arrow
and choose which system you want to connect

Aster Data
DatAllegro
DB2
Excel
Greenplum
Hadoop
Kognitio
SQL Server
SQL Server CE
Azure SQL Data Warehouse
SAP HANA
Netezza
Oracle
ParAccel (Matrix)
Redshift
Sybase
We have chosen to connect to Teradata
Teradata
Vertica
Generic ODBC

Click on the Source Type drop down menu and run your mouse down to the Source Type in which you want a
connection. Then, left click on that connection type. We have chosen Teradata for our first example.

Page 264
Chapter 9 Connecting Nexus to Different Systems

Connecting to Teradata - Step (5-13)


Add Data Source Connection

Data Source Connection


Source Type
Teradata Set Window Tab Color

Left click on the Set Window Tab Color Color


and a grid of colors will appear. The
color that you choose will be the color of
the system in the system tree, and on
the tabs of the answer set.

Custom colors:

Define Custom Colors


Choose a color and
hit OK OK Cancel

It is now time to pick your system color. The color that you pick will be the color of the system in the systems tree
and on all answer set tabs whenever that system is queried. You will soon recognize which system a particular
answer set came from by the color of the tab. Left click on the Set Window Tab Color icon and a color grid will
appear. Select your color.

Page 265
Chapter 9 Connecting Nexus to Different Systems

Connecting to Teradata - Step (6-13)


Add Data Source Connection

Data Source Connection


Source Type

Teradata Set Window Tab Color

Connection Properties
*Data Source Refresh Add New…

Hit the Add New


button

Left click on the Add New button. You will be redirected to the ODBC Data Source Administrator screen. Let's
check it out on the next page.

Page 266
Chapter 9 Connecting Nexus to Different Systems

Connecting to Teradata - Step (7-13)


You are currently
ODBC Data Source Administrator on the User DSN
Tab. If you want to
User DSN System DSN you
File can add
DSN the
Drivers Tracing Connection Pooling About
new system
through the You are currently on
System Data Sources: System DSN tab. the User DSN Tab.
If you hit the ADD
Name Driver Press on this tab
and turn the page. button then skip the Add…
dBASE Files Microsoft Access dBase Drivernext two*.ndx,
(*.dbf, slides*.mdx)
of
Excel the documentation.
Microsoft Excel Driver (*.xls, *.xlsx, *.xlsm, *.xlsb) Remove…
Excel Files Microsoft Excel Driver (*.xls, *.xlsx, *.xlsm, *.xlsb)
MS Access Database Microsoft Access Driver (*.mdb, *.accdb) Configure…

An ODBC system data source stores information about how to connect to the
indicated data provider. A User data source is visible to all users on this
machine, including NT services.
OK Cancel Apply Help

The ODBC Data Source Administrator screen is currently on the User DSN tab. You can hit the ADD button on
the right and add the driver here. Skip the next two slides if that is your choice. You can also choose the System
DSN tab to Add the driver. Turn the page to see the System DSN options.

Page 267
Chapter 9 Connecting Nexus to Different Systems

Connecting to Teradata - Step (8-13)

ODBC Data Source Administrator X

User DSN System DSN File DSN Drivers Tracing Connection Pooling About

User Data Sources: Click on the System DSN tab

Name Driver
Add…
dBASE Files Microsoft Access dBase Driver (*.dbf, *.ndx, *.mdx)
Excel Microsoft Excel Driver (*.xls, *.xlsx, *.xlsm, *.xlsb) Remove…
Excel Files Microsoft Excel Driver (*.xls, *.xlsx, *.xlsm, *.xlsb)
MS Access Database Microsoft Access Driver (*.mdb, *.accdb) Configure…

An ODBC system data source stores information about how to connect to


the indicated data provider. A User data source is only visible to you, and
can only be used on the current machine.

OK Cancel Apply Help

The ODBC Data Source Administrator screen must be changed to the System DSN Tab. Click on the System DSN
tab and turn the page to see the System DSN screen.

Page 268
Chapter 9 Connecting Nexus to Different Systems

Connecting to Teradata - Step (9-13)

ODBC Data Source Administrator X

User DSN System DSN File DSN Drivers Tracing Connection Pooling About

System Data Sources:

Name Driver
Add…
Press the Add button Remove…

Configure…

An ODBC system data source stores information about how to connect to


the indicated data provider. A User data source is visible to all users on
this machine, including NT services.

OK Cancel Apply Help

You are now on the System DSN tab. Press the Add button. Turn the page.

Page 269
Chapter 9 Connecting Nexus to Different Systems

Connecting to Teradata - Step (10-13)

Create New Data Source X

Select a driver for which you want to set up a data source.

Name

Hortonworks Hive ODBC Driver


Netezza
Nexus Chameleon Amazon Redshift Wire Protocol
Nexus Chameleon DB2 Wire Protocol
Nexus Chameleon Apache Hive Wire Protocol
Nexus Chameleon Greenplum Wire Protocol
Nexus Chameleon MySQL Wire Protocol
Left click on the
Nexus Chameleon SQL Server Wire Protocol
Teradata Driver Teradata

Back Finish Cancel

Anytime you are adding an Oracle, SQL Server, DB2, Click Finish
Amazon Redshift, Greenplum or MySQL system always
choose the Nexus Chameleon Wire Protocol Driver.

Pick your driver and then hit Finish. Now it is time for the ODBC Driver Setup for Teradata Database screen.
Turn the page.

Page 270
Chapter 9 Connecting Nexus to Different Systems

Connecting to Teradata - Step (11-13)

ODBC Driver Setup for Teradata Database X


Data Source
Name: OK
Description:
Cancel
Teradata Server Info
Name or IP Address Help
Authentication
Use Integrated Security

Mechanism
Parameter Change

User Name

Password
Teradata Wallet String

Optional

Default Database
Account String Options >>

Session Character Set: ASCII

This is the ODBC Driver Setup for Teradata Database. The next page will show you how to fill it in.

Page 271
Chapter 9 Connecting Nexus to Different Systems

Connecting to Teradata - Step (12-13)

ODBC Driver Setup for Teradata Database X


Data Source
Name: Teradata Prod OK
Description:
Cancel
Teradata Server Info
Name or IP Address 76.72.122.92 Help
Authentication
Use Integrated Security

Mechanism
Parameter Change

User Name TeraTom

Password
Teradata Wallet String

Optional

Default Database SQL_Class


Options >>
Account String

Session Character Set: ASCII

Fill in the name, IP Address and User Name and press OK. You will then be back to the Data Source Connection
screen.

Page 272
Chapter 9 Connecting Nexus to Different Systems

Connecting to Teradata - Step (13-13)


Add Data Source Connection
Data Source Connection
Source Type
Teradata Set Window Tab Color

Connection Properties
*Data Source Teradata Prod Refresh Add New…

Display Name (optional) Teradata Prod

TeraTom Hit refresh and your newly created


User Login
Data Source will be in the Drop Down
Password Password123
Remember Password
Connection Options
Default data source connection at start-up
Auto expand connection in systems tree by one-level

Advanced Options
Database/User Order
No Hierarchy
Hierarchy (order by parent/child) Hit save as
Default Filter the final
step
My Databases (unavailable on Hierarchy)
Databases and Users
Databases Cancel Save
Users

Fill in the appropriate information and hit the Save button. Congratulations, you have just connected to your first
system.

Page 273
Chapter 9 Connecting Nexus to Different Systems

Connecting to a SQL Server System – Step (1-12)

Nexus Chameleon
File Edit View Query Tools Help Web Windows History Sandbox
System: Database: EXECUTE ? New Query
Systems
Systems Right click here on the keyword Systems

Add Data Source Connection

Left Click on
Add Data Source Connection

To add a SQL Server system to your Nexus tree, just right click on the word Systems and then left click on the
“Add Data Source Connection” button. You will see the following screen shown on the next page.

Page 274
Chapter 9 Connecting Nexus to Different Systems

Connecting to a SQL Server System – Step (2-12)


Add Data Source Connection

Data Source Connection


Source Type
Set Window Tab Color

Connection Properties
*Data Source Refresh Add New…

Display Name (optional)

User Login

Password Remember Password


Connection Options
Default data source connection at start-up
Auto expand connection in systems tree by one-level

Cancel Save

When you add a connection to your Nexus the Add Data Source Connection screen appears. Let's fill this out step
by step.

Page 275
Chapter 9 Connecting Nexus to Different Systems

Connecting to a SQL Server System – Step (3-12)


Add Data Source Connection

Data Source Connection


Source Type
Click on the Source Type drop down arrow
and choose which system you want to connect

Aster Data
DatAllegro
DB2
Excel
Greenplum
Hadoop
Kognitio
SQL Server We have chosen to connect to SQL Server
SQL Server CE
Azure SQL Data Warehouse
SAP HANA
Netezza
Oracle
ParAccel (Matrix)
Redshift
Sybase
Teradata
Vertica
Generic ODBC

Click on the Source Type drop down menu and run your mouse down to the Source Type in which you want a
connection. Then, left click on that connection type. We have chosen to connect to a SQL Server system.

Page 276
Chapter 9 Connecting Nexus to Different Systems

Connecting to a SQL Server System – Step (4-12)


Add Data Source Connection

Data Source Connection


Source Type
SQL Server Set Window Tab Color

Connection Properties (ODBC)


ODBC DSN Refresh Add New…

Display Name (optional)

User Login Use Windows Authentication

Password Remember Password


Connection Options
Default data source connection at start-up
Auto expand connection in systems tree by one-level

Advanced Options
Default Filter
All Databases
My Databases Cancel Save

When you add a SQL Server connection to your Nexus the Add Data Source Connection screen appears. Let's fill
this out step by step.

Page 277
Chapter 9 Connecting Nexus to Different Systems

Connecting to a SQL Server System – Step (5-12)


Add Data Source Connection

Data Source Connection


Source Type

SQL Server Set Window Tab Color

Left click on the Set Window Tab Color Color


and a grid of colors will appear. The
color that you choose will be the color of
the system in the system tree, and on
the tabs of the answer set.

Custom colors:

Define Custom Colors


Choose a color and
hit OK OK Cancel

It is now time to pick your system color. The color that you pick will be the color of the system in the systems tree
and on all answer set tabs whenever that system is queried. You will soon recognize which system a particular
answer set came from by the color of the tab. Left click on the Set Window Tab Color icon and a color grid will
appear. Select your color.

Page 278
Chapter 9 Connecting Nexus to Different Systems

Connecting to a SQL Server System – Step (6-12)


Add Data Source Connection

Data Source Connection


Source Type Hit the Add New
SQL Server Set Window Tab Color button

Connection Properties (ODBC)


ODBC DSN Refresh Add New…

Display Name (optional)

User Login Use Windows Authentication

Password Remember Password


Connection Options
Default data source connection at start-up
Auto expand connection in systems tree by one-level

Advanced Options
Default Filter
All Databases
My Databases Cancel Save

Left click on the Add New button. You will be redirected to the ODBC Data Source Administrator screen. Let's
check it out on the next page.

Page 279
Chapter 9 Connecting Nexus to Different Systems

Connecting to a SQL Server System – Step (7-12)


You are currently
ODBC Data Source Administrator on the User DSN
Tab. If you want to
User DSN System DSN you
File can add
DSN the
Drivers Tracing Connection Pooling About
new system
through the You are currently on
System Data Sources: System DSN tab. the User DSN Tab.
If you hit the ADD
Name Driver Press on this tab
and turn the page. button then skip the Add…
dBASE Files Microsoft Access dBase Drivernext two*.ndx,
(*.dbf, slides*.mdx)
of
Excel the documentation.
Microsoft Excel Driver (*.xls, *.xlsx, *.xlsm, *.xlsb) Remove…
Excel Files Microsoft Excel Driver (*.xls, *.xlsx, *.xlsm, *.xlsb)
MS Access Database Microsoft Access Driver (*.mdb, *.accdb) Configure…

An ODBC system data source stores information about how to connect to the
indicated data provider. A User data source is visible to all users on this
machine, including NT services.
OK Cancel Apply Help

The ODBC Data Source Administrator screen is currently on the User DSN tab. You can hit the ADD button on
the right and add the driver here. Skip the next two slides if that is your choice. You can also choose the System
DSN tab to Add the driver. Turn the page to see the System DSN options.

Page 280
Chapter 9 Connecting Nexus to Different Systems

Connecting to a SQL Server System – Step (8-12)

ODBC Data Source Administrator X

User DSN System DSN File DSN Drivers Tracing Connection Pooling About

User Data Sources: Click on the System DSN tab

Name Driver
Add…
dBASE Files Microsoft Access dBase Driver (*.dbf, *.ndx, *.mdx)
Excel Microsoft Excel Driver (*.xls, *.xlsx, *.xlsm, *.xlsb) Remove
Excel Files Microsoft Excel Driver (*.xls, *.xlsx, *.xlsm, *.xlsb)
MS Access Database Microsoft Access Driver (*.mdb, *.accdb) Configure…

An ODBC User data source stores information about how to connect to the indicated data provider. A
User data source is only visible to you and can only be used on this computer.

OK Cancel Apply Help

The ODBC Data Source Administrator screen must be changed to the System DSN Tab. Click on the System DSN
tab and turn the page to see the System DSN screen.

Page 281
Chapter 9 Connecting Nexus to Different Systems

Connecting to a SQL Server System – Step (9-12)

ODBC Data Source Administrator X

User DSN System DSN File DSN Drivers Tracing Connection Pooling About

System Data Sources:

Name Driver
Add…
Press the Add button Remove…

Configure…

An ODBC system data source stores information about how to connect to the indicated data provider.
A User data source is visible to all users on this machine, including NT services.

OK Cancel Apply Help

You are now on the System DSN tab. Press the Add button. Turn the page.

Page 282
Chapter 9 Connecting Nexus to Different Systems

Connecting to a SQL Server System – Step (10-12)

Create New Data Source X

Select a driver for which you want to set up a data source.

Anytime you are Name


adding an Oracle,
Hortonworks Hive ODBC Driver
SQL Server, DB2, Netezza
Amazon Redshift, Nexus Chameleon Amazon Redshift Wire Protocol
Greenplum or Nexus Chameleon DB2 Wire Protocol
MySQL system Nexus Chameleon Apache Hive Wire Protocol
always choose the Nexus Chameleon Greenplum Wire Protocol
Nexus Chameleon Nexus Chameleon MySQL Wire Protocol
Nexus Chameleon SQL Server Wire Protocol
Wire Protocol Driver. Click Finish
Teradata

Left click on the


Back Finish Cancel
Nexus Chameleon SQL Server Wire Protocol Driver

Pick your driver and then hit Finish. Now it is time for the ODBC Driver Setup for the SQL Server Database
screen. Turn the page.

Page 283
Chapter 9 Connecting Nexus to Different Systems

Connecting to a SQL Server System – Step (11-12)

ODBC SQL Server Wire Protocol Driver Setup ? X


General Advanced Security Failover Pooling Bulk About

Data Source Name: SQL Server Production Help

Description:

Host Name: 52.201.187.190

Port Number: 51060

Database: Master

After filling in the


above system
information you
can test the
connection here Test Connect OK Cancel Apply

This is the ODBC SQL Server Wire Protocol Driver Setup for a SQL Server Database. The next page will show
you how to fill it in.

Page 284
Chapter 9 Connecting Nexus to Different Systems

Connecting to a SQL Server System – Step (12-12)


Add Data Source Connection
Hit the Refresh button first and
Data Source Connection then choose the SQL Server
Source Type system you created from the
SQL Server Set Window Tab Color drop down menu

Connection Properties (ODBC)


ODBC DSN SQL Server Production Refresh Add New…

Display Name (optional) SQL Server Prod

Fill in the TeraTom


Display Name, User Login Use Windows Authentication
User Login Password123
Password Remember Password
and Password
Connection Options
Default data source connection at start-up When all
Auto expand connection in systems tree by one-level information is
complete hit the
Advanced Options SAVE button
Default Filter
All Databases
My Databases Cancel Save

Fill in the appropriate information and hit the Save button. Congratulations, you have just connected to a SQL
Server system.

Page 285
Chapter 9 Connecting Nexus to Different Systems

Connecting to Azure SQL Data Warehouse – Step (1-16)

Nexus Chameleon
File Edit View Query Tools Help Web Windows History Sandbox
System: Database: EXECUTE ? New Query
Systems
Systems Right click here on the keyword Systems

Add Data Source Connection

Left Click on
Add Data Source Connection

To add an Azure SQL Data Warehouse system to your Nexus tree, just right click on the word Systems and then
left click on the “Add Data Source Connection” button. You will see the following screen shown on the next page.

Page 286
Chapter 9 Connecting Nexus to Different Systems

Connecting to Azure SQL Data Warehouse – Step (2-16)


Add Data Source Connection
Press on the Source
Data Source Connection Type dropdown menu
Source Type
Set Window Tab Color

Connection Properties
*Data Source Refresh Add New…

Display Name (optional)

User Login

Password Remember Password


Connection Options
Default data source connection at start-up
Auto expand connection in systems tree by one-level

Cancel Save

When you add a connection to your Nexus the Add Data Source Connection screen appears. Let's fill this out step
by step.

Page 287
Chapter 9 Connecting Nexus to Different Systems

Connecting to Azure SQL Data Warehouse – Step (3-16)


Add Data Source Connection

Data Source Connection


Source Type
Click on the Source Type drop down arrow
and choose which system you want to connect

Aster Data
DatAllegro
DB2
Excel
Greenplum
Hadoop
Kognitio
SQL Server
SQL Server CE
Azure SQL Data Warehouse We have chosen to connect to
SAP HANA Azure SQL Data Warehouse
Netezza
Oracle
ParAccel (Matrix)
Redshift
Sybase
Teradata
Vertica
Generic ODBC

Click on the Source Type drop down menu and run your mouse down to the Source Type in which you want a
connection. Then, left click on that connection type. We have chosen to connect to an Azure SQL Data
Warehouse system.

Page 288
Chapter 9 Connecting Nexus to Different Systems

Connecting to Azure SQL Data Warehouse – Step (4-16)


Add Data Source Connection

Data Source Connection


Source Type
Azure SQL Data Wareh Set Window Tab Color

Connection Properties (ODBC)


ODBC DSN Refresh Add New…
Display Name (optional)
User Login Use Windows Authentication
Password Remember Password
Change Password After Save

Connection Options
Default data source connection at start-up
Auto expand connection in systems tree by one-level

Advanced Options
Database Settings
Database
Default Filter
All Databases
Edit My Databases Cancel Save
My Databases

When you add an Azure SQL Data Warehouse connection to your Nexus the Add Data Source Connection screen
appears. Let's fill this out step by step.

Page 289
Chapter 9 Connecting Nexus to Different Systems

Connecting to Azure SQL Data Warehouse – Step (5-16)


Add Data Source Connection

Data Source Connection


Source Type

Azure SQL Data Wareh Set Window Tab Color

Color
Left click on the Set Window Tab Color
and a grid of colors will appear. The
color that you choose will be the color of
the system in the system tree, and on
the tabs of the answer set.

Custom colors:

Define Custom Colors


Choose a color and
hit OK OK Cancel

It is now time to pick your system color. The color that you pick will be the color of the system in the systems tree
and on all answer set tabs whenever that system is queried. You will soon recognize which system a particular
answer set came from by the color of the tab. Left click on the Set Window Tab Color icon and a color grid will
appear. Select your color.

Page 290
Chapter 9 Connecting Nexus to Different Systems

Connecting to Azure SQL Data Warehouse – Step (6-16)


Add Data Source Connection

Data Source Connection


Source Type Hit the Add New
Azure SQL Data Wareh button
Set Window Tab Color

Connection Properties (ODBC)


ODBC DSN Refresh Add New…
Display Name (optional)

User Login Use Windows Authentication


Password Remember Password
Change Password After Save

Connection Options
Default data source connection at start-up
Auto expand connection in systems tree by one-level

Advanced Options
Database Settings
Database
Default Filter
All Databases
Edit My Databases Cancel Save
My Databases

Left click on the Add New button. You will be redirected to the ODBC Data Source Administrator screen. Let's
check it out on the next page.

Page 291
Chapter 9 Connecting Nexus to Different Systems

Connecting to Azure SQL Data Warehouse – Step (7-16)


You are currently
ODBC Data Source Administrator on the User DSN
Tab. If you want to
User DSN System DSN you
File can add
DSN the
Drivers Tracing Connection Pooling About
new system
through the You are currently on
System Data Sources: System DSN tab. the User DSN Tab.
If you hit the ADD
Name Driver Press on this tab
and turn the page. button then skip the Add…
dBASE Files Microsoft Access dBase Drivernext two*.ndx,
(*.dbf, slides*.mdx)
of
Excel the documentation.
Microsoft Excel Driver (*.xls, *.xlsx, *.xlsm, *.xlsb) Remove…
Excel Files Microsoft Excel Driver (*.xls, *.xlsx, *.xlsm, *.xlsb)
MS Access Database Microsoft Access Driver (*.mdb, *.accdb) Configure…

An ODBC system data source stores information about how to connect to the
indicated data provider. A User data source is visible to all users on this
machine, including NT services.
OK Cancel Apply Help

The ODBC Data Source Administrator screen is currently on the User DSN tab. You can hit the ADD button on
the right and add the driver here. Skip the next two slides if that is your choice. You can also choose the System
DSN tab to Add the driver. Turn the page to see the System DSN options.

Page 292
Chapter 9 Connecting Nexus to Different Systems

Connecting to Azure SQL Data Warehouse – Step (8-16)

ODBC Data Source Administrator X

User DSN System DSN File DSN Drivers Tracing Connection Pooling About

User Data Sources: Click on the System DSN tab

Name Driver
Add…
dBASE Files Microsoft Access dBase Driver (*.dbf, *.ndx, *.mdx)
Excel Microsoft Excel Driver (*.xls, *.xlsx, *.xlsm, *.xlsb) Remove
Excel Files Microsoft Excel Driver (*.xls, *.xlsx, *.xlsm, *.xlsb)
MS Access Database Microsoft Access Driver (*.mdb, *.accdb) Configure…

An ODBC User data source stores information about how to connect to the indicated data provider. A
User data source is only visible to you and can only be used on this computer.

OK Cancel Apply Help

The ODBC Data Source Administrator screen must be changed to the System DSN Tab. Click on the System DSN
tab and turn the page to see the System DSN screen.

Page 293
Chapter 9 Connecting Nexus to Different Systems

Connecting to Azure SQL Data Warehouse – Step (9-16)

ODBC Data Source Administrator X

User DSN System DSN File DSN Drivers Tracing Connection Pooling About

System Data Sources:

Name Driver
Add…

Press the Add button Remove…

Configure…

An ODBC system data source stores information about how to connect to the indicated data provider.
A User data source is visible to all users on this machine, including NT services.

OK Cancel Apply Help

You are now on the System DSN tab. Press the Add button. Turn the page.

Page 294
Chapter 9 Connecting Nexus to Different Systems

Connecting to Azure SQL Data Warehouse – Step (10-16)

Create New Data Source X

Select a driver for which you want to set up a data source.

Anytime you are Name


adding an Oracle,
Hortonworks Hive ODBC Driver
SQL Server, DB2, Netezza
Amazon Redshift, Nexus Chameleon Amazon Redshift Wire Protocol
Greenplum or Nexus Chameleon DB2 Wire Protocol
MySQL system Nexus Chameleon Apache Hive Wire Protocol
always choose the Nexus Chameleon Greenplum Wire Protocol
Nexus Chameleon Nexus Chameleon SQL Server Wire Protocol
ODBC Driver 11 for SQL Server
Wire Protocol Driver. Click Finish
Teradata

Left click on the


Back Finish Cancel
ODBC Driver 11 for SQL Server

Pick your driver and then hit Finish. Now it is time for the ODBC Driver Setup for the Azure SQL Data
Warehouse Database screen. Turn the page.

Page 295
Chapter 9 Connecting Nexus to Different Systems

Connecting to Azure SQL Data Warehouse – Step (11-16)


Microsoft SQL Server DSN Configuration ? X
This wizard will help you create an ODBC data source that
you can use to connect to SQL Server.

What name to you want to use to refer to the data source?

Name: Azure SDW

Do you want to describe the data source?


Description:

Which SQL Server do you want to connect to?

Server: Coffingsdw.database.windows.net

Finish Next > Cancel Help

This is the Microsoft SQL Server DSN Configuration screen. This is currently used to connect to Azure SQL Data
Warehouse systems. Fill in the NAME and the SERVER and hit the NEXT button.

Page 296
Chapter 9 Connecting Nexus to Different Systems

Connecting to Azure SQL Data Warehouse – Step (12-16)


Microsoft SQL Server DSN Configuration ? X

How should SQL Server verify the authenticity of the login ID?

With Integrated Windows authentication.

SPN (Optional)

With SQL Server authentication using a login ID and


password entered by the user.

Login ID: TeraTom

Password:

Back Next > Cancel Help

This is the next Microsoft SQL Server DSN Configuration screen you will see. This is currently used to connect to
Azure SQL Data Warehouse systems. Choose how you want to handle security when you login and hit the NEXT
button.

Page 297
Chapter 9 Connecting Nexus to Different Systems

Connecting to Azure SQL Data Warehouse – Step (13-16)


Microsoft SQL Server DSN Configuration ? X
Change the default database to:
Coffingsdw
Mirror Server:

SPN for mirror server (Optional):

Attach database filename:

Use ANSI quoted identifiers.


Use ANSI nulls, paddings and warnings.
Application intent:
READWRITE

Multi-subnet failover.

Back Next > Cancel Help

This is the next Microsoft SQL Server DSN Configuration screen you will see. This is currently used to also
connect to Azure SQL Data Warehouse systems. The example above is how we setup our server. You might
require different settings. Hit the NEXT button when finished.

Page 298
Chapter 9 Connecting Nexus to Different Systems

Connecting to Azure SQL Data Warehouse – Step (14-16)


Microsoft SQL Server DSN Configuration ? X
Change the language of SQL Server system messages to:
(Default)
Use strong encryption for data
Perform translation for character data
Use regional setting when outputting currency, numbers, dates and times.
Save long running queries to the log file:
C:\Users\TeraTom\appData\local\Temp\QUEF Browse…
Long query time (milliseconds): 30000
Log ODBC driver statistics to the log file:
C:\Users\TeraTom\appData\local\Temp\STAT Browse…
Connect retry count: 1
Connect Retry Interval (seconds) 10

Back FINISH Cancel Help

This is the next Microsoft SQL Server DSN Configuration screen you will see. This is currently used to connect to
Azure SQL Data Warehouse systems. The example above is how we setup our server. You might require different
settings. Hit the NEXT button when finished.

Page 299
Chapter 9 Connecting Nexus to Different Systems

Connecting to Azure SQL Data Warehouse – Step (15-16)


Microsoft SQL Server DSN Configuration ? X
A new ODBC data source will be created with the following configuration:
Microsoft ODBC Driver for SQL Server Version 12:00.4219
Data Source Name: Azure SDW
Data Source Description:
Server: coffingsdw.database.windows.net
Use Integrated Security: No
Database: coffingsdw
Language: (Default)
Data Encryption: No
Trust Server Certificate: No
Multiple Active Result Sets(MARS): No
Mirror Server:
Translate Character Data: Yes
Log Long Running Queries: No
Log Driver Statistics: No
Use Regional Settings: No
Use ANSI Quoted Identifiers: Yes
Use ANSI Null, Paddings and Warnings: Yes

Test Data Source… OK Cancel

This is the next Microsoft SQL Server DSN Configuration screen you will see. This is currently used to connect to
Azure SQL Data Warehouse systems. The example above recaps the information we used to setup our system.
You might require different settings. Hit the TEST DATA SOURCE button to test the connection. Then hit the
OK button.

Page 300
Chapter 9 Connecting Nexus to Different Systems

Connecting to Azure SQL Data Warehouse – Step (16-16)


Add Data Source Connection Hit the REFRESH
Button and choose
Data Source Connection your system from the
Source Type dropdown menu
Azure SQL Data Wareh Set Window Tab Color

Connection Properties (ODBC)


ODBC DSN Azure SDW Refresh Add New…
Display Name (optional) Azure SDW (coffingsdw)

User Login TeraTom Use Windows Authentication


Password ******** Remember Password
Change Password After Save

Connection Options
Default data source connection at start-up
Auto expand connection in systems tree by one-level

Advanced Options Hit the SAVE


Database Settings button when you
coffingsdw are finished
Database
Default Filter
All Databases
Edit My Databases Cancel Save
My Databases

Fill in all information and hit the Save button. Congratulations, your connected to an Azure SQL Data Warehouse.

Page 301
Chapter 9 Connecting Nexus to Different Systems

Connecting to an Oracle System – Step (1-12)

Nexus Chameleon
File Edit View Query Tools Help Web Windows History Sandbox
System: Database: EXECUTE ? New Query
Systems
Systems Right click here on the keyword Systems

Add Data Source Connection

Left Click on
Add Data Source Connection

To add an Oracle system to your Nexus tree, just right click on the word Systems and then left click on the “Add
Data Source Connection” button. You will see the following screen shown on the next page.

Page 302
Chapter 9 Connecting Nexus to Different Systems

Connecting to an Oracle System – Step (2-12)


Add Data Source Connection

Data Source Connection


Source Type
Set Window Tab Color

Connection Properties
*Data Source Refresh Add New…

Display Name (optional)

User Login

Password Remember Password

Connection Options
Default data source connection at start-up
Auto expand connection in systems tree by one-level

Cancel Save

When you add a connection to your Nexus the Add Data Source Connection screen appears. Let's fill this out step
by step.

Page 303
Chapter 9 Connecting Nexus to Different Systems

Connecting to an Oracle System – Step (3-12)


Add Data Source Connection

Data Source Connection


Source Type
Click on the Source Type drop down arrow
and choose which system you want to connect

Aster Data
DatAllegro
DB2
Excel
Greenplum
Hadoop
Kognitio
SQL Server
SQL Server CE
Azure SQL Data Warehouse
SAP HANA
Netezza
Oracle We have chosen to connect to Oracle
ParAccel (Matrix)
Redshift
Sybase
Teradata
Vertica
Generic ODBC

Click on the Source Type drop down menu and run your mouse down to the Source Type in which you want a
connection. Then, left click on that connection type. We have chosen to connect to an Oracle system.

Page 304
Chapter 9 Connecting Nexus to Different Systems

Connecting to an Oracle System – Step (4-12)


Add Data Source Connection

Data Source Connection


Source Type
Oracle Set Window Tab Color

Connection Properties (ODBC)


ODBC DSN Refresh Add New…
Display Name (optional)
User Login
Password Remember Password

Change Password After Save


Connection Options
Default data source connection at start-up
Auto expand connection in systems tree by one-level

Advanced Options
Default Filter
All Databases
My Databases Cancel Save
Edit My Databases

When you add an Oracle connection to your Nexus the Add Data Source Connection screen appears. Let's fill this
out step by step.

Page 305
Chapter 9 Connecting Nexus to Different Systems

Connecting to an Oracle System – Step (5-12)


Add Data Source Connection

Data Source Connection


Source Type

Oracle Set Window Tab Color

Left click on the Set Window Tab Color Color


and a grid of colors will appear. The
color that you choose will be the color of
the system in the system tree, and on
the tabs of the answer set.

Custom colors:

Define Custom Colors


Choose a color and
hit OK OK Cancel

It is now time to pick your system color. The color that you pick will be the color of the system in the systems tree
and on all answer set tabs whenever that system is queried. You will soon recognize which system a particular
answer set came from by the color of the tab. Left click on the Set Window Tab Color icon and a color grid will
appear. Select your color.

Page 306
Chapter 9 Connecting Nexus to Different Systems

Connecting to an Oracle System – Step (6-12)


Add Data Source Connection

Data Source Connection


Source Type Hit the Add New
Oracle Set Window Tab Color button

Connection Properties (ODBC)


ODBC DSN Refresh Add New…
Display Name (optional)
User Login
Password Remember Password

Change Password After Save


Connection Options
Default data source connection at start-up
Auto expand connection in systems tree by one-level

Advanced Options
Default Filter
All Databases
My Databases Cancel Save
Edit My Databases

Left click on the Add New button. You will be redirected to the ODBC Data Source Administrator screen. Let's
check it out on the next page.

Page 307
Chapter 9 Connecting Nexus to Different Systems

Connecting to an Oracle System – Step (7-12)


You are currently
ODBC Data Source Administrator on the User DSN
Tab. If you want to
User DSN System DSN you
File can add
DSN the
Drivers Tracing Connection Pooling About
new system
through the You are currently on
System Data Sources: System DSN tab. the User DSN Tab.
If you hit the ADD
Name Driver Press on this tab
and turn the page. button then skip the Add…
dBASE Files Microsoft Access dBase Drivernext two*.ndx,
(*.dbf, slides*.mdx)
of
Excel the documentation.
Microsoft Excel Driver (*.xls, *.xlsx, *.xlsm, *.xlsb) Remove…
Excel Files Microsoft Excel Driver (*.xls, *.xlsx, *.xlsm, *.xlsb)
MS Access Database Microsoft Access Driver (*.mdb, *.accdb) Configure…

An ODBC system data source stores information about how to connect to the
indicated data provider. A User data source is visible to all users on this
machine, including NT services.
OK Cancel Apply Help

The ODBC Data Source Administrator screen is currently on the User DSN tab. You can hit the ADD button on
the right and add the driver here. Skip the next two slides if that is your choice. You can also choose the System
DSN tab to Add the driver. Turn the page to see the System DSN options.

Page 308
Chapter 9 Connecting Nexus to Different Systems

Connecting to an Oracle System – Step (8-12)

ODBC Data Source Administrator X

User DSN System DSN File DSN Drivers Tracing Connection Pooling About

User Data Sources: Click on the System DSN tab

Name Driver
Add…
dBASE Files Microsoft Access dBase Driver (*.dbf, *.ndx, *.mdx)
Excel Microsoft Excel Driver (*.xls, *.xlsx, *.xlsm, *.xlsb) Remove
Excel Files Microsoft Excel Driver (*.xls, *.xlsx, *.xlsm, *.xlsb)
MS Access Database Microsoft Access Driver (*.mdb, *.accdb) Configure…

An ODBC User data source stores information about how to connect to the indicated data provider. A
User data source is only visible to you and can only be used on this computer.

OK Cancel Apply Help

The ODBC Data Source Administrator screen must be changed to the System DSN Tab. Click on the System DSN
tab and turn the page to see the System DSN screen.

Page 309
Chapter 9 Connecting Nexus to Different Systems

Connecting to an Oracle System – Step (9-12)

ODBC Data Source Administrator X

User DSN System DSN File DSN Drivers Tracing Connection Pooling About

System Data Sources:

Name Driver
Add…
Press the Add button Remove…

Configure…

An ODBC system data source stores information about how to connect to the indicated data provider.
A User data source is visible to all users on this machine, including NT services.

OK Cancel Apply Help

You are now on the System DSN tab. Press the Add button. Turn the page.

Page 310
Chapter 9 Connecting Nexus to Different Systems

Connecting to an Oracle System – Step (10-12)

Create New Data Source X

Select a driver for which you want to set up a data source.

Name Left click on the


Anytime you are
Nexus Chameleon
adding an Oracle,
Hortonworks Hive ODBC Driver Oracle Wire
SQL Server, DB2, Netezza Protocol Driver
Amazon Redshift, Nexus Chameleon MySQL Wire Protocol
Greenplum or Nexus Chameleon OpenEdge Wire Protocol
MySQL system Nexus Chameleon Oracle
always choose the Nexus Chameleon Oracle Wire Protocol
Nexus Chameleon Nexus Chameleon PostgreSQL Wire Protocol
Nexus Chameleon SQL Server Wire Protocol
Wire Protocol Driver. Click Finish
Teradata

Back Finish Cancel

Pick your driver and then hit Finish. Now it is time for the ODBC Driver Setup for the Oracle Database screen.
Turn the page.

Page 311
Chapter 9 Connecting Nexus to Different Systems

Connecting to an Oracle System – Step (11-12)

ODBC Oracle Wire Protocol Driver Setup ? X


Pooling Bulk Client Monitoring Advanced Security About
General Advanced Security Performance Failover

Data Source Name: Oracle Production Help

Description: This is our OLTP System


Standard Connection
Host: 52.201.187.192

Port Number: 1521

SID: When
everything is
Service Name: XE done hit Apply
After filling in the and then OK
system
information you
can test the Test Connect OK Cancel Apply
connection here

This is the ODBC Oracle Wire Protocol Driver Setup for an Oracle Database.

Page 312
Chapter 9 Connecting Nexus to Different Systems

Connecting to an Oracle System – Step (12-12)


Add Data Source Connection
Hit the Refresh button first and
Data Source Connection then choose Oracle system you
Source Type created from the drop down
Oracle Set Window Tab Color menu

Connection Properties (ODBC)


ODBC DSN Oracle Production Refresh Add New…
Display Name (optional) Oracle Prod

User Login TeraTom


Fill in the
Display Name, Password Password123 Remember Password
User Login
and Password Change Password After Save

Connection Options
Default data source connection at start-up When all
Auto expand connection in systems tree by one-level information is
complete hit the
Advanced Options SAVE button
Default Filter
All Databases
My Databases Edit My Databases Cancel Save

Fill in the appropriate information and hit the Save button. Congratulations, you have just connected to an Oracle
system.

Page 313
Chapter 9 Connecting Nexus to Different Systems

Connecting to Hadoop – Step (1-12)

Nexus Chameleon
File Edit View Query Tools Help Web Windows History Sandbox
System: Database: EXECUTE ? New Query
Systems
Systems Right click here on the
keyword Systems

This is how you connect to a Hadoop system. Let’s get started. Right click on the Systems at the top of your
Systems Tree.

Page 314
Chapter 9 Connecting Nexus to Different Systems

Connecting to Hadoop – Step (2-12)

Nexus Chameleon
File Edit View Query Tools Help Web Windows History Sandbox
System: Database: EXECUTE ? New Query
Systems
Systems Right click here on the keyword
Systems
Add Data Source Connection

Left Click on
Add Data Source Connection

When your Nexus is installed for the very first time you will want to begin connecting to a system(s). Right click
on the word Systems and then left click on Add Data Source Connection. You will see the following screen shown
on the next page.

Page 315
Chapter 9 Connecting Nexus to Different Systems

Connecting to Hadoop – Step (3-12)


Add Data Source Connection
Click on the Source Type drop down arrow
Data Source Connection and choose which system you want to connect
Source Type
Set Window Tab Color

Connection Properties

Data Source Refresh Add New…

Display Name (optional)


User Login
Password Remember Password

Connection Options
Default data source connection at start-up
Auto expand connection in systems tree by one-level

Advanced Properties
Database Settings
Default Database
Default Filter
All Databases Edit My Databases Cancel Save
My Databases

When you add a connection to your Nexus the Add Data Source Connection screen appears. Let's fill this out step
by step. The next step is to left click on the Source Type dropdown menu.

Page 316
Chapter 9 Connecting Nexus to Different Systems

Connecting to Hadoop – Step (4-12)


Add Data Source Connection

Data Source Connection


Source Type
Click on the Source Type drop down arrow
and choose which system you want to connect

Aster Data
DatAllegro
DB2
Excel
Greenplum We have chosen to connect
Hadoop
Kognitio to Hadoop
SQL Server
SQL Server CE
Azure SQL Data Warehouse
SAP HANA
Netezza
Oracle
ParAccel (Matrix)
Redshift
Sybase
Teradata
Vertica
Generic ODBC

Click on the Source Type drop down menu and run your mouse down to the Source Type in which you want a
connection. Then, left click on that connection type. We have chosen Hadoop in this example.

Page 317
Chapter 9 Connecting Nexus to Different Systems

Connecting to Hadoop – Step (5-12)


Add Data Source Connection

Data Source Connection


Source Type
Hadoop Set Window Tab Color

Color
Left click on the Set Window Tab Color
and a grid of colors will appear. The
color that you choose will be the color of
the system in the system tree, and on
the tabs of the answer set.

Custom colors:

Define Custom Colors


Choose a color and
hit OK OK Cancel

It is now time to pick your system color. The color that you pick will be the color of the system in the systems tree
and on all answer set tabs whenever that system is queried. You will soon recognize which system a particular
answer set came from by the color of the tab. Left click on the Set Window Tab Color icon and a color grid will
appear. Select your color.

Page 318
Chapter 9 Connecting Nexus to Different Systems

Connecting to Hadoop – Step (6-12)


Add Data Source Connection
Hit the
Data Source Connection
Add New
Source Type button
Hadoop Set Window Tab Color

Connection Properties (ODBC)

Data Source Refresh Add New…

Display Name (optional)

User Login
Password Remember Password

Connection Options
Default data source connection at start-up
Auto expand connection in systems tree by one-level

Advanced Properties
Database Settings
Default Database
Default Filter
All Databases Edit My Databases Cancel Save
My Databases

Left click on the Add New button. You will be redirected to the ODBC Data Source Administrator screen. Let's
check it out on the next page.

Page 319
Chapter 9 Connecting Nexus to Different Systems

Connecting to Hadoop – Step (7-12)


You are currently
ODBC Data Source Administrator on the User DSN
Tab. If you want to
User DSN System DSN you
File can add
DSN the
Drivers Tracing Connection Pooling About
new system
through the You are currently on
System Data Sources: System DSN tab. the User DSN Tab.
If you hit the ADD
Name Driver Press on this tab
and turn the page. button then skip the Add…
dBASE Files Microsoft Access dBase Drivernext two*.ndx,
(*.dbf, slides*.mdx)
of
Excel the documentation.
Microsoft Excel Driver (*.xls, *.xlsx, *.xlsm, *.xlsb) Remove…
Excel Files Microsoft Excel Driver (*.xls, *.xlsx, *.xlsm, *.xlsb)
MS Access Database Microsoft Access Driver (*.mdb, *.accdb) Configure…

An ODBC system data source stores information about how to connect to the
indicated data provider. A User data source is visible to all users on this
machine, including NT services.
OK Cancel Apply Help

The ODBC Data Source Administrator screen is currently on the User DSN tab. You can hit the ADD button on
the right and add the driver here. Skip the next two slides if that is your choice. You can also choose the System
DSN tab to Add the driver. Turn the page to see the System DSN options.

Page 320
Chapter 9 Connecting Nexus to Different Systems

Connecting to Hadoop – Step (8-12)

ODBC Data Source Administrator X

User DSN System DSN File DSN Drivers Tracing Connection Pooling About

User Data Sources: Click on the System DSN tab

Name Driver
Add…
dBASE Files Microsoft Access dBase Driver (*.dbf, *.ndx, *.mdx)
Excel Microsoft Excel Driver (*.xls, *.xlsx, *.xlsm, *.xlsb) Remove
Excel Files Microsoft Excel Driver (*.xls, *.xlsx, *.xlsm, *.xlsb)
MS Access Database Microsoft Access Driver (*.mdb, *.accdb) Configure…

An ODBC User data source stores information about how to connect to the indicated data provider. A
User data source is only visible to you and can only be used on this computer.

OK Cancel Apply Help

The ODBC Data Source Administrator screen must be changed to the System DSN Tab. Click on the System DSN
tab and turn the page to see the System DSN screen.

Page 321
Chapter 9 Connecting Nexus to Different Systems

Connecting to Hadoop – Step (9-12)

ODBC Data Source Administrator X

User DSN System DSN File DSN Drivers Tracing Connection Pooling About

System Data Sources:

Name Driver
Add…
Press the Add button Remove…

Configure…

An ODBC system data source stores information about how to connect to the indicated data provider.
A User data source is visible to all users on this machine, including NT services.

OK Cancel Apply Help

You are now on the System DSN tab. Press the Add button. Turn the page.

Page 322
Chapter 9 Connecting Nexus to Different Systems

Connecting to Hadoop – Step (10-12)

Create New Data Source X

Select a driver for which you want to set up a data source.

Name
Left click on the Aster ODBC Driver
Hadoop Driver Hortonworks Hive ODBC Driver
Nexus Chameleon Amazon Redshift Wire Protocol
Anytime you are Nexus Chameleon DB2 Wire Protocol
adding an Oracle, SQL Nexus Chameleon MySQL Wire Protocol
Server, DB2, Nexus Chameleon Greenplum Wire Protocol
Amazon Redshift, Nexus Chameleon Oracle Wire Protocol
Nexus Chameleon SQL Server Wire Protocol
Greenplum or MySQL
Teradata
system always
choose the Nexus
Chameleon Wire Back Finish Cancel
Protocol Driver.
Click Finish

Pick your driver and then hit Finish. Now it is time for the ODBC Driver Setup for Hadoop. Turn the page.

Page 323
Chapter 9 Connecting Nexus to Different Systems

Connecting to Hadoop – Step (11-12)


Hortonworks Hive ODBC Driver DSN Setup X
Data Source Name: Hadoop
Description: Hadoop System on-premises
Hive Server Type: Hive Server 2
Service Discovery Mode: No Service Discovery
Host(s): cdw.southcentralus.cloudapp.azure.com

Port: 1000

Database: default
ZooKeeper Namespace:
Mechanism: User Name and Password
Realm:
Host FQDN:
Service Name:
Hit TEST to
User Name: teratom check the
Password: connection.
Save Password Encrypted Hit OK when
Delegation UID: you are done.
Thrift Transport: SASL HTTP Options SSL Options

Advanced Options… Logging Options… Test OK Cancel

This is the Hortonworks Hive ODBC Driver DSN Setup screen. This is how we filled in our system.

Page 324
Chapter 9 Connecting Nexus to Different Systems

Connecting to Hadoop – Step (12-12)


Add Data Source Connection
Hit the Refresh button first and
Data Source Connection then choose the Hadoop system
Source Type you created from the drop down
Hadoop menu
Set Window Tab Color

Connection Properties

Data Source Hadoop Refresh Add New…

Display Name (optional) Hadoop on-premises

User Login teratom

Password ******** Remember Password

Connection Options
Default data source connection at start-up
Auto expand connection in systems tree by one-level

Advanced Properties
Database Settings
Default Database default
Default Filter
All Databases Edit My Databases Cancel Save
My Databases

Fill in the appropriate information and hit the Save button. Congratulations, you just connected to Hadoop.

Page 325
Chapter 9 Connecting Nexus to Different Systems

Connecting to Aster Data – Step (1-12)

Nexus Chameleon
File Edit View Query Tools Help Web Windows History Sandbox
System: Database: EXECUTE ? New Query
Systems
Systems Right click here on the
keyword Systems

This is how you connect to an Aster Data system. Let’s get started. Right click on the Systems at the top of your
Systems Tree.

Page 326
Chapter 9 Connecting Nexus to Different Systems

Connecting to Aster Data – Step (2-12)

Nexus Chameleon
File Edit View Query Tools Help Web Windows History Sandbox
System: Database: EXECUTE ? New Query
Systems
Systems Right click here on the keyword
Systems
Add Data Source Connection

Left Click on
Add Data Source Connection

When your Nexus is installed for the very first time you will want to begin connecting to a system(s). Right click
on the word Systems and then left click on Add Data Source Connection. You will see the following screen shown
on the next page.

Page 327
Chapter 9 Connecting Nexus to Different Systems

Connecting to Aster Data – Step (3-12)


Add Data Source Connection
Click on the Source Type drop down arrow
Data Source Connection and choose which system you want to connect
Source Type
Set Window Tab Color

Connection Properties

*Data Source Refresh Add New…

Display Name (optional)


User Login
Password Remember Password

Connection Options
Default data source connection at start-up
Auto expand connection in systems tree by one-level

Advanced Options
Database Settings
Default Database
Default Filter
All Databases Edit My Databases Cancel Save
My Databases

When you add a connection to your Nexus the Add Data Source Connection screen appears. Let's fill this out step
by step. The next step is to left click on the Source Type dropdown menu.

Page 328
Chapter 9 Connecting Nexus to Different Systems

Connecting to Aster Data – Step (4-12)


Add Data Source Connection

Data Source Connection


Source Type
Click on the Source Type drop down arrow
and choose which system you want to connect

Aster Data We have chosen to connect


DatAllegro to Aster Data
DB2
Excel
Greenplum
Hadoop
Kognitio
SQL Server
SQL Server CE
Azure SQL Data Warehouse
SAP HANA
Netezza
Oracle
ParAccel (Matrix)
Redshift
Sybase
Teradata
Vertica
Generic ODBC

Click on the Source Type drop down menu and run your mouse down to the Source Type in which you want a
connection. Then, left click on that connection type. We have chosen Aster Data in this example.

Page 329
Chapter 9 Connecting Nexus to Different Systems

Connecting to Aster Data – Step (5-12)


Add Data Source Connection

Data Source Connection


Source Type
Aster Data Set Window Tab Color

Color
Left click on the Set Window Tab Color
and a grid of colors will appear. The
color that you choose will be the color of
the system in the system tree, and on
the tabs of the answer set.

Custom colors:

Define Custom Colors


Choose a color and
hit OK OK Cancel

It is now time to pick your system color. The color that you pick will be the color of the system in the systems tree
and on all answer set tabs whenever that system is queried. You will soon recognize which system a particular
answer set came from by the color of the tab. Left click on the Set Window Tab Color icon and a color grid will
appear. Select your color.

Page 330
Chapter 9 Connecting Nexus to Different Systems

Connecting to Aster Data – Step (6-12)


Add Data Source Connection
Hit the
Data Source Connection
Add New
Source Type button
Aster Data Set Window Tab Color

Connection Properties (ODBC)

*Data Source Refresh Add New…

Display Name (optional)

User Login
Password Remember Password

Connection Options
Default data source connection at start-up
Auto expand connection in systems tree by one-level

Advanced Options
Database Settings
Default Database
Default Filter
All Databases Edit My Databases Cancel Save
My Databases

Left click on the Add New button. You will be redirected to the ODBC Data Source Administrator screen. Let's
check it out on the next page.

Page 331
Chapter 9 Connecting Nexus to Different Systems

Connecting to Aster Data – Step (7-12)


You are currently
ODBC Data Source Administrator on the User DSN
Tab. If you want to
User DSN System DSN you
File can add
DSN the
Drivers Tracing Connection Pooling About
new system
through the You are currently on
System Data Sources: System DSN tab. the User DSN Tab.
If you hit the ADD
Name Driver Press on this tab
and turn the page. button then skip the Add…
dBASE Files Microsoft Access dBase Drivernext two*.ndx,
(*.dbf, slides*.mdx)
of
Excel the documentation.
Microsoft Excel Driver (*.xls, *.xlsx, *.xlsm, *.xlsb) Remove…
Excel Files Microsoft Excel Driver (*.xls, *.xlsx, *.xlsm, *.xlsb)
MS Access Database Microsoft Access Driver (*.mdb, *.accdb) Configure…

An ODBC system data source stores information about how to connect to the
indicated data provider. A User data source is visible to all users on this
machine, including NT services.
OK Cancel Apply Help

The ODBC Data Source Administrator screen is currently on the User DSN tab. You can hit the ADD button on
the right and add the driver here. Skip the next two slides if that is your choice. You can also choose the System
DSN tab to Add the driver. Turn the page to see the System DSN options.

Page 332
Chapter 9 Connecting Nexus to Different Systems

Connecting to Aster Data – Step (8-12)

ODBC Data Source Administrator X

User DSN System DSN File DSN Drivers Tracing Connection Pooling About

User Data Sources: Click on the System DSN tab

Name Driver
Add…
dBASE Files Microsoft Access dBase Driver (*.dbf, *.ndx, *.mdx)
Excel Microsoft Excel Driver (*.xls, *.xlsx, *.xlsm, *.xlsb) Remove
Excel Files Microsoft Excel Driver (*.xls, *.xlsx, *.xlsm, *.xlsb)
MS Access Database Microsoft Access Driver (*.mdb, *.accdb) Configure…

An ODBC User data source stores information about how to connect to the indicated data provider. A
User data source is only visible to you and can only be used on this computer.

OK Cancel Apply Help

The ODBC Data Source Administrator screen must be changed to the System DSN Tab. Click on the System DSN
tab and turn the page to see the System DSN screen.

Page 333
Chapter 9 Connecting Nexus to Different Systems

Connecting to Aster Data – Step (9-12)

ODBC Data Source Administrator X

User DSN System DSN File DSN Drivers Tracing Connection Pooling About

System Data Sources:

Name Driver
Add…
Press the Add button Remove…

Configure…

An ODBC system data source stores information about how to connect to the indicated data provider.
A User data source is visible to all users on this machine, including NT services.

OK Cancel Apply Help

You are now on the System DSN tab. Press the Add button. Turn the page.

Page 334
Chapter 9 Connecting Nexus to Different Systems

Connecting to Aster Data – Step (10-12)

Create New Data Source X

Select a driver for which you want to set up a data source.

Name
Left click on the Aster ODBC Driver
Aster ODBC Driver Netezza
Nexus Chameleon Amazon Redshift Wire Protocol
Anytime you are Nexus Chameleon DB2 Wire Protocol
adding an Oracle, SQL Nexus Chameleon MySQL Wire Protocol
Server, DB2, Nexus Chameleon Greenplum Wire Protocol
Amazon Redshift, Nexus Chameleon Oracle Wire Protocol
Nexus Chameleon SQL Server Wire Protocol
Greenplum or MySQL
Teradata
system always
choose the Nexus
Chameleon Wire Back Finish Cancel
Protocol Driver.
Click Finish

Pick your driver and then hit Finish. Now it is time for the ODBC Driver Setup for the Aster Database. Turn the
page.

Page 335
Chapter 9 Connecting Nexus to Different Systems

Connecting to Aster Data – Step (11-12)


Aster Database Login X
Data Source Aster

Server 192.168.100.22 Port 2406

Database Beehive
Password ********
Fetch Count (number of rows) 65535
SSL Settings
Enable SSL SSLEncryptReads SSLAllowSelfSignedPeer
SSLFileType SSL_FILETYPE_PEM
SSLPrivateKeyPath
SSLCertificatePath

SSLTrustedCADir
SSLTrustedCAFilename
SSO Settings
Enable SSO
Enable_quoted_identifiers Enable_backslash_escapes
Map NUMERIC/DECIMAL to DOUBLE Map BYTEA to VARCHAR
MaxLenVarchar 8192 Test Connection OK Cancel

This is the Aster Database Login for the Aster Data Database. The above example is how we filled in our system.
You can hit the “Test Connection” button to test if the connection works. When you are finished hit the OK
button.

Page 336
Chapter 9 Connecting Nexus to Different Systems

Connecting to Aster Data – Step (12-12)


Add Data Source Connection
Hit the Refresh button first and
Data Source Connection then choose the Aster Data
Source Type system you created from the
Aster Data drop down menu
Set Window Tab Color

Connection Properties (ODBC)

Data Source Aster Refresh Add New…

Display Name (optional)

User Login Beehive

Password ******** Remember Password

Connection Options Fill in your


Default data source connection at start-up User Login
Auto expand connection in systems tree by one-level and Password
Advanced Options
Database Settings
Default Database Beehive
Default Filter
All Databases Cancel Save
Edit My Databases
My Databases

Fill in the appropriate information and hit the Save button. Congratulations, you just connected to an Aster Data
system.

Page 337
Chapter 9 Connecting Nexus to Different Systems

Connecting to Greenplum – Step (1-12)

Nexus Chameleon
File Edit View Query Tools Help Web Windows History Sandbox
System: Database: EXECUTE ? New Query
Systems
Systems Right click here on the
keyword Systems

This is how you connect to Greenplum. Let’s get started. Right click on the Systems at the top of your Systems
Tree.

Page 338
Chapter 9 Connecting Nexus to Different Systems

Connecting to Greenplum – Step (2-12)

Nexus Chameleon
File Edit View Query Tools Help Web Windows History Sandbox
System: Database: EXECUTE ? New Query
Systems
Systems Right click here on the keyword
Systems
Add Data Source Connection

Left Click on
Add Data Source Connection

When your Nexus is installed for the very first time you will want to begin connecting to a system(s). Right click
on the word Systems and then left click on Add Data Source Connection. You will see the following screen shown
on the next page.

Page 339
Chapter 9 Connecting Nexus to Different Systems

Connecting to Greenplum – Step (3-12)


Add Data Source Connection
Click on the Source Type drop down arrow
Data Source Connection and choose which system you want to connect
Source Type
Set Window Tab Color

Connection Properties

*Data Source Refresh Add New…

Display Name (optional)


User Login
Password Remember Password

Connection Options
Default data source connection at start-up
Auto expand connection in systems tree by one-level

Cancel Save

When you add a connection to your Nexus the Add Data Source Connection screen appears. Let's fill this out step
by step.

Page 340
Chapter 9 Connecting Nexus to Different Systems

Connecting to Greenplum – Step (4-12)


Add Data Source Connection

Data Source Connection


Source Type
Click on the Source Type drop down arrow
and choose which system you want to connect

Aster Data
DatAllegro
DB2
Excel
Greenplum We have chosen to connect
Hadoop to Greenplum
Kognitio
SQL Server
SQL Server CE
Azure SQL Data Warehouse
SAP HANA
Netezza
Oracle
ParAccel (Matrix)
Redshift
Sybase
Teradata
Vertica
Generic ODBC

Click on the Source Type drop down menu and run your mouse down to the Source Type in which you want a
connection. Then, left click on that connection type. We have chosen Greenplum in this example.

Page 341
Chapter 9 Connecting Nexus to Different Systems

Connecting to Greenplum – Step (5-12)


Add Data Source Connection

Data Source Connection


Source Type
Greenplum Set Window Tab Color

Color
Left click on the Set Window Tab Color
and a grid of colors will appear. The
color that you choose will be the color of
the system in the system tree, and on
the tabs of the answer set.

Custom colors:

Define Custom Colors


Choose a color and
hit OK OK Cancel

It is now time to pick your system color. The color that you pick will be the color of the system in the systems tree
and on all answer set tabs whenever that system is queried. You will soon recognize which system a particular
answer set came from by the color of the tab. Left click on the Set Window Tab Color icon and a color grid will
appear. Select your color.

Page 342
Chapter 9 Connecting Nexus to Different Systems

Connecting to Greenplum – Step (6-12)


Add Data Source Connection
Hit the
Data Source Connection
Add New
Source Type button
Greenplum Set Window Tab Color

Connection Properties (ODBC)

ODBC DSN Refresh Add New…

Display Name (optional)


User Login
Password Remember Password

Connection Options
Default data source connection at start-up
Auto expand connection in systems tree by one-level

Advanced Options
Database Settings
Database
Default Filter
All Databases Edit My Databases Cancel Save
My Databases

Left click on the Add New button. You will be redirected to the ODBC Data Source Administrator screen. Let's
check it out on the next page.

Page 343
Chapter 9 Connecting Nexus to Different Systems

Connecting to Greenplum – Step (7-12)


You are currently
ODBC Data Source Administrator on the User DSN
Tab. If you want to
User DSN System DSN you
File can add
DSN the
Drivers Tracing Connection Pooling About
new system
through the You are currently on
System Data Sources: System DSN tab. the User DSN Tab.
If you hit the ADD
Name Driver Press on this tab
and turn the page. button then skip the Add…
dBASE Files Microsoft Access dBase Drivernext two*.ndx,
(*.dbf, slides*.mdx)
of
Excel the documentation.
Microsoft Excel Driver (*.xls, *.xlsx, *.xlsm, *.xlsb) Remove…
Excel Files Microsoft Excel Driver (*.xls, *.xlsx, *.xlsm, *.xlsb)
MS Access Database Microsoft Access Driver (*.mdb, *.accdb) Configure…

An ODBC system data source stores information about how to connect to the
indicated data provider. A User data source is visible to all users on this
machine, including NT services.
OK Cancel Apply Help

The ODBC Data Source Administrator screen is currently on the User DSN tab. You can hit the ADD button on
the right and add the driver here. Skip the next two slides if that is your choice. You can also choose the System
DSN tab to Add the driver. Turn the page to see the System DSN options.

Page 344
Chapter 9 Connecting Nexus to Different Systems

Connecting to Greenplum – Step (8-12)

ODBC Data Source Administrator X

User DSN System DSN File DSN Drivers Tracing Connection Pooling About

User Data Sources: Click on the System DSN tab

Name Driver
Add…
dBASE Files Microsoft Access dBase Driver (*.dbf, *.ndx, *.mdx)
Excel Microsoft Excel Driver (*.xls, *.xlsx, *.xlsm, *.xlsb) Remove
Excel Files Microsoft Excel Driver (*.xls, *.xlsx, *.xlsm, *.xlsb)
MS Access Database Microsoft Access Driver (*.mdb, *.accdb) Configure…

An ODBC User data source stores information about how to connect to the indicated data provider. A
User data source is only visible to you and can only be used on this computer.

OK Cancel Apply Help

The ODBC Data Source Administrator screen must be changed to the System DSN Tab. Click on the System DSN
tab and turn the page to see the System DSN screen.

Page 345
Chapter 9 Connecting Nexus to Different Systems

Connecting to Greenplum – Step (9-12)

ODBC Data Source Administrator X

User DSN System DSN File DSN Drivers Tracing Connection Pooling About

System Data Sources:

Name Driver
Add…

Press the Add button Remove…

Configure…

An ODBC system data source stores information about how to connect to the indicated data provider.
A User data source is visible to all users on this machine, including NT services.

OK Cancel Apply Help

You are now on the System DSN tab. Press the Add button. Turn the page.

Page 346
Chapter 9 Connecting Nexus to Different Systems

Connecting to Greenplum – Step (10-12)

Create New Data Source X

Select a driver for which you want to set up a data source.

Name
Anytime you are
adding an Oracle, SQL Aster ODBC Driver
Server, DB2, Hortonworks Hive ODBC Driver
Amazon Redshift, Nexus Chameleon Amazon Redshift Wire Protocol
Greenplum or MySQL Nexus Chameleon DB2 Wire Protocol
Nexus Chameleon MySQL Wire Protocol Left click on the
system always Nexus Chameleon
Nexus Chameleon Greenplum Wire Protocol
choose the Nexus Nexus Chameleon Oracle Wire Protocol Greenplum Wire
Chameleon Wire Nexus Chameleon SQL Server Wire Protocol Protocol Driver
Protocol Driver. Teradata

Back Finish Cancel

Click Finish

Choose the Nexus Chameleon Greenplum Wire Protocol driver and then hit Finish. This driver adds special
speeds!

Page 347
Chapter 9 Connecting Nexus to Different Systems

Connecting to Greenplum – Step (11-12)


ODBC Greenplum Wire Protocol Driver Setup ? X
General Advanced Security Failover Pooling About

Data Source Name: Greenplum Chameleon Help

Description:

Host Name: 192.168.100.133

Port Number: 5432

Database: gpadmin After the Test


Connect passes
After filling in the you can hit APPLY
above system and then OK
information you
can test the
connection here Test Connect OK Cancel Apply

This is the ODBC Greenplum Wire Protocol Driver Setup. The above example is how we filled in our system.

Page 348
Chapter 9 Connecting Nexus to Different Systems

Connecting to Greenplum – Step (12-12)


Add Data Source Connection
Hit the Refresh button first and
Data Source Connection then choose the Greenplum
Source Type system you created from the
Greenplum drop down menu
Set Window Tab Color

Connection Properties (ODBC)

ODBC DSN Greenplum Chameleon Refresh Add New…

Display Name (optional)


User Login gpmon
Password ******** Remember Password

Connection Options
Default data source connection at start-up
Auto expand connection in systems tree by one-level

Advanced Options
Database Settings
Database gpadmin
Default Filter
All Databases Edit My Databases Cancel Save
My Databases

Fill in the appropriate information and hit the Save button. Congratulations, you just connected to Greenplum.

Page 349
Chapter 9 Connecting Nexus to Different Systems

Connecting to Netezza – Step (1-12)

Nexus Chameleon
File Edit View Query Tools Help Web Windows History Sandbox
System: Database: EXECUTE ? New Query
Systems
Systems Right click here on the keyword Systems

Add Data Source Connection

Left Click on
Add Data Source Connection

This is how you connect to Netezza. Let’s get started. Right click on the Systems at the top of your Systems Tree.

Page 350
Chapter 9 Connecting Nexus to Different Systems

Connecting to Netezza – Step (2-12)

Nexus Chameleon
File Edit View Query Tools Help Web Windows History Sandbox
System: Database: EXECUTE ? New Query
Systems
Systems Right click here on the keyword
Systems
Add Data Source Connection

Left Click on
Add Data Source Connection

When your Nexus is installed for the very first time you will want to begin connecting to a system(s). Right click
on the word Systems and then left click on Add Data Source Connection. You will see the following screen shown
on the next page.

Page 351
Chapter 9 Connecting Nexus to Different Systems

Connecting to Netezza – Step (3-12)


Add Data Source Connection
Click on the Source Type drop down arrow
Data Source Connection and choose which system you want to connect
Source Type
Set Window Tab Color

Connection Properties

*Data Source Refresh Add New…

Display Name (optional)


User Login
Password Remember Password

Connection Options
Default data source connection at start-up
Auto expand connection in systems tree by one-level

Cancel Save

When you add a connection to your Nexus the Add Data Source Connection screen appears. Let's fill this out step
by step.

Page 352
Chapter 9 Connecting Nexus to Different Systems

Connecting to Netezza – Step (4-12)


Add Data Source Connection

Data Source Connection


Source Type
Click on the Source Type drop down arrow
and choose which system you want to connect

Aster Data
DatAllegro
DB2
Excel
Greenplum
Hadoop
Kognitio
SQL Server
SQL Server CE
Azure SQL Data Warehouse
SAP HANA
Netezza We have chosen to connect
Oracle to Netezza
ParAccel (Matrix)
Redshift
Sybase
Teradata
Vertica
Generic ODBC

Click on the Source Type drop down menu and run your mouse down to the Source Type in which you want a
connection. Then, left click on that connection type. We have chosen Netezza in this example.

Page 353
Chapter 9 Connecting Nexus to Different Systems

Connecting to Netezza – Step (5-12)


Add Data Source Connection

Data Source Connection


Source Type
Netezza Set Window Tab Color

Color
Left click on the Set Window Tab Color
and a grid of colors will appear. The
color that you choose will be the color of
the system in the system tree, and on
the tabs of the answer set.

Custom colors:

Define Custom Colors


Choose a color and
hit OK OK Cancel

It is now time to pick your system color. The color that you pick will be the color of the system in the systems tree
and on all answer set tabs whenever that system is queried. You will soon recognize which system a particular
answer set came from by the color of the tab. Left click on the Set Window Tab Color icon and a color grid will
appear. Select your color.

Page 354
Chapter 9 Connecting Nexus to Different Systems

Connecting to Netezza – Step (6-12)


Add Data Source Connection
Hit the
Data Source Connection
Add New
Source Type button
Netezza Set Window Tab Color

Connection Properties (ODBC)

ODBC DSN Refresh Add New…

Display Name (optional)


User Login
Password Remember Password

Connection Options
Default data source connection at start-up
Auto expand connection in systems tree by one-level

Advanced Options
Database Settings
Database
Default Filter
All Databases Edit My Databases Cancel Save
My Databases

Left click on the Add New button. You will be redirected to the ODBC Data Source Administrator screen. Let's
check it out on the next page.

Page 355
Chapter 9 Connecting Nexus to Different Systems

Connecting to Netezza – Step (7-12)


You are currently
ODBC Data Source Administrator on the User DSN
Tab. If you want to
User DSN System DSN you
File can add
DSN the
Drivers Tracing Connection Pooling About
new system
through the You are currently on
System Data Sources: System DSN tab. the User DSN Tab.
If you hit the ADD
Name Driver Press on this tab
and turn the page. button then skip the Add…
dBASE Files Microsoft Access dBase Drivernext two*.ndx,
(*.dbf, slides*.mdx)
of
Excel the documentation.
Microsoft Excel Driver (*.xls, *.xlsx, *.xlsm, *.xlsb) Remove…
Excel Files Microsoft Excel Driver (*.xls, *.xlsx, *.xlsm, *.xlsb)
MS Access Database Microsoft Access Driver (*.mdb, *.accdb) Configure…

An ODBC system data source stores information about how to connect to the
indicated data provider. A User data source is visible to all users on this
machine, including NT services.
OK Cancel Apply Help

The ODBC Data Source Administrator screen is currently on the User DSN tab. You can hit the ADD button on
the right and add the driver here. Skip the next two slides if that is your choice. You can also choose the System
DSN tab to Add the driver. Turn the page to see the System DSN options.

Page 356
Chapter 9 Connecting Nexus to Different Systems

Connecting to Netezza – Step (8-12)

ODBC Data Source Administrator X

User DSN System DSN File DSN Drivers Tracing Connection Pooling About

User Data Sources: Click on the System DSN tab

Name Driver
Add…
dBASE Files Microsoft Access dBase Driver (*.dbf, *.ndx, *.mdx)
Excel Microsoft Excel Driver (*.xls, *.xlsx, *.xlsm, *.xlsb) Remove
Excel Files Microsoft Excel Driver (*.xls, *.xlsx, *.xlsm, *.xlsb)
MS Access Database Microsoft Access Driver (*.mdb, *.accdb) Configure…

An ODBC User data source stores information about how to connect to the indicated data provider. A
User data source is only visible to you and can only be used on this computer.

OK Cancel Apply Help

The ODBC Data Source Administrator screen must be changed to the System DSN Tab. Click on the System DSN
tab and turn the page to see the System DSN screen.

Page 357
Chapter 9 Connecting Nexus to Different Systems

Connecting to Netezza – Step (9-12)

ODBC Data Source Administrator X

User DSN System DSN File DSN Drivers Tracing Connection Pooling About

System Data Sources:

Name Driver
Add…

Press the Add button Remove…

Configure…

An ODBC system data source stores information about how to connect to the indicated data provider.
A User data source is visible to all users on this machine, including NT services.

OK Cancel Apply Help

You are now on the System DSN tab. Press the Add button. Turn the page.

Page 358
Chapter 9 Connecting Nexus to Different Systems

Connecting to Netezza – Step (10-12)

Create New Data Source X

Select a driver for which you want to set up a data source.

Name Left click on the


Anytime you are
adding an Oracle, SQL Netezza Netezza Driver
Server, DB2, Hortonworks Hive ODBC Driver
Amazon Redshift, Nexus Chameleon Amazon Redshift Wire Protocol
Greenplum or MySQL Nexus Chameleon DB2 Wire Protocol
system always Nexus Chameleon MySQL Wire Protocol
Nexus Chameleon Greenplum Wire Protocol
choose the Nexus Nexus Chameleon Oracle Wire Protocol
Chameleon Wire Nexus Chameleon SQL Server Wire Protocol
Protocol Driver. Teradata

Back Finish Cancel

Click Finish

Choose the Netezza driver and then hit Finish.

Page 359
Chapter 9 Connecting Nexus to Different Systems

Connecting to Netezza – Step (11-12)


IBM Netezza ODBC Driver Setup ? X
DSN Options Advanced DSN Options SSL DSN Options Driver Options

Data Source: Netezza Description:

Server: 192.168.121.131 Port: 5480

Database: system Schema:

User Name: teratom Password: ********

Test the
connection and Test Connection
hit OK

OK Cancel Help

This is the Netezza ODBC Driver Setup. The above example is how we filled in our system.

Page 360
Chapter 9 Connecting Nexus to Different Systems

Connecting to Netezza – Step (12-12)


Add Data Source Connection
Hit the Refresh button first and
Data Source Connection then choose the Netezza system
Source Type you created from the drop down
Netezza menu
Set Window Tab Color

Connection Properties (ODBC)

ODBC DSN Netezza Refresh Add New…

Display Name (optional)


User Login teratom
Password ******** Remember Password

Connection Options
Default data source connection at start-up
Auto expand connection in systems tree by one-level

Advanced Options
Database Settings
Database sql_class
Default Filter
All Databases Edit My Databases Cancel Save
My Databases

Fill in the appropriate information and hit the Save button. Congratulations, you just connected to Netezza.

Page 361
Chapter 9 Connecting Nexus to Different Systems

Connecting to Vertica – Step (1-12)

Nexus Chameleon
File Edit View Query Tools Help Web Windows History Sandbox
System: Database: EXECUTE ? New Query
Systems
Systems Right click here on the keyword Systems

Add Data Source Connection

Left Click on
Add Data Source Connection

This is how you connect to Vertica. Let’s get started. Right click on the Systems at the top of your Systems Tree.

Page 362
Chapter 9 Connecting Nexus to Different Systems

Connecting to Vertica – Step (2-12)

Nexus Chameleon
File Edit View Query Tools Help Web Windows History Sandbox
System: Database: EXECUTE ? New Query
Systems
Systems Right click here on the keyword
Systems
Add Data Source Connection

Left Click on
Add Data Source Connection

When your Nexus is installed for the very first time you will want to begin connecting to a system(s). Right click
on the word Systems and then left click on Add Data Source Connection. You will see the following screen shown
on the next page.

Page 363
Chapter 9 Connecting Nexus to Different Systems

Connecting to Vertica – Step (3-12)


Add Data Source Connection
Click on the Source Type drop down arrow
Data Source Connection and choose which system you want to connect
Source Type
Set Window Tab Color

Connection Properties

*Data Source Refresh Add New…

Display Name (optional)


User Login
Password Remember Password

Connection Options
Default data source connection at start-up
Auto expand connection in systems tree by one-level

Cancel Save

When you add a connection to your Nexus the Add Data Source Connection screen appears. Let's fill this out step
by step.

Page 364
Chapter 9 Connecting Nexus to Different Systems

Connecting to Vertica – Step (4-12)


Add Data Source Connection

Data Source Connection


Source Type
Click on the Source Type drop down arrow
and choose which system you want to connect
Aster Data
DatAllegro
DB2
Excel
Greenplum
Hadoop
Kognitio
SQL Server
SQL Server CE
Azure SQL Data Warehouse
SAP HANA
Netezza
Oracle
ParAccel (Matrix)
Redshift
Sybase
Teradata
Vertica We have chosen to connect
Generic ODBC to Vertica

Click on the Source Type drop down menu and run your mouse down to the Source Type in which you want a
connection. Then, left click on that connection type. We have chosen Vertica in this example.

Page 365
Chapter 9 Connecting Nexus to Different Systems

Connecting to Vertica – Step (5-12)


Add Data Source Connection

Data Source Connection


Source Type
Vertica Set Window Tab Color

Color
Left click on the Set Window Tab Color
and a grid of colors will appear. The
color that you choose will be the color of
the system in the system tree, and on
the tabs of the answer set.

Custom colors:

Define Custom Colors


Choose a color and
hit OK OK Cancel

It is now time to pick your system color. The color that you pick will be the color of the system in the systems tree
and on all answer set tabs whenever that system is queried. You will soon recognize which system a particular
answer set came from by the color of the tab. Left click on the Set Window Tab Color icon and a color grid will
appear. Select your color.

Page 366
Chapter 9 Connecting Nexus to Different Systems

Connecting to Vertica – Step (6-12)


Add Data Source Connection
Hit the
Data Source Connection
Add New
Source Type button
Vertica Set Window Tab Color

Connection Properties (ODBC)


ODBC DSN Refresh Add New…

Display Name (optional)

User Login
Password Remember Password

Database

Connection Options
Default data source connection at start-up
Auto expand connection in systems tree by one-level

Cancel Save

Left click on the Add New button. You will be redirected to the ODBC Data Source Administrator screen. Let's
check it out on the next page.

Page 367
Chapter 9 Connecting Nexus to Different Systems

Connecting to Vertica – Step (7-12)


You are currently
ODBC Data Source Administrator on the User DSN
Tab. If you want to
User DSN System DSN you
File can add
DSN the
Drivers Tracing Connection Pooling About
new system
through the You are currently on
System Data Sources: System DSN tab. the User DSN Tab.
If you hit the ADD
Name Driver Press on this tab
and turn the page. button then skip the Add…
dBASE Files Microsoft Access dBase Drivernext two*.ndx,
(*.dbf, slides*.mdx)
of
Excel the documentation.
Microsoft Excel Driver (*.xls, *.xlsx, *.xlsm, *.xlsb) Remove…
Excel Files Microsoft Excel Driver (*.xls, *.xlsx, *.xlsm, *.xlsb)
MS Access Database Microsoft Access Driver (*.mdb, *.accdb) Configure…

An ODBC system data source stores information about how to connect to the
indicated data provider. A User data source is visible to all users on this
machine, including NT services.
OK Cancel Apply Help

The ODBC Data Source Administrator screen is currently on the User DSN tab. You can hit the ADD button on
the right and add the driver here. Skip the next two slides if that is your choice. You can also choose the System
DSN tab to Add the driver. Turn the page to see the System DSN options.

Page 368
Chapter 9 Connecting Nexus to Different Systems

Connecting to Vertica – Step (8-12)

ODBC Data Source Administrator X

User DSN System DSN File DSN Drivers Tracing Connection Pooling About

User Data Sources: Click on the System DSN tab

Name Driver
Add…
dBASE Files Microsoft Access dBase Driver (*.dbf, *.ndx, *.mdx)
Excel Microsoft Excel Driver (*.xls, *.xlsx, *.xlsm, *.xlsb) Remove
Excel Files Microsoft Excel Driver (*.xls, *.xlsx, *.xlsm, *.xlsb)
MS Access Database Microsoft Access Driver (*.mdb, *.accdb) Configure…

An ODBC User data source stores information about how to connect to the indicated data provider. A
User data source is only visible to you and can only be used on this computer.

OK Cancel Apply Help

The ODBC Data Source Administrator screen must be changed to the System DSN Tab. Click on the System DSN
tab and turn the page to see the System DSN screen.

Page 369
Chapter 9 Connecting Nexus to Different Systems

Connecting to Vertica – Step (9-12)

ODBC Data Source Administrator X

User DSN System DSN File DSN Drivers Tracing Connection Pooling About

System Data Sources:

Name Driver
Add…

Press the Add button Remove…

Configure…

An ODBC system data source stores information about how to connect to the indicated data provider.
A User data source is visible to all users on this machine, including NT services.

OK Cancel Apply Help

You are now on the System DSN tab. Press the Add button. Turn the page.

Page 370
Chapter 9 Connecting Nexus to Different Systems

Connecting to Vertica – Step (10-12)

Create New Data Source X

Select a driver for which you want to set up a data source.

Name
Anytime you are
adding an Oracle, SQL Hortonworks Hive ODBC Driver
Server, DB2, Nexus Chameleon Amazon Redshift Wire Protocol
Amazon Redshift, Nexus Chameleon DB2 Wire Protocol
Greenplum or MySQL Nexus Chameleon MySQL Wire Protocol
system always Nexus Chameleon Greenplum Wire Protocol
Nexus Chameleon Oracle Wire Protocol
choose the Nexus Nexus Chameleon SQL Server Wire Protocol
Chameleon Wire Teradata
Protocol Driver. Vertica Left click on the
Vertica Driver
Back Finish Cancel

Click Finish

Choose the Vertica driver and then hit Finish.

Page 371
Chapter 9 Connecting Nexus to Different Systems

Connecting to Vertica – Step (11-12)


Vertica ODBC Data Source Configuration ? X
Please supply any missing information required to connect.

Data Source: Vertica Database: SQL_Class


Description:
User Name: teratom
Server: 192.168.25.132
Password: ********
Port: 5433
Result Buffer Size (KB): 128
Session Label:
Log Path: Connection Settings:
Read Only
Transaction Isolation Level
Use Three-Part Naming
Read Committed
Log Level Off
Serializable
SSLMode prefer
Server Default

Test Connection OK Cancel

This is the Vertica ODBC Data Source Configuration screen. The above example is how we filled in our system.
Hit the Test Connection button and then after a successful connection, hit the OK button.

Page 372
Chapter 9 Connecting Nexus to Different Systems

Connecting to Vertica – Step (12-12)


Add Data Source Connection
Hit the Refresh button first and
Data Source Connection then choose the Vertica system
Source Type you created from the drop down
Vertica menu
Set Window Tab Color

Connection Properties (ODBC)

ODBC DSN Vertica Refresh Add New…

Display Name (optional)

User Login teratom

Password ******** Remember Password

Database sql_class

Connection Options
Default data source connection at start-up
Auto expand connection in systems tree by one-level

Cancel Save

Fill in the appropriate information and hit the Save button. Congratulations, you just connected to Vertica.

Page 373
Chapter 9 Connecting Nexus to Different Systems

Connecting to Kognitio – Step (1-12)

Nexus Chameleon
File Edit View Query Tools Help Web Windows History Sandbox
System: Database: EXECUTE ? New Query
Systems
Systems Right click here on the keyword Systems

Add Data Source Connection

Left Click on
Add Data Source Connection

To add a Kognitio system to your Nexus tree, just right click on the word Systems and then left click on the “Add
Data Source Connection” button. You will see the following screen shown on the next page.

Page 374
Chapter 9 Connecting Nexus to Different Systems

Connecting to Kognitio – Step (2-12)


Add Data Source Connection

Data Source Connection


Source Type
Set Window Tab Color

Connection Properties
*Data Source Refresh Add New…

Display Name (optional)

User Login

Password Remember Password

Connection Options
Default data source connection at start-up
Auto expand connection in systems tree by one-level

Cancel Save

When you add a connection to your Nexus the Add Data Source Connection screen appears. Let's fill this out step
by step.

Page 375
Chapter 9 Connecting Nexus to Different Systems

Connecting to Kognitio – Step (3-12)


Add Data Source Connection

Data Source Connection


Source Type
Click on the Source Type drop down arrow
and choose which system you want to connect

Aster Data
DatAllegro
DB2
Excel
Greenplum
Hadoop
Kognitio
SQL Server
We have chosen to connect to Kognitio
SQL Server CE
Azure SQL Data Warehouse
SAP HANA
Netezza
Oracle
ParAccel (Matrix)
Redshift
Sybase
Teradata
Vertica
Generic ODBC

Click on the Source Type drop down menu and run your mouse down to the Source Type in which you want a
connection. Then, left click on that connection type. We have chosen to connect to a Kognitio system.

Page 376
Chapter 9 Connecting Nexus to Different Systems

Connecting to Kognitio – Step (4-12)


Add Data Source Connection

Data Source Connection


Source Type
Kognitio Set Window Tab Color

Connection Properties (ODBC)


ODBC DSN
Refresh Add New…
Display Name (optional)

User Login
Password Remember Password

Connection Options
Default data source connection at start-up
Auto expand connection in systems tree by one-level

Advanced Properties
Default Filter
All Databases
My Databases Edit My Databases Cancel Save

When you add a Kognitio connection to your Nexus the Add Data Source Connection screen appears. Let's fill this
out step by step.

Page 377
Chapter 9 Connecting Nexus to Different Systems

Connecting to Kognitio – Step (5-12)


Add Data Source Connection

Data Source Connection


Source Type

Kognitio Set Window Tab Color

Left click on the Set Window Tab Color Color


and a grid of colors will appear. The
color that you choose will be the color of
the system in the system tree, and on
the tabs of the answer set.

Custom colors:

Define Custom Colors


Choose a color and
hit OK OK Cancel

It is now time to pick your system color. The color that you pick will be the color of the system in the systems tree
and on all answer set tabs whenever that system is queried. You will soon recognize which system a particular
answer set came from by the color of the tab. Left click on the Set Window Tab Color icon and a color grid will
appear. Select your color.

Page 378
Chapter 9 Connecting Nexus to Different Systems

Connecting to Kognitio – Step (6-12)


Add Data Source Connection

Data Source Connection


Source Type Hit the Add New
Kognitio Set Window Tab Color button

Connection Properties (ODBC)


ODBC DSN
Refresh Add New…
Display Name (optional)

User Login

Password Remember Password

Connection Options
Default data source connection at start-up
Auto expand connection in systems tree by one-level

Advanced Properties
Default Filter
All Databases
My Databases Cancel Save
Edit My Databases

Left click on the Add New button. You will be redirected to the ODBC Data Source Administrator screen. Let's
check it out on the next page.

Page 379
Chapter 9 Connecting Nexus to Different Systems

Connecting to Kognitio – Step (7-12)


You are currently
ODBC Data Source Administrator on the User DSN
Tab. If you want to
User DSN System DSN you
File can add
DSN the
Drivers Tracing Connection Pooling About
new system
through the You are currently on
System Data Sources: System DSN tab. the User DSN Tab.
If you hit the ADD
Name Driver Press on this tab
and turn the page. button then skip the Add…
dBASE Files Microsoft Access dBase Drivernext two*.ndx,
(*.dbf, slides*.mdx)
of
Excel the documentation.
Microsoft Excel Driver (*.xls, *.xlsx, *.xlsm, *.xlsb) Remove…
Excel Files Microsoft Excel Driver (*.xls, *.xlsx, *.xlsm, *.xlsb)
MS Access Database Microsoft Access Driver (*.mdb, *.accdb) Configure…

An ODBC system data source stores information about how to connect to the
indicated data provider. A User data source is visible to all users on this
machine, including NT services.
OK Cancel Apply Help

The ODBC Data Source Administrator screen is currently on the User DSN tab. You can hit the ADD button on
the right and add the driver here. Skip the next two slides if that is your choice. You can also choose the System
DSN tab to Add the driver. Turn the page to see the System DSN options.

Page 380
Chapter 9 Connecting Nexus to Different Systems

Connecting to Kognitio – Step (8-12)

ODBC Data Source Administrator X

User DSN System DSN File DSN Drivers Tracing Connection Pooling About

User Data Sources: Click on the System DSN tab

Name Driver
Add…
dBASE Files Microsoft Access dBase Driver (*.dbf, *.ndx, *.mdx)
Excel Microsoft Excel Driver (*.xls, *.xlsx, *.xlsm, *.xlsb) Remove
Excel Files Microsoft Excel Driver (*.xls, *.xlsx, *.xlsm, *.xlsb)
MS Access Database Microsoft Access Driver (*.mdb, *.accdb) Configure…

An ODBC User data source stores information about how to connect to the indicated data provider. A
User data source is only visible to you and can only be used on this computer.

OK Cancel Apply Help

The ODBC Data Source Administrator screen must be changed to the System DSN Tab. Click on the System DSN
tab and turn the page to see the System DSN screen.

Page 381
Chapter 9 Connecting Nexus to Different Systems

Connecting to Kognitio – Step (9-12)

ODBC Data Source Administrator X

User DSN System DSN File DSN Drivers Tracing Connection Pooling About

System Data Sources:

Name Driver
Add…

Press the Add button Remove…

Configure…

An ODBC system data source stores information about how to connect to the indicated data provider.
A User data source is visible to all users on this machine, including NT services.

OK Cancel Apply Help

You are now on the System DSN tab. Press the Add button. Turn the page.

Page 382
Chapter 9 Connecting Nexus to Different Systems

Connecting to Kognitio – Step (10-12)

Create New Data Source X

Select a driver for which you want to set up a data source.

Name Left click on the


Anytime you are
Kognitio WX2 Driver
adding an Oracle,
Hortonworks Hive ODBC Driver
SQL Server, DB2, IBM DB2 ODBC Driver
Amazon Redshift, Kognitio WX2
Greenplum or Nexus Chameleon OpenEdge Wire Protocol
MySQL system Nexus Chameleon Oracle
always choose the Nexus Chameleon Oracle Wire Protocol
Nexus Chameleon Nexus Chameleon PostgreSQL Wire Protocol
Nexus Chameleon SQL Server Wire Protocol
Wire Protocol Driver. Click Finish
Teradata

Back Finish Cancel

Pick your driver and then hit Finish. Now it is time for the ODBC Driver Setup for the Kognitio Database screen.
Turn the page.

Page 383
Chapter 9 Connecting Nexus to Different Systems

Connecting to Kognitio – Step (11-12)


Kognitio ODBC Driver Setup ? X
Data Source Name Kognitio
Description Kognitio
Server Addresses Enter each server address in the form
184.72.131.127 address:port on a separate line. Addresses
with no port specified are combined with
each port number listed below
Default server ports (e.g. 6550, 6551, 6552)
6550

Authentication and encryption


Username/password authentication only
Public/private key authentication using SSH keys
Private key filename Browse…
Kerberos authentication using Windows credentials
Server’s service principal name[<service>/>host>.<domain>@<DOMAIN>]
Discover…
Encrypt connection traffic using SSL
Allow unencrypted connection if server cannot encrypt
Advanced… OK Cancel

This is the Kognitio ODBC Driver Setup you will see when setting up a Kognitio system.

Page 384
Chapter 9 Connecting Nexus to Different Systems

Connecting to Kognitio – Step (12-12)


Add Data Source Connection
Hit the Refresh button first and
Data Source Connection then choose the Kognitio system
Source Type you created from the drop down
Kognitio Set Window Tab Color menu

Connection Properties (ODBC)


Data Source Kognitio
Refresh Add New…
Display Name (optional)
Fill in the User Login SYS
User Login
and Password ******** Remember Password
Password
Connection Options
Default data source connection at start-up
Auto expand connection in systems tree by one-level When all
information is
Advanced Properties complete hit the
Default Filter SAVE button
All Databases
My Databases Edit My Databases Cancel Save

Fill in the appropriate information and hit the Save button. Congratulations, you have just connected to Kognitio.

Page 385
Chapter 9 Connecting Nexus to Different Systems

Connecting to Amazon Redshift – Step (1-12)

Nexus Chameleon
File Edit View Query Tools Help Web Windows History Sandbox
System: Database: EXECUTE ? New Query
Systems
Systems Right click here on the keyword Systems

Add Data Source Connection

Left Click on
Add Data Source Connection

This is how you connect to Amazon Redshift. Let’s get started. Right click on the Systems at the top of your
Systems Tree.

Page 386
Chapter 9 Connecting Nexus to Different Systems

Connecting to Amazon Redshift – Step (2-12)

Nexus Chameleon
File Edit View Query Tools Help Web Windows History Sandbox
System: Database: EXECUTE ? New Query
Systems
Systems Right click here on the keyword
Systems
Add Data Source Connection

Left Click on
Add Data Source Connection

When your Nexus is installed for the very first time you will want to begin connecting to a system(s). Right click
on the word Systems and then left click on Add Data Source Connection. You will see the following screen shown
on the next page.

Page 387
Chapter 9 Connecting Nexus to Different Systems

Connecting to Amazon Redshift – Step (3-12)


Add Data Source Connection
Click on the Source Type drop down arrow
Data Source Connection and choose which system you want to connect
Source Type
Set Window Tab Color

Connection Properties

*Data Source Refresh Add New…

Display Name (optional)


User Login
Password Remember Password

Connection Options
Default data source connection at start-up
Auto expand connection in systems tree by one-level

Cancel Save

When you add a connection to your Nexus the Add Data Source Connection screen appears. Let's fill this out step
by step.

Page 388
Chapter 9 Connecting Nexus to Different Systems

Connecting to Amazon Redshift – Step (4-12)


Add Data Source Connection

Data Source Connection


Source Type
Click on the Source Type drop down arrow
and choose which system you want to connect
Aster Data
DatAllegro
DB2
Excel
Greenplum
Hadoop
Kognitio
SQL Server
SQL Server CE
Azure SQL Data Warehouse
SAP HANA
Netezza
Oracle
ParAccel (Matrix)
Redshift We have chosen to connect
Sybase to Redshift
Teradata
Vertica
Generic ODBC

Click on the Source Type drop down menu and run your mouse down to the Source Type in which you want a
connection. Then, left click on that connection type. We have chosen Redshift in this example.

Page 389
Chapter 9 Connecting Nexus to Different Systems

Connecting to Amazon Redshift – Step (5-12)


Add Data Source Connection

Data Source Connection


Source Type
Redshift Set Window Tab Color

Color
Left click on the Set Window Tab Color
and a grid of colors will appear. The
color that you choose will be the color of
the system in the system tree, and on
the tabs of the answer set.

Custom colors:

Define Custom Colors


Choose a color and
hit OK OK Cancel

It is now time to pick your system color. The color that you pick will be the color of the system in the systems tree
and on all answer set tabs whenever that system is queried. You will soon recognize which system a particular
answer set came from by the color of the tab. Left click on the Set Window Tab Color icon and a color grid will
appear. Select your color.

Page 390
Chapter 9 Connecting Nexus to Different Systems

Connecting to Amazon Redshift – Step (6-12)


Add Data Source Connection
Hit the
Data Source Connection
Add New
Source Type button
Redshift Set Window Tab Color

Connection Properties (ODBC)


ODBC DSN Refresh Add New…

Display Name (optional)

User Login
Password Remember Password

Database

Connection Options
Default data source connection at start-up
Auto expand connection in systems tree by one-level

Cancel Save

Left click on the Add New button. You will be redirected to the ODBC Data Source Administrator screen. Let's
check it out on the next page.

Page 391
Chapter 9 Connecting Nexus to Different Systems

Connecting to Amazon Redshift – Step (7-12)


You are currently
ODBC Data Source Administrator on the User DSN
Tab. If you want to
User DSN System DSN you
File can add
DSN the
Drivers Tracing Connection Pooling About
new system
through the You are currently on
System Data Sources: System DSN tab. the User DSN Tab.
If you hit the ADD
Name Driver Press on this tab
and turn the page. button then skip the Add…
dBASE Files Microsoft Access dBase Drivernext two*.ndx,
(*.dbf, slides*.mdx)
of
Excel the documentation.
Microsoft Excel Driver (*.xls, *.xlsx, *.xlsm, *.xlsb) Remove…
Excel Files Microsoft Excel Driver (*.xls, *.xlsx, *.xlsm, *.xlsb)
MS Access Database Microsoft Access Driver (*.mdb, *.accdb) Configure…

An ODBC system data source stores information about how to connect to the
indicated data provider. A User data source is visible to all users on this
machine, including NT services.
OK Cancel Apply Help

The ODBC Data Source Administrator screen is currently on the User DSN tab. You can hit the ADD button on
the right and add the driver here. Skip the next two slides if that is your choice. You can also choose the System
DSN tab to Add the driver. Turn the page to see the System DSN options.

Page 392
Chapter 9 Connecting Nexus to Different Systems

Connecting to Amazon Redshift – Step (8-12)

ODBC Data Source Administrator X

User DSN System DSN File DSN Drivers Tracing Connection Pooling About

User Data Sources: Click on the System DSN tab

Name Driver
Add…
dBASE Files Microsoft Access dBase Driver (*.dbf, *.ndx, *.mdx)
Excel Microsoft Excel Driver (*.xls, *.xlsx, *.xlsm, *.xlsb) Remove
Excel Files Microsoft Excel Driver (*.xls, *.xlsx, *.xlsm, *.xlsb)
MS Access Database Microsoft Access Driver (*.mdb, *.accdb) Configure…

An ODBC User data source stores information about how to connect to the indicated data provider. A
User data source is only visible to you and can only be used on this computer.

OK Cancel Apply Help

The ODBC Data Source Administrator screen must be changed to the System DSN Tab. Click on the System DSN
tab and turn the page to see the System DSN screen.

Page 393
Chapter 9 Connecting Nexus to Different Systems

Connecting to Amazon Redshift – Step (9-12)

ODBC Data Source Administrator X

User DSN System DSN File DSN Drivers Tracing Connection Pooling About

System Data Sources:

Name Driver
Add…

Press the Add button Remove…

Configure…

An ODBC system data source stores information about how to connect to the indicated data provider.
A User data source is visible to all users on this machine, including NT services.

OK Cancel Apply Help

You are now on the System DSN tab. Press the Add button. Turn the page.

Page 394
Chapter 9 Connecting Nexus to Different Systems

Connecting to Amazon Redshift – Step (10-12)

Create New Data Source X

Select a driver for which you want to set up a data source.

Name
Anytime you are
adding an Oracle, SQL Hortonworks Hive ODBC Driver Left click on the
Server, DB2, Nexus Chameleon Amazon Redshift Wire Protocol Nexus Chameleon
Nexus Chameleon DB2 Wire Protocol Amazon Redshift
Amazon Redshift,
Nexus Chameleon MySQL Wire Protocol Wire Protocol.
Greenplum or MySQL
system always Nexus Chameleon Greenplum Wire Protocol
Nexus Chameleon Oracle Wire Protocol
choose the Nexus Nexus Chameleon SQL Server Wire Protocol
Chameleon Wire Teradata
Protocol Driver. Vertica

Back Finish Cancel

Click Finish

Choose the Nexus Chameleon Amazon Redshift driver and then hit Finish. This driver adds additional speed.

Page 395
Chapter 9 Connecting Nexus to Different Systems

Connecting to Amazon Redshift – Step (11-12)


ODBC Redshift Wire Protocol Driver Setup ? X
General Advanced Security Failover Pooling About

Data Source Name: Redshift Help

Description:

Host Name: coffing.cyaqzhd82.8zp.us-east-1.red

Port Number: 5439

Database: coffing After the Test


Connect passes
After filling in the you can hit APPLY
above system and then OK
information you
can test the
connection here Test Connect OK Cancel Apply

This is the ODBC Redshift Wire Protocol Driver Setup. The above example is how we filled in our system. Hit
the Test Connection button and then after a successful connection, hit the OK button.

Page 396
Chapter 9 Connecting Nexus to Different Systems

Connecting to Amazon Redshift – Step (12-12)


Add Data Source Connection
Hit the Refresh button first and
Data Source Connection then choose the Redshift system
Source Type you created from the drop down
Redshift menu
Set Window Tab Color

Connection Properties (ODBC)

ODBC DSN Redshift Refresh Add New…

Display Name (optional) Amazon Redshift

User Login teratom

Password ******** Remember Password

Database coffing

Connection Options
Default data source connection at start-up
Auto expand connection in systems tree by one-level

Cancel Save

Fill in the appropriate information and hit the Save button. Congratulations, you just connected to Amazon
Redshift.

Page 397
Chapter 9 Connecting Nexus to Different Systems

Connecting to SAP HANA – Step (1-12)

Nexus Chameleon
File Edit View Query Tools Help Web Windows History Sandbox
System: Database: EXECUTE ? New Query
Systems
Systems Right click here on the
keyword Systems

To add an SAP HANA system to your Nexus tree, just right click on the word Systems and then left click on the
“Add Data Source Connection” button. You will see the following screen shown on the next page.

Page 398
Chapter 9 Connecting Nexus to Different Systems

Connecting to SAP HANA – Step (2-12)

Nexus Chameleon
File Edit View Query Tools Help Web Windows History Sandbox
System: Database: EXECUTE ? New Query
Systems
Systems Right click here on the keyword
Systems
Add Data Source Connection

Left Click on
Add Data Source Connection

When your Nexus is installed for the very first time you will want to begin connecting to a system(s). Right click
on the word Systems and then left click on Add Data Source Connection. You will see the following screen shown
on the next page.

Page 399
Chapter 9 Connecting Nexus to Different Systems

Connecting to SAP HANA – Step (3-12)


Add Data Source Connection
Click on the Source Type drop down arrow
Data Source Connection and choose which system you want to connect
Source Type
Set Window Tab Color

Connection Properties

*Data Source Refresh Add New…

Display Name (optional)

User Login
Password Remember Password

Connection Options
Default data source connection at start-up
Auto expand connection in systems tree by one-level

Cancel Save

When you add a connection to your Nexus the Add Data Source Connection screen appears. Let's fill this out step
by step.

Page 400
Chapter 9 Connecting Nexus to Different Systems

Connecting to SAP HANA – Step (4-12)


Add Data Source Connection

Data Source Connection


Source Type
Click on the Source Type drop down arrow
and choose which system you want to connect

Aster Data
DatAllegro
DB2
Excel
Greenplum
Hadoop
Kognitio
SQL Server
SQL Server CE
Azure SQL Data Warehouse We have chosen to connect to
SAP HANA SAP HANA
Netezza
Oracle
Postgres
Redshift
Sybase
Teradata
Vertica
Generic ODBC

Click on the Source Type drop down menu and run your mouse down to the Source Type in which you want a
connection. Then, left click on that connection type. We have chosen SAP HANA in this example.

Page 401
Chapter 9 Connecting Nexus to Different Systems

Connecting to SAP HANA – Step (5-12)


Add Data Source Connection

Data Source Connection


Source Type
SAP HANA Set Window Tab Color

Color
Left click on the Set Window Tab Color
and a grid of colors will appear. The
color that you choose will be the color of
the system in the system tree, and on
the tabs of the answer set.

Custom colors:

Define Custom Colors


Choose a color and
hit OK OK Cancel

It is now time to pick your system color. The color that you pick will be the color of the system in the systems tree
and on all answer set tabs whenever that system is queried. You will soon recognize which system a particular
answer set came from by the color of the tab. Left click on the Set Window Tab Color icon and a color grid will
appear. Select your color.

Page 402
Chapter 9 Connecting Nexus to Different Systems

Connecting to SAP HANA – Step (6-12)


Add Data Source Connection
Hit the
Data Source Connection
Add New
Source Type button
SAP HANA Set Window Tab Color

Connection Properties (ODBC)

Data Source Refresh Add New…

Display Name (optional)


User Login
Password Remember Password

Connection Options
Default data source connection at start-up
Auto expand connection in systems tree by one-level

Advanced Options
Schema Settings
Default Schema
Default Filter
All Schemas Edit My Schemas Cancel Save
My Schemas

Left click on the Add New button. You will be redirected to the ODBC Data Source Administrator screen. Let's
check it out on the next page.

Page 403
Chapter 9 Connecting Nexus to Different Systems

Connecting to SAP HANA – Step (7-12)


You are currently
ODBC Data Source Administrator on the User DSN
Tab. If you want to
User DSN System DSN you
File can add
DSN the
Drivers Tracing Connection Pooling About
new system
through the You are currently on
System Data Sources: System DSN tab. the User DSN Tab.
If you hit the ADD
Name Driver Press on this tab
and turn the page. button then skip the Add…
dBASE Files Microsoft Access dBase Drivernext two*.ndx,
(*.dbf, slides*.mdx)
of
Excel the documentation.
Microsoft Excel Driver (*.xls, *.xlsx, *.xlsm, *.xlsb) Remove…
Excel Files Microsoft Excel Driver (*.xls, *.xlsx, *.xlsm, *.xlsb)
MS Access Database Microsoft Access Driver (*.mdb, *.accdb) Configure…

An ODBC system data source stores information about how to connect to the
indicated data provider. A User data source is visible to all users on this
machine, including NT services.
OK Cancel Apply Help

The ODBC Data Source Administrator screen is currently on the User DSN tab. You can hit the ADD button on
the right and add the driver here. Skip the next two slides if that is your choice. You can also choose the System
DSN tab to Add the driver. Turn the page to see the System DSN options.

Page 404
Chapter 9 Connecting Nexus to Different Systems

Connecting to SAP HANA – Step (8-12)

ODBC Data Source Administrator X

User DSN System DSN File DSN Drivers Tracing Connection Pooling About

User Data Sources: Click on the System DSN tab

Name Driver
Add…
dBASE Files Microsoft Access dBase Driver (*.dbf, *.ndx, *.mdx)
Excel Microsoft Excel Driver (*.xls, *.xlsx, *.xlsm, *.xlsb) Remove
Excel Files Microsoft Excel Driver (*.xls, *.xlsx, *.xlsm, *.xlsb)
MS Access Database Microsoft Access Driver (*.mdb, *.accdb) Configure…

An ODBC User data source stores information about how to connect to the indicated data provider. A
User data source is only visible to you and can only be used on this computer.

OK Cancel Apply Help

The ODBC Data Source Administrator screen must be changed to the System DSN Tab. Click on the System DSN
tab and turn the page to see the System DSN screen.

Page 405
Chapter 9 Connecting Nexus to Different Systems

Connecting to SAP HANA – Step (9-12)

ODBC Data Source Administrator X

User DSN System DSN File DSN Drivers Tracing Connection Pooling About

System Data Sources:

Name Driver
Add…

Press the Add button Remove…

Configure…

An ODBC system data source stores information about how to connect to the indicated data provider.
A User data source is visible to all users on this machine, including NT services.

OK Cancel Apply Help

You are now on the System DSN tab. Press the Add button. Turn the page.

Page 406
Chapter 9 Connecting Nexus to Different Systems

Connecting to SAP HANA – Step (10-12)

Create New Data Source X

Select a driver for which you want to set up a data source.

Anytime you are Name


adding an Oracle, SQL Left click on the
HDBODBC32 SAP HANA
Server, DB2,
Hortonworks Hive ODBC Driver Driver
Amazon Redshift, IBM DB2 ODBC Driver
Greenplum, Postgres Nexus Chameleon Amazon Redshift Wire Protocol
or MySQL system Nexus Chameleon DB2 Wire Protocol
always Nexus Chameleon MySQL Wire Protocol
choose the Nexus Nexus Chameleon Greenplum Wire Protocol
Chameleon Wire Nexus Chameleon Oracle Wire Protocol
Nexus Chameleon PostgreSQL Wire Protocol
Protocol Driver.

Back Finish Cancel

Click Finish

Pick the SAP HANA driver and then hit Finish. Turn the page.

Page 407
Chapter 9 Connecting Nexus to Different Systems

Connecting to SAP HANA – Step (11-12)


SAP HDB (1.00.120.024.111) X

Data Source Name: SAP Azure

Description:

Server and Port

Server:Port 40.87.58.176:30015

OK Cancel Connect Settings…

This is the SAP HDB screen. The above example is how we filled in our system. You can hit the “Connect”
button to test if the connection works. When you are finished hit the OK button.

Page 408
Chapter 9 Connecting Nexus to Different Systems

Connecting to SAP HANA – Step (12-12)


Add Data Source Connection
Hit the Refresh button first and
Data Source Connection then choose the SAP HANA
Source Type system you created from the
SAP HANA drop down menu
Set Window Tab Color

Connection Properties (ODBC)


Data Source SAP Azure Refresh Add New…

Display Name (optional)


User Login SYSTEM
Password Remember Password
********

Connection Options Fill in your


Default data source connection at start-up User Login
Auto expand connection in systems tree by one-level and Password
Advanced Options
Schema Settings
Default Schema SYSTEM
Default Filter
All Schemas Edit My Schemas Cancel Save
My Schemas

Fill in the appropriate information and hit the Save button. Congratulations, you just connected to SAP HANA.

Page 409
Chapter 9 Connecting Nexus to Different Systems

Connecting to a Postgres System – Step (1-12)

Nexus Chameleon
File Edit View Query Tools Help Web Windows History Sandbox
System: Database: EXECUTE ? New Query
Systems
Systems Right click here on the
keyword Systems

To add a Postgres system to your Nexus tree, just right click on the word Systems and then left click on the “Add
Data Source Connection” button. You will see the following screen shown on the next page.

Page 410
Chapter 9 Connecting Nexus to Different Systems

Connecting to a Postgres System – Step (2-12)

Nexus Chameleon
File Edit View Query Tools Help Web Windows History Sandbox
System: Database: EXECUTE ? New Query
Systems
Systems Right click here on the keyword
Systems
Add Data Source Connection

Left Click on
Add Data Source Connection

When your Nexus is installed for the very first time you will want to begin connecting to a system(s). Right click
on the word Systems and then left click on Add Data Source Connection. You will see the following screen shown
on the next page.

Page 411
Chapter 9 Connecting Nexus to Different Systems

Connecting to a Postgres System – Step (3-12)


Add Data Source Connection
Click on the Source Type drop down arrow
Data Source Connection and choose which system you want to connect
Source Type
Set Window Tab Color

Connection Properties

*Data Source Refresh Add New…

Display Name (optional)

User Login
Password Remember Password

Connection Options
Default data source connection at start-up
Auto expand connection in systems tree by one-level

Cancel Save

When you add a connection to your Nexus the Add Data Source Connection screen appears. Let's fill this out step
by step.

Page 412
Chapter 9 Connecting Nexus to Different Systems

Connecting to a Postgres System – Step (4-12)


Add Data Source Connection

Data Source Connection


Source Type
Click on the Source Type drop down arrow
and choose which system you want to connect

Aster Data
DatAllegro
DB2
Excel
Greenplum
Hadoop
Kognitio
SQL Server
SQL Server CE
Azure SQL Data Warehouse
SAP HANA
Netezza
Oracle We have chosen to connect to
Postgres Postgres
Redshift
Sybase
Teradata
Vertica
Generic ODBC

Click on the Source Type drop down menu and run your mouse down to the Source Type in which you want a
connection. Then, left click on that connection type. We have chosen Postgres in this example.

Page 413
Chapter 9 Connecting Nexus to Different Systems

Connecting to a Postgres System – Step (5-12)


Add Data Source Connection

Data Source Connection


Source Type
Postgres Set Window Tab Color

Color
Left click on the Set Window Tab Color
and a grid of colors will appear. The
color that you choose will be the color of
the system in the system tree, and on
the tabs of the answer set.

Custom colors:

Define Custom Colors


Choose a color and
hit OK OK Cancel

It is now time to pick your system color. The color that you pick will be the color of the system in the systems tree
and on all answer set tabs whenever that system is queried. You will soon recognize which system a particular
answer set came from by the color of the tab. Left click on the Set Window Tab Color icon and a color grid will
appear. Select your color.

Page 414
Chapter 9 Connecting Nexus to Different Systems

Connecting to a Postgres System – Step (6-12)


Add Data Source Connection
Hit the
Data Source Connection
Add New
Source Type button
Postgres Set Window Tab Color

Connection Properties (ODBC)

Data Source Refresh Add New…

Display Name (optional)

User Login
Password Remember Password

Connection Options
Default data source connection at start-up
Auto expand connection in systems tree by one-level

Advanced Options
Database Settings
Default Database master
Default Filter
All Databases Edit My Databases Cancel Save
My Databases

Left click on the Add New button. You will be redirected to the ODBC Data Source Administrator screen. Let's
check it out on the next page.

Page 415
Chapter 9 Connecting Nexus to Different Systems

Connecting to a Postgres System – Step (7-12)


You are currently
ODBC Data Source Administrator on the User DSN
Tab. If you want to
User DSN System DSN you
File can add
DSN the
Drivers Tracing Connection Pooling About
new system
through the You are currently on
System Data Sources: System DSN tab. the User DSN Tab.
If you hit the ADD
Name Driver Press on this tab
and turn the page. button then skip the Add…
dBASE Files Microsoft Access dBase Drivernext two*.ndx,
(*.dbf, slides*.mdx)
of
Excel the documentation.
Microsoft Excel Driver (*.xls, *.xlsx, *.xlsm, *.xlsb) Remove…
Excel Files Microsoft Excel Driver (*.xls, *.xlsx, *.xlsm, *.xlsb)
MS Access Database Microsoft Access Driver (*.mdb, *.accdb) Configure…

An ODBC system data source stores information about how to connect to the
indicated data provider. A User data source is visible to all users on this
machine, including NT services.
OK Cancel Apply Help

The ODBC Data Source Administrator screen is currently on the User DSN tab. You can hit the ADD button on
the right and add the driver here. Skip the next two slides if that is your choice. You can also choose the System
DSN tab to Add the driver. Turn the page to see the System DSN options.

Page 416
Chapter 9 Connecting Nexus to Different Systems

Connecting to a Postgres System – Step (8-12)

ODBC Data Source Administrator X

User DSN System DSN File DSN Drivers Tracing Connection Pooling About

User Data Sources: Click on the System DSN tab

Name Driver
Add…
dBASE Files Microsoft Access dBase Driver (*.dbf, *.ndx, *.mdx)
Excel Microsoft Excel Driver (*.xls, *.xlsx, *.xlsm, *.xlsb) Remove
Excel Files Microsoft Excel Driver (*.xls, *.xlsx, *.xlsm, *.xlsb)
MS Access Database Microsoft Access Driver (*.mdb, *.accdb) Configure…

An ODBC User data source stores information about how to connect to the indicated data provider. A
User data source is only visible to you and can only be used on this computer.

OK Cancel Apply Help

The ODBC Data Source Administrator screen must be changed to the System DSN Tab. Click on the System DSN
tab and turn the page to see the System DSN screen.

Page 417
Chapter 9 Connecting Nexus to Different Systems

Connecting to a Postgres System – Step (9-12)

ODBC Data Source Administrator X

User DSN System DSN File DSN Drivers Tracing Connection Pooling About

System Data Sources:

Name Driver
Add…

Press the Add button Remove…

Configure…

An ODBC system data source stores information about how to connect to the indicated data provider.
A User data source is visible to all users on this machine, including NT services.

OK Cancel Apply Help

You are now on the System DSN tab. Press the Add button. Turn the page.

Page 418
Chapter 9 Connecting Nexus to Different Systems

Connecting to a Postgres System – Step (10-12)

Create New Data Source X

Select a driver for which you want to set up a data source.

Anytime you are Name


adding an Oracle, SQL
Nexus Chameleon Amazon Redshift Wire Protocol
Server, DB2,
Nexus Chameleon DB2 Wire Protocol
Amazon Redshift, Nexus Chameleon MySQL Wire Protocol
Greenplum, Postgres Nexus Chameleon Greenplum Wire Protocol
or MySQL system Nexus Chameleon Oracle Wire Protocol Left click on the
always Nexus Chameleon PostgreSQL Wire Protocol Nexus Chameleon
choose the Nexus PostgreSQL ANSI(x64) PostgreSQL Wire
Chameleon Wire PostgreSQL Unicode(x64) Protocol Driver
Teradata
Protocol Driver.

Back Finish Cancel

Click Finish

Pick the Nexus Chameleon PostgreSQL Wire Protocol driver for extra speed. Then hit Finish. Turn the page.

Page 419
Chapter 9 Connecting Nexus to Different Systems

Connecting to a Postgres System – Step (11-12)


ODBC Greenplum Wire Protocol Driver Setup ? X
General Advanced Security Failover Pooling About

Data Source Name: Postgres Help

Description:

Host Name: coffing.cjgkmgtoqpwb.us-east-1.rds.amazonaws.com

Port Number: 5432

Database: coffing
After the Test Connect
passes you can hit
After filling in the
APPLY and then OK
above system
information you
can test the
connection here Test Connect OK Cancel Apply

This is the ODBC PostgreSQL Wire Protocol Driver Setup screen. The above example is how we filled in our
system. You can hit the “Test Connection” button to test if the connection works. When you are finished hit the
APPLY and OK buttons.

Page 420
Chapter 9 Connecting Nexus to Different Systems

Connecting to a Postgres System – Step (12-12)


Add Data Source Connection
Hit the Refresh button first and
Data Source Connection then choose the Postgres system
Source Type you created from the drop down
Postgres menu
Set Window Tab Color

Connection Properties (ODBC)

Data Source Postgres Refresh Add New…

Display Name (optional)

User Login cdwadmin

Password ******** Remember Password

Connection Options Fill in your


Default data source connection at start-up User Login
Auto expand connection in systems tree by one-level and Password
Advanced Options
Database Settings
Default Database
Default Filter
All Databases Cancel Save
Edit My Databases
My Databases

Fill in the appropriate information and hit the Save button. Congratulations, you just connected to a Postgres
system.

Page 421
Chapter 9 Connecting Nexus to Different Systems

Connecting to a DB2 System – Step (1-12)

Nexus Chameleon
File Edit View Query Tools Help Web Windows History Sandbox
System: Database: EXECUTE ? New Query
Systems
Systems Right click here on the keyword Systems

Add Data Source Connection

Left Click on
Add Data Source Connection

To add a DB2 system to your Nexus tree, just right click on the word Systems and then left click on the “Add Data
Source Connection” button. You will see the following screen shown on the next page.

Page 422
Chapter 9 Connecting Nexus to Different Systems

Connecting to a DB2 System – Step (2-12)


Add Data Source Connection

Data Source Connection


Source Type
Set Window Tab Color

Connection Properties
*Data Source Refresh Add New…

Display Name (optional)

User Login

Password Remember Password


Connection Options
Default data source connection at start-up
Auto expand connection in systems tree by one-level

Cancel Save

When you add a connection to your Nexus the Add Data Source Connection screen appears. Let's fill this out step
by step.

Page 423
Chapter 9 Connecting Nexus to Different Systems

Connecting to a DB2 System – Step (3-12)


Add Data Source Connection

Data Source Connection


Source Type
Click on the Source Type drop down arrow
and choose which system you want to connect

Aster Data
DatAllegro
DB2 We have chosen to connect to DB2
Excel
Greenplum
Hadoop
Kognitio
SQL Server
SQL Server CE
Azure SQL Data Warehouse
SAP HANA
Netezza
Oracle
ParAccel (Matrix)
Redshift
Sybase
Teradata
Vertica
Generic ODBC

Click on the Source Type drop down menu and run your mouse down to the Source Type in which you want a
connection. Then, left click on that connection type. We have chosen to connect to a DB2 system.

Page 424
Chapter 9 Connecting Nexus to Different Systems

Connecting to a DB2 System – Step (4-12)


Add Data Source Connection

Data Source Connection


Source Type
DB2 Set Window Tab Color

Connection Properties (ODBC)


ODBC DSN
Refresh Add New…
Display Name (optional)
User Login

Password Remember Password

Connection Options
Default data source connection at start-up
Auto expand connection in systems tree by one-level

Advanced Options
Server Settings

Platform
Cancel Save

When you add a DB2 connection to your Nexus the Add Data Source Connection screen appears. Let's fill this out
step by step.

Page 425
Chapter 9 Connecting Nexus to Different Systems

Connecting to a DB2 System – Step (5-12)


Add Data Source Connection

Data Source Connection


Source Type

DB2 Set Window Tab Color

Color
Left click on the Set Window Tab Color
and a grid of colors will appear. The
color that you choose will be the color of
the system in the system tree, and on
the tabs of the answer set.

Custom colors:

Define Custom Colors


Choose a color and
hit OK OK Cancel

It is now time to pick your system color. The color that you pick will be the color of the system in the systems tree
and on all answer set tabs whenever that system is queried. You will soon recognize which system a particular
answer set came from by the color of the tab. Left click on the Set Window Tab Color icon and a color grid will
appear. Select your color.

Page 426
Chapter 9 Connecting Nexus to Different Systems

Connecting to a DB2 System – Step (6-12)


Add Data Source Connection

Data Source Connection


Source Type Hit the Add New
DB2 Set Window Tab Color button

Connection Properties (ODBC)


ODBC DSN
Refresh Add New…
Display Name (optional)
User Login
Password Remember Password

Connection Options
Default data source connection at start-up
Auto expand connection in systems tree by one-level

Advanced Options
Server Settings

Platform
Cancel Save

Left click on the Add New button. You will be redirected to the ODBC Data Source Administrator screen. Let's
check it out on the next page.

Page 427
Chapter 9 Connecting Nexus to Different Systems

Connecting to a DB2 System – Step (7-12)


You are currently
ODBC Data Source Administrator on the User DSN
Tab. If you want to
User DSN System DSN you
File can add
DSN the
Drivers Tracing Connection Pooling About
new system
through the You are currently on
System Data Sources: System DSN tab. the User DSN Tab.
If you hit the ADD
Name Driver Press on this tab
and turn the page. button then skip the Add…
dBASE Files Microsoft Access dBase Drivernext two*.ndx,
(*.dbf, slides*.mdx)
of
Excel the documentation.
Microsoft Excel Driver (*.xls, *.xlsx, *.xlsm, *.xlsb) Remove…
Excel Files Microsoft Excel Driver (*.xls, *.xlsx, *.xlsm, *.xlsb)
MS Access Database Microsoft Access Driver (*.mdb, *.accdb) Configure…

An ODBC system data source stores information about how to connect to the
indicated data provider. A User data source is visible to all users on this
machine, including NT services.
OK Cancel Apply Help

The ODBC Data Source Administrator screen is currently on the User DSN tab. You can hit the ADD button on
the right and add the driver here. Skip the next two slides if that is your choice. You can also choose the System
DSN tab to Add the driver. Turn the page to see the System DSN options.

Page 428
Chapter 9 Connecting Nexus to Different Systems

Connecting to a DB2 System – Step (8-12)

ODBC Data Source Administrator X

User DSN System DSN File DSN Drivers Tracing Connection Pooling About

User Data Sources: Click on the System DSN tab

Name Driver
Add…
dBASE Files Microsoft Access dBase Driver (*.dbf, *.ndx, *.mdx)
Excel Microsoft Excel Driver (*.xls, *.xlsx, *.xlsm, *.xlsb) Remove
Excel Files Microsoft Excel Driver (*.xls, *.xlsx, *.xlsm, *.xlsb)
MS Access Database Microsoft Access Driver (*.mdb, *.accdb) Configure…

An ODBC User data source stores information about how to connect to the indicated data provider. A
User data source is only visible to you and can only be used on this computer.

OK Cancel Apply Help

The ODBC Data Source Administrator screen must be changed to the System DSN Tab. Click on the System DSN
tab and turn the page to see the System DSN screen.

Page 429
Chapter 9 Connecting Nexus to Different Systems

Connecting to a DB2 System – Step (9-12)

ODBC Data Source Administrator X

User DSN System DSN File DSN Drivers Tracing Connection Pooling About

System Data Sources:

Name Driver
Add…

Press the Add button Remove…

Configure…

An ODBC system data source stores information about how to connect to the indicated data provider.
A User data source is visible to all users on this machine, including NT services.

OK Cancel Apply Help

You are now on the System DSN tab. Press the Add button. Turn the page.

Page 430
Chapter 9 Connecting Nexus to Different Systems

Connecting to a DB2 System – Step (10-12)

Create New Data Source X

Select a driver for which you want to set up a data source.


Left click on the
Anytime you are Name
Nexus Chameleon
adding an Oracle, DB2 Wire Protocol
IBM DB2 ODBC Driver
SQL Server, DB2, IBM DB2 ODBC Driver – DB2Copy1 Driver
Amazon Redshift, IBM DB2 ODBC Driver – IBMDBCL1
Greenplum or Microsoft Access dBASEDriver (*.dbf., *.ndx, *.mdx)
MySQL system Nexus Chameleon Amazon Redshift Wire Protocol
always choose the Nexus Chameleon DB2 Wire Protocol
Nexus Chameleon Nexus Chameleon Greenplum Wire Protocol
Nexus Chameleon SQL Server Wire Protocol
Wire Protocol Driver. Click Finish
Teradata

Back Finish Cancel

Pick your driver and then hit Finish. Now it is time for the ODBC Driver Setup for the DB2 Database screen.
Turn the page.

Page 431
Chapter 9 Connecting Nexus to Different Systems

Connecting to a DB2 System – Step (11-12)


ODBC DB2 Wire Protocol Driver Setup ? X
Pooling Bulk Client Monitoring About
General Advanced Security Modify Bindings Failover

Data Source Name: DB2 Linux Help


Description:

Ip Address: 52.201.126.214

Tcp Port: 5000

DB2 for z/OS and iSeries


Location Name:
When
Collection:
everything is
DB2 for Linux/UNIX/Windows done hit Apply
and then OK
Database Name: Sample

You can test the


connection here Test Connect OK Cancel Apply

This is the ODBC DB2 Wire Protocol Driver Setup for a DB2 Database.

Page 432
Chapter 9 Connecting Nexus to Different Systems

Connecting to a DB2 System – Step (12-12)


Add Data Source Connection
Hit the Refresh button first and
Data Source Connection then choose the DB2 system you
Source Type created from theHitdrop down
the Add New
DB2 Set Window Tab Color menu button

Connection Properties (ODBC)


ODBC DSN DB2 Linux
Refresh Add New…
Display Name (optional) DB2 OLTP System
Fill in the User Login TeraTom
Display Name,
User Login Password MyPassword123 Remember Password
and Password
Connection Options
Default data source connection at start-up
Auto expand connection in systems tree by one-level When all
information is
Advanced Options complete hit the
Server Settings SAVE button

Platform Linus, Unix, Windows Cancel Save

Fill in the appropriate information and hit the Save button. Congratulations, you have just connected to a DB2
system.

Page 433
Chapter 9 Connecting Nexus to Different Systems

Page 434

You might also like